TWI527714B - Micro-optic security and image presentation system - Google Patents
Micro-optic security and image presentation system Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TWI527714B TWI527714B TW096123997A TW96123997A TWI527714B TW I527714 B TWI527714 B TW I527714B TW 096123997 A TW096123997 A TW 096123997A TW 96123997 A TW96123997 A TW 96123997A TW I527714 B TWI527714 B TW I527714B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- image
- lens
- micro
- plane
- array
- Prior art date
Links
Landscapes
- Credit Cards Or The Like (AREA)
Description
本發明關於一種微光學影像呈現系統,其在示範實施例中係由聚焦元件之陣列及聚合物膜中影像圖示元件之陣列形成。本發明亦關於一種合成放大微光學系統,其在示範實施例中係形成為聚合物膜。所揭露各式實施例提供之不尋常效果可用做安全裝置,進行貨幣、文件及商品的公然及隱蔽鑑別,以及商品、包裝、印刷材料及消費者商品的視覺增強。The present invention is directed to a micro-optical image presentation system that, in the exemplary embodiment, is formed from an array of focusing elements and an array of image-representing elements in a polymeric film. The invention also relates to a synthetic magnification micro-optic system, which in the exemplary embodiment is formed as a polymeric film. The unusual effects provided by the various embodiments are disclosed as security devices for the public and covert identification of currency, documents and merchandise, as well as visual enhancement of merchandise, packaging, printed materials and consumer merchandise.
先前已嘗試各式影像呈現系統。典型的影像呈現系統包含傳統的列印技術。一些影像呈現系統包含全像攝影影像顯示及/或凸版影像特徵。該些系統均具有有關所顯示影像之性質或品質的缺點。較具體地,渠等均具有不利條件,即其可被快速地複製,因而無法用做鑑別或安全裝置。Various image rendering systems have been tried previously. A typical image rendering system includes conventional printing techniques. Some image rendering systems include holographic photographic image displays and/or relief image features. These systems all have the disadvantage of being related to the nature or quality of the displayed image. More specifically, the channels and the like have disadvantages in that they can be quickly copied and thus cannot be used as an authentication or safety device.
已使用各式光學材料提供用於貨幣及文件之鑑別的影像系統,而從仿冒的商品識別及區別可靠的產品,及提供製造的物件及包裝的視覺增強。範例包括全像攝影顯示,及包含雙凸透鏡狀結構及球面微透鏡之陣列的其他影像系統。全像攝影顯示已普遍用於信用卡、駕照及衣服標籤。Various optical materials have been used to provide an imaging system for the identification of currency and documents, while identifying and distinguishing reliable products from counterfeit goods, and providing visual enhancement of manufactured articles and packaging. Examples include holographic imaging displays, as well as other imaging systems that include lenticular structures and arrays of spherical microlenses. Full-image photography has been commonly used for credit card, driver's license and clothing labels.
用於文件安全之雙凸透鏡狀結構的範例於Kaule等人的美國專利4,892,336中揭露,其指向嵌入文件以提供防偽措施的安全執行緒。該安全執行緒為透明的,其一端具有印刷型樣,另一端為與該印刷型樣一致的雙凸透鏡狀透鏡結構。該雙凸透鏡狀透鏡結構被描述為包含複數平行圓柱透鏡,或替代地為球面或蜂巢狀透鏡。An example of a lenticular structure for document security is disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 4,892,336, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. The security thread is transparent, having a printed pattern at one end and a lenticular lens structure conforming to the printed pattern at the other end. The lenticular lens structure is described as comprising a plurality of parallel cylindrical lenses, or alternatively a spherical or honeycomb lens.
德林克沃特等人的美國專利5,712,731揭露一種安全裝置,其包括與實質上球面微透鏡之陣列結合的微影像之陣列。該透鏡亦可為散光透鏡。該透鏡各為典型的50-250μm並具典型的200μm之焦距。U.S. Patent No. 5,712,731, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference to the entire entire entire entire entire entire entire entire entire entire entire entire extent The lens can also be an astigmatic lens. The lenses are each typically 50-250 [mu]m and have a typical focal length of 200 [mu]m.
該些方法均遭遇類似的缺點。其產生特別不適用於文件鑑別的極厚結構。圓柱形或球面透鏡的使用提供窄的檢視範疇,其產生模糊影像,並需要具相關影像之透鏡的焦點的精確及困難的校正。此外,其並未驗證為特別有效的安全或防偽措施。These methods all suffer from similar disadvantages. It produces an extremely thick structure that is particularly unsuitable for document identification. The use of cylindrical or spherical lenses provides a narrow view of the range that produces blurred images and requires precise and difficult correction of the focus of the lens with the associated image. In addition, it has not been verified as a particularly effective safety or anti-counterfeiting measure.
在該些及其他缺點的檢視中,產業中需要可促進貨幣、文件、製造的物件及商品之公然鑑別的安全及視覺上獨特的光學材料,及提供製造的物件、商品及包裝之視覺增強的光學材料。In these and other shortcomings, the industry needs safe and visually unique optical materials that promote the open identification of currency, documents, manufactured objects and goods, and provide visual enhancement of manufactured objects, goods and packaging. Optical material.
本發明關於一種影像呈現系統,例如微光學影像呈現系統。例如,可提供一種合成光學影像系統,其包括聚焦元件的陣列,及一種影像系統,其如下列所描述的,包括或由影像圖示元件的陣列或型樣形成,其中該圖示元件經設計以共同地形成一影像或某些所需的資訊,且其中該聚焦元件的陣列及該影像系統相符,例如經由光學結合,而形成至少部分該影像圖示的至少一合成光學影像,其中合成光學影像可選擇地放大。在所提供的另一種影像呈現系統中,其如下列所描述的,包括或由微結構之圖示元件的陣列或型樣形成,其中該微結構之圖示元件經設計以共同地一影像或某些所選擇的資訊,且其中該影像系統經設計而單獨存在,並藉使用所提供之獨立於該影像系統的放大裝置而檢視影像或讀取資訊,例如放大鏡或顯微鏡。The present invention relates to an image rendering system, such as a micro-optical image rendering system. For example, a synthetic optical imaging system can be provided that includes an array of focusing elements, and an imaging system, as described below, that includes or is formed from an array or pattern of image-illustrating elements that are designed Forming an image or some desired information in common, and wherein the array of focusing elements and the image system are matched, for example, via optical bonding, to form at least a portion of the composite optical image of the image representation, wherein the synthetic optics The image is optionally enlarged. In another image presentation system provided, as described below, includes or is formed from an array or pattern of graphic elements of the microstructure, wherein the graphical elements of the microstructure are designed to collectively an image or Certain selected information, and wherein the imaging system is designed to exist separately, and to view images or read information, such as a magnifying glass or microscope, by using an amplification device provided independently of the imaging system.
本發明亦關於一膜材料,其使用規律之非圓柱形透鏡的二維陣列以放大微影像,文中稱為影像圖示或或簡單的圖示,並經由個別透鏡/圖示影像系統之多重性的聯合性能而形成一合成放大影像。該合成放大影像及其周圍的背景可為正或負、無色的或彩色的,且該影像或其周圍的背景或二者可為透明的、半透明的、著色的、螢光的、磷光的、顯示光學可變的顏色、金屬化的或實質上向後反射的。於透明的或著色的背景上顯示彩色的影像之材料特別適用於與其下的印刷資訊相結合。當一項材料應用於印刷資訊時,該印刷資訊及該影像二者均可同時於空間中或彼此動態移動的關係下被看見。該類材料亦可置於印刷之上,即具有應用於材料之最上(透鏡)表面的印刷。另一方面,於半透明的或實質上不同顏色之不透明背景上顯示彩色(或任何顏色,包括白色及黑色)影像的材料,特別適用於單獨使用或與其上印刷資訊相結合,但不與其下印刷資訊相結合。The present invention also relates to a film material that uses a two-dimensional array of regular non-cylindrical lenses to magnify micro-images, referred to herein as image representations or simple illustrations, and through the multiplicity of individual lens/illustrated imaging systems. The combined performance forms a synthetically magnified image. The synthetically magnified image and the surrounding background may be positive or negative, colorless or colored, and the image or the surrounding background or both may be transparent, translucent, colored, fluorescent, phosphorescent , showing optically variable color, metallized or substantially retroreflected. Materials that display a colored image on a transparent or tinted background are particularly suitable for use in conjunction with printed information underneath. When a material is applied to printed information, both the printed information and the image can be viewed simultaneously in space or dynamically in motion with each other. Such materials can also be placed on top of the printing, i.e., have a print applied to the uppermost (lens) surface of the material. On the other hand, materials that display color (or any color, including white and black) images on translucent or substantially different opaque backgrounds are particularly suitable for use alone or in combination with printed information, but not under Print information is combined.
所獲得之合成影像的放大量可藉由大量因子的選擇而予控制,包括透鏡陣列之對稱軸與圖示陣列之對稱軸之間'偏斜'的程度。規則的週期陣列擁有對稱軸,其定義型樣可環繞反射且不改變型樣之基本幾何的線路,及範圍為無限之理想陣列的線路。例如,方形陣列可環繞任何方形之對角線反射反射而不改變該陣列的相對方位:若方形的各邊係以平面的x及y軸校正,那麼方形的各邊於反射後將仍以該些軸校正,假設各邊是相同而無法區別的。吾人稱該陣列具有旋轉的對稱性,或為旋轉地對稱。The amount of amplification of the resulting synthetic image can be controlled by the selection of a number of factors, including the degree of 'skew' between the axis of symmetry of the lens array and the axis of symmetry of the illustrated array. A regular periodic array has an axis of symmetry that defines a line that surrounds the reflection and does not change the basic geometry of the pattern, and a line that is in an infinite ideal array. For example, a square array can reflect reflections around any square diagonal without changing the relative orientation of the array: if the sides of the square are corrected by the x and y axes of the plane, then the sides of the square will still be after reflection These axis corrections assume that the edges are identical and indistinguishable. The array is said to have rotational symmetry or rotationally symmetric.
並非映照方形陣列,該陣列可經由等於同類對稱軸之間的角度而旋轉。在方形陣列的狀況下,該陣列可經由90度旋轉,即對角線之間的角度,而抵達無法與原始陣列區別的陣列方位。同樣地,規則的六角形陣列可映照或繞大量對稱軸旋轉,包括六角形的"對角線"(連接相對頂點的線路)或"中點除數"(連接六角形相對邊之各面中點的線路)。任一類對稱軸之間的角度為六十度(60°),產生了無法與原始方位區別的陣列方位。等邊三角形的陣列具有120度的對稱軸之間角度。因而,在示範實施例中,影像圖示聚焦元件的平面陣列可具有至少3組旋轉對稱。Rather than mapping a square array, the array can be rotated via an angle equal to the axis of symmetry of the same type. In the case of a square array, the array can be rotated through 90 degrees, ie the angle between the diagonals, to an array orientation that cannot be distinguished from the original array. Similarly, a regular hexagonal array can be mirrored or rotated around a large number of axes of symmetry, including hexagonal "diagonal" (line connecting opposite vertices) or "midpoint divisor" (connecting the opposite sides of the hexagon) Point line). The angle between any type of axis of symmetry is sixty degrees (60°), resulting in an array orientation that is indistinguishable from the original orientation. The array of equilateral triangles has an angle between the axes of symmetry of 120 degrees. Thus, in an exemplary embodiment, the image illustrates a planar array of focusing elements that can have at least three sets of rotational symmetry.
若透鏡陣列及圖示陣列最初係以定義其各個x-y平面之平面維數加以配置,對稱軸之一被選為代表第一陣列的x軸,對稱軸的相應類型(例如,對稱的對角線軸線)被選為代表第二陣列的x軸,該二陣列實質上沿z軸方向相隔均勻的距離,當沿z軸方向檢視各陣列時,若各陣列的x軸顯現為彼此平行,那麼便稱各陣列具有零偏斜。在六角形陣列的狀況下,一陣列經由60度或其倍數之角度的旋轉,使該陣列再次校正,所以沒有偏斜,正如在方形陣列的狀況下,以90度或其倍數之角度的旋轉而沒有偏斜。任何x軸之間的角度不重合,其與"零偏斜旋轉"不同,被稱為偏斜。小偏斜,例如0.06度,可製造大的放大,超過1000倍,而大偏斜,例如20度,產生小的放大,可能小至1倍。其他因子,例如二陣列的相對縮放及透鏡的F#,可影響合成影像的放大及其旋轉,正視差移動及表面視覺深度。If the lens array and the illustrated array are initially configured with a plane dimension defining their respective x-y planes, one of the axes of symmetry is selected to represent the x-axis of the first array, the corresponding type of the axis of symmetry (eg, a symmetric pair) The angle axis is selected to represent the x-axis of the second array, the two arrays being substantially evenly spaced apart along the z-axis direction, and when the arrays are viewed along the z-axis, if the x-axes of the arrays appear parallel to each other, Then each array is said to have zero skew. In the case of a hexagonal array, an array is rotated again by rotation at an angle of 60 degrees or multiples thereof, so that the array is not corrected, as in the case of a square array, rotated at an angle of 90 degrees or multiples thereof. There is no skew. The angle between any x-axis does not coincide, which is different from "zero-skew rotation" and is called skew. Small deflections, such as 0.06 degrees, can produce large magnifications, more than 1000 times, while large deflections, such as 20 degrees, produce small amplifications, which can be as small as one. Other factors, such as the relative scaling of the two arrays and the F# of the lens, can affect the magnification of the composite image and its rotation, the positive parallax movement and the surface visual depth.
有許多明顯的視覺效果可由本材料(隨後通常稱為材料的"一致",或將代表各效果的一致材料稱為下列名稱,"一致移動"、"一致深"、"一致超深"、"一致浮動"、"一致超浮動"、"一致飄浮"、"一致形態"及"一致3-D")提供,且其各式實施例產生每一效果,通常描述如下:一致移動呈現顯示正視差移動(OPM)的影像-當材料傾斜時,影像便以顯現為垂直於正常視差的預期方向之傾斜方向移動。一致深及超深呈現顯現為置於視覺上較材料之厚度深的空間平面上的影像。一致浮動及超浮動呈現顯現為置於材料之表面上方的空間平面上的影像;及當材料經由特定角度(例如90度)旋轉,一致飄浮呈現從一致深(或超深)擺動至一致浮動(或超浮動)的影像,接著當材料進一步以相同的量旋轉時,便再次返回一致深(或超深)。當材料從不同檢視點旋轉或檢視時,一致形態呈現改變形式、形狀或大小的合成影像。一致3-D呈現顯示大縮放三維結構的影像,例如面的影像。There are many obvious visual effects that can be referred to by this material (which is often referred to as "consistent" of the material, or a consistent material that represents each effect," the following names, "consistent movement", "consistent depth", "consistent ultra-deep", " Consistent floats, "consistent hyperfloat", "consistent float", "consistent morphology", and "consistent 3-D" are provided, and various embodiments thereof produce each effect, which is generally described as follows: Consistent movement presentation shows positive parallax Moving (OPM) image - When the material is tilted, the image moves in an oblique direction that appears to be perpendicular to the expected direction of normal parallax. Consistent deep and ultra-deep representations appear as images that are placed visually on a spatial plane that is deeper than the thickness of the material. Uniformly floating and super-floating appears as an image placed on a spatial plane above the surface of the material; and when the material is rotated through a particular angle (eg, 90 degrees), the uniform float appears from a consistent deep (or ultra-deep) swing to a uniform float ( Or super-floating images, then returning to the same depth (or ultra-deep) when the material is further rotated by the same amount. When the material is rotated or viewed from different viewpoints, the consistent shape presents a composite image of varying form, shape or size. Consistent 3-D rendering displays images of large scaled three-dimensional structures, such as images of faces.
多路一致效果可結合於一膜中,例如結合形式、顏色、移動方向及放大不同之多路一致移動影像平面的膜。其他膜可結合一致深影像平面及一致浮動影像平面,同時其他膜可經設計而結合相同顏色或不同顏色之一致深、一致移動及一致浮動的各層,該些影像具有相同或不同的圖形元件。多路影像平面之顏色、圖形的設計、光學效果、放大及其他視覺元件大部分獨立,幾無例外,該些視覺元件的平面可以任意方式結合。A multi-channel uniform effect can be incorporated into a film, such as a combination of form, color, direction of movement, and a film that amplifies a plurality of uniformly moving image planes. Other films may be combined with a uniform deep image plane and a uniform floating image plane, while other films may be designed to incorporate uniform, uniform, and uniformly floating layers of the same color or different colors, the images having the same or different graphic elements. The color, graphic design, optical effects, magnification, and other visual components of the multi-channel image plane are largely independent, and the planes of the visual elements can be combined in any manner.
對於許多貨幣、文件及產品安全應用而言,膜的總厚度需小於50微米(文中亦稱為"μ"或"μm"),例如約小於45微米,且如進一步範例,則處於約10微米至約40微米的範圍內。此可予以完成,例如經由使用具小於50微米之有效基礎直徑的聚焦元件,如進一步範例為小於30微米,且又如進一步範例,為約l0微米至約30微米。關於另一範例,可使用具小於約40微米之焦距的聚焦元件,且如進一步範例,可使用具約10至小於約30微米之焦距的聚焦元件。在特定範例中,可使用具35微米之基礎直徑及30微米之焦距的聚焦元件。另一方面,混合折射/繞射實施例可製成8微米薄的膜。For many currency, document, and product safety applications, the total thickness of the film needs to be less than 50 microns (also referred to herein as "μ" or "μm"), such as less than about 45 microns, and, as further examples, at about 10 microns. Up to about 40 microns. This can be done, for example, via the use of focusing elements having an effective base diameter of less than 50 microns, such as less than 30 microns as further exemplified, and, as further examples, from about 10 microns to about 30 microns. For another example, a focusing element having a focal length of less than about 40 microns can be used, and as a further example, a focusing element having a focal length of from about 10 to less than about 30 microns can be used. In a particular example, a focusing element having a base diameter of 35 microns and a focal length of 30 microns can be used. On the other hand, the hybrid refraction/diffraction embodiment can be made into a thin film of 8 microns.
由於文中之膜的複雜多層結構及其無法經由一般製造系統再製的高外觀比元件,所以其為高度防偽。Due to the complex multilayer structure of the film herein and its high aspect ratio elements that cannot be remanufactured by conventional manufacturing systems, it is highly anti-counterfeiting.
因而,本系統較佳地提供一種微光學系統,其中當以裸眼檢視反射或發射光投射下列一或多個影像時,為具有厚度之聚合物膜的形式:i.顯示正視差移動(一致移動);ii.顯現為置於較聚合物膜之厚度深的空間平面上(一致深及一致超深);iii.顯現為置於聚合物膜之表面上方的空間平面上(一致浮動及一致超浮動);iv.當膜為方位角旋轉時,較聚合物膜之厚度深的空間平面與該膜之表面上方的空間平面之間的擺動(一致飄浮);v.從一種形式、形狀、大小、顏色(或該些屬性的若干結合)轉換為不同形式、形狀、大小、或顏色(或該些屬性的若干結合)(一致形態);及/或vi.顯現為具有現實的三維性(一致3-D)。Thus, the present system preferably provides a micro-optic system in which, when the one or more images are projected by naked-eye viewing reflections or emitted light, it is in the form of a polymer film having a thickness: i. Displaying a positive parallax movement (consistent movement) Ii. appears to be placed on a spatial plane deeper than the thickness of the polymer film (consistent deep and uniform super deep); iii. appears as a spatial plane placed above the surface of the polymer film (consistent floating and consistent super Floating); iv. When the film is rotated azimuthally, the oscillation between the spatial plane deeper than the thickness of the polymer film and the spatial plane above the surface of the film (consistent floating); v. from a form, shape, size , color (or some combination of these attributes) is converted into a different form, shape, size, or color (or several combinations of those attributes) (consistent form); and / or vi. appears to have realistic three-dimensionality (consistent 3-D).
所揭露的合成放大微光學系統例如可做為安全或鑑別裝置,包含:(a)影像圖示的平面陣列,該平面陣列具有其平面內對稱軸,且該影像圖示具有其平面陣列內重複期間;及(b)影像圖示聚焦元件的平面陣列,該平面陣列具有其平面內對稱軸,且該影像圖示聚焦元件具有其平面陣列內重複期間,其中,該影像圖示聚焦元件的平面陣列係以關於該影像圖示之平面陣列的方式配置,並以與影像圖示聚焦元件的足夠距離而形成至少一部分該影像圖示的至少一合成放大影像,及其中,安全裝置具有小於50微米的厚度,或影像圖示聚焦元件具有小於50微米的有效直徑,或二者皆然。The disclosed synthetic magnification micro-optic system can be used, for example, as a security or authentication device, comprising: (a) a planar array of image representations having an in-plane symmetry axis, and the image representation having repeats within its planar array And (b) the image illustrates a planar array of focusing elements having an in-plane symmetry axis, and the image illustrates the focusing element having a repeating period within its planar array, wherein the image illustrates the plane of the focusing element The array is configured in a planar array of the image representation and forms at least a portion of the synthetically magnified image of the image representation at a sufficient distance from the image-focused focusing element, and wherein the security device has less than 50 microns The thickness, or image, of the focusing element has an effective diameter of less than 50 microns, or both.
在另一實施例中,製造合成放大微光學系統的方法及製造文件安全裝置的方法,各包含以下步驟:(a)提供具有其平面內對稱軸之影像圖示的平面陣列,該影像圖示具有該陣列內的重複期間;(b)提供具有其平面內對稱軸之影像圖示聚焦元件的平面陣列,該影像圖示聚焦元件具有該陣列內的重複期間,其中該系統包含該影像圖示的平面陣列,且該影像圖示聚焦元件的平面陣列具有小於50微米的厚度,或影像圖示聚焦元件具有小於50微米的有效直徑,或二者皆然;及(c)以關於該影像圖示之平面陣列的方式配置該影像圖示聚焦元件的平面陣列,並以與該影像圖示聚焦元件的足夠距離而形成至少一部分該影像圖示的至少一合成放大影像。In another embodiment, a method of fabricating a synthetic magnification micro-optic system and a method of fabricating a document security device each comprise the steps of: (a) providing a planar array having an image representation of its in-plane symmetry axis, the image representation Having a repeating period within the array; (b) providing a planar array of image-imaged focusing elements having an in-plane symmetry axis thereof, the image showing focusing elements having repeating periods within the array, wherein the system includes the image representation Planar array, and the image shows a planar array of focusing elements having a thickness of less than 50 microns, or the image-capturing focusing element has an effective diameter of less than 50 microns, or both; and (c) for the image The image is arranged in a planar array to illustrate a planar array of focusing elements and to form at least a portion of the composite magnified image of the image representation at a sufficient distance from the image-capturing focusing element.
在又另一實施例中,揭露合成放大微光學系統或安全或鑑別裝置中控制光學效果的方法,該光學效果包括移動效果、放大、視覺深度效果或該效果的合成,該方法包含以下步驟:(a)提供具有其平面內對稱軸之影像圖示的平面陣列,該影像圖示具有該陣列內的重複期間;(b)提供具有其平面內對稱軸之影像圖示聚焦元件的平面陣列,該影像圖示聚焦元件具有該陣列內的重複期間,其中該系統包含該影像圖示的平面陣列,且該影像圖示聚焦元件的平面陣列具有小於50微米的厚度,或影像圖示聚焦元件具有小於50微米的有效直徑,或二者皆然;及(c)實質上平行該影像圖示之平面陣列而配置該影像圖示聚焦元件的平面陣列,並以與該影像圖示聚焦元件的足夠距離而形成至少一部分該影像圖示的至少一合成放大影像;(d)其中該影像圖示之重複期間與該影像圖示聚焦元件之重複期間的比例,係選自下列群組,包含小於1、實質上等於1及大於1,並選擇該影像圖示之平面陣列的對稱軸及相應影像圖示聚焦元件之平面陣列的對稱軸係經校正或方向偏離。In yet another embodiment, a method of controlling an optical effect in a synthetic magnification micro-optic system or a security or authentication device is disclosed, the optical effect comprising a motion effect, an amplification, a visual depth effect, or a synthesis of the effect, the method comprising the steps of: (a) providing a planar array having an image representation of its in-plane symmetry axis, the image representation having a repeating period within the array; (b) providing a planar array of image-imaged focusing elements having an in-plane symmetry axis thereof, The image illustrates that the focusing element has a repeating period within the array, wherein the system includes a planar array of image representations, and the image illustrates a planar array of focusing elements having a thickness of less than 50 microns, or the image-capturing focusing element has An effective diameter of less than 50 microns, or both; and (c) substantially parallel to the planar array of the image representation, the image is illustrated as a planar array of focusing elements, and sufficient to focus the elements with the image Forming at least a portion of the synthetically magnified image of the image representation; (d) wherein the repeating period of the image representation is combined with the image representation The ratio of the repetition period of the focal element is selected from the group consisting of less than 1, substantially equal to 1 and greater than 1, and selecting the plane of symmetry of the planar array of the image and the planar array of the corresponding image illustrating the focusing elements The axis of symmetry is corrected or directionally offset.
在進一步示範實施例中,揭露合成微光學系統中使用的影像圖示,該合成放大微光學系統包括:(a)影像圖示的平面陣列;及(b)影像圖示聚焦元件的平面陣列,其中以關於該影像圖示之平面陣列的方式配置該影像圖示聚焦元件的平面陣列,並以與該影像圖示聚焦元件的足夠距離而形成至少一部分該影像圖示的至少一合成影像;該影像圖示包括形成為基底中凹處的影像圖示,形成空隙的該凹處選擇地以提供與該基底對比之材料填充。In a further exemplary embodiment, an image representation for use in a synthetic micro-optic system is disclosed, the synthetic-magnification micro-optic system comprising: (a) a planar array of image representations; and (b) a planar array of image-wise focusing elements, Configuring the planar array of the image focusing elements in a manner corresponding to the planar array of the image representation, and forming at least a portion of the composite image of the image representation at a sufficient distance from the image indicating focusing element; The image representation includes an image representation formed as a recess in the substrate, the recess forming the void being selectively filled to provide material contrast with the substrate.
亦揭露合成放大微光學系統或文件安全裝置及其製造方法,包含:(a)影像圖示的平面陣列;及(b)影像圖示聚焦元件的平面陣列,該聚焦元件包括多邊形底座的多帶狀聚焦元件。Also disclosed is a synthetic magnification micro-optic system or document security device and method of fabricating the same, comprising: (a) a planar array of image representations; and (b) a planar array of image-focused components, the focusing element comprising a multi-band of polygonal bases Focusing element.
此外,揭露安全或鑑別執行緒,包含:(a)具有包含其中所形成填充的凹處之微影像或影像圖示的週期陣列的材料;(b)配置於與該聚焦元件的足夠距離而形成至少一部分該微影像或影像圖示的至少一合成放大影像之非圓柱形、平坦、非球狀或多邊形底座多帶狀微聚焦元件的週期陣列,該微聚焦元件包括具有範圍從約20至約30微米之基礎直徑的聚焦元件;及(c)覆蓋該微影像或影像圖示之陣列的著色的或金屬的密封或掩蔽層。Furthermore, a security or authentication thread is disclosed comprising: (a) a material having a periodic array of micro-images or image representations of the recesses in which the fill is formed; (b) being disposed at a sufficient distance from the focusing element a periodic array of non-cylindrical, flat, non-spherical or polygonal base multi-band micro-focusing elements of at least a portion of the micro-image or image representation of at least one synthetically magnified image, the micro-focusing element comprising having a range from about 20 to about a 30 micron base diameter focusing element; and (c) a colored or metallic sealing or masking layer covering the array of microimages or image representations.
揭露特別用於貨幣的文件安全裝置或安全執行緒,包含:(a)具有其平面內對稱軸之影像圖示的平面陣列,該影像圖示具有該陣列內的重複期間;及(b)具有其平面內對稱軸之影像圖示聚焦元件的平面陣列,該影像圖示聚焦元件具有該陣列內的重複期間,實質上平行於該影像圖示之平面陣列而配置之該影像圖示聚焦元件的平面陣列,以與該影像圖示聚焦元件的足夠距離而形成至少一部分該影像圖示的至少一合成放大影像,其中該系統包含該影像圖示的平面陣列,且該影像圖示聚焦元件的平面陣列具有小於50微米的厚度,或影像圖示聚焦元件具有小於50微米的有效直徑,或二者皆然。A document security device or security thread specifically for money is disclosed, comprising: (a) a planar array having an image representation of its in-plane symmetry axis, the image representation having a repeating period within the array; and (b) having The image of the in-plane symmetry axis illustrates a planar array of focusing elements having a repeating period within the array, the image being disposed substantially parallel to the planar array of image representations of the focusing element The planar array forms at least a portion of the composite enlarged image of the image representation at a sufficient distance from the image-capturing focusing element, wherein the system includes a planar array of the image representation, and the image illustrates a plane of the focusing element The array has a thickness of less than 50 microns, or the image shows that the focusing element has an effective diameter of less than 50 microns, or both.
及揭露合成放大光學及安全系統,包含一影像及一複數影像聚焦元件,該聚焦元件及該影像係配置於彼此相關的平面中,其中當該系統於實質上平行該系統之平面的軸線附近傾斜時,形成至少一合成放大影像,其顯現為沿平行於該傾斜軸線的方向移動。And a synthetic magnification optical and security system comprising an image and a plurality of image focusing elements disposed in a plane associated with each other, wherein the system is tilted about an axis substantially parallel to a plane of the system At the time, at least one synthetically magnified image is formed which appears to move in a direction parallel to the tilt axis.
本發明進一步提供一種合成放大微光學系統及其製造方法,包含:(a)一或多個光學隔片;(b)由影像圖示之平面陣列組成的微影像,該影像圖示具有位於至少其軸線之一附近的一對稱軸,並定位於該光學隔片上或附近;及(c)具有位於至少其平面軸線之一附近的一對稱軸的影像圖示聚焦元件之平面陣列,該對稱軸與該微影像陣列之平面軸線相同,每一聚焦元件為多邊形底座多帶狀聚焦元件,或提供超出相關影像圖示寬度之放大視場的透鏡,使得該相關影像圖示的周邊不落於視場之外,或非球狀聚焦元件具有小於50微米的有效直徑。The present invention further provides a synthetic magnification micro-optic system and a method of fabricating the same, comprising: (a) one or more optical spacers; (b) a micro image composed of a planar array of image representations, the image representation having at least An axis of symmetry near one of the axes, and positioned on or near the optical spacer; and (c) an image of an axis of symmetry having at least one of its planar axes illustrating a planar array of focusing elements, the axis of symmetry As with the planar axis of the micro-image array, each focusing element is a polygonal base multi-band focusing element, or a lens that provides an enlarged field of view beyond the width of the associated image, such that the perimeter of the associated image representation does not fall within the view. Outside the field, or the non-spherical focusing element has an effective diameter of less than 50 microns.
該系統可包括一或多項上述效果。提供一種方法,藉此可選擇地將效果包括於系統內。The system can include one or more of the above effects. A method is provided whereby the effects are optionally included within the system.
本發明進一步提供適於至少部分公司的安全裝置,及用於結合安全文件、標籤、易撕帶、竄改指示裝置、密封裝置或其他鑑別或安全裝置,其如上述地包含至少一微光學系統。較具體地,本發明提供文件安全裝置及其製造方法,包含:(a)一或多個光學隔片;(b)由影像圖示之平面陣列組成的微影像,該影像圖示具有位於至少其軸線之一附近的一對稱軸,並定位於該光學隔片上或附近;及(c)具有位於至少其平面軸線之一附近的一對稱軸的影像圖示聚焦元件之平面陣列,該對稱軸與該微影像平面陣列之平面軸線相同,每一聚焦元件為多邊形底座多帶狀聚焦元件,或提供超出相關影像圖示寬度之放大視場的透鏡,使得該相關影像圖示的周邊不落於視場之外,或非球狀聚焦元件具有小於50微米的有效直徑。The invention further provides a security device suitable for at least some companies, and for incorporating a security document, a label, a tear strip, a tamper indicating device, a sealing device or other authentication or security device, comprising at least one micro-optic system as described above . More specifically, the present invention provides a document security device and a method of fabricating the same, comprising: (a) one or more optical spacers; (b) a micro image composed of a planar array of image representations, the image representation having at least An axis of symmetry near one of the axes, and positioned on or near the optical spacer; and (c) an image of an axis of symmetry having at least one of its planar axes illustrating a planar array of focusing elements, the axis of symmetry Same as the plane axis of the micro image plane array, each focusing element is a polygonal base multi-band focusing element, or a lens providing an enlarged field of view beyond the width of the associated image, so that the periphery of the related image does not fall on Outside the field of view, or the non-spherical focusing element has an effective diameter of less than 50 microns.
在任一或多個上述實施例中,該影像圖示聚焦元件可具有等於4或較少的F數,例如等於2或較少,或甚至等於1或較少。此外,該影像圖示聚焦元件可包括非圓柱形透鏡或非圓柱形聚焦反射鏡,或二者皆然。In any one or more of the above embodiments, the image illustrates that the focusing element can have an F number equal to 4 or less, such as equal to 2 or less, or even equal to 1 or less. Moreover, the image illustrates that the focusing element can comprise a non-cylindrical lens or a non-cylindrical focusing mirror, or both.
此外,本發明提供一視覺增強裝置,其如上述地包含至少一微光學系統,並具有上述效果,用於衣服的視覺增強、護膚產品、文件、印刷素材、製造的商品、商品拓銷系統、包裝、採購呈現點、出版品、廣告裝置、運動商品、財務文件及交易卡、及所有其他商品。Further, the present invention provides a visual enhancement device comprising at least one micro-optical system as described above, and having the above effects, for visual enhancement of clothes, skin care products, documents, printed materials, manufactured goods, merchandising systems, Packaging, purchasing presentation points, publications, advertising devices, sports goods, financial documents and transaction cards, and all other items.
在又進一步實施例中,揭露一種合成微光學系統及安全裝置,包括由影像圖示之陣列或型樣及聚焦元件之陣列所形成的平面內影像,該系統製造至少二不同的合成影像,藉此一合成影像作業以調變或控制另一合成影像之出現的長度。在一示範的形式中,該影像圖示之陣列的特徵在於點綴亮彩色的圖示之區域或不具圖示之區域的暗或彩色的圖示之區域。該影像圖示之陣列形成一平面內合成影像,同時該聚焦元件之陣列與該影像圖示之陣列的互動形成個別的合成放大影像,用以控制該平面內影像的視場,且因而用以調變或控制該平面內影像之出現的長度。因而,該平面內影像之出現依據該系統的檢視角度而視覺上出現或消失,或開啟或關閉。In yet a further embodiment, a synthetic micro-optic system and security device is disclosed, comprising an in-plane image formed by an array or array of image representations and an array of focusing elements, the system fabricating at least two different synthetic images, This synthetic image job is used to modulate or control the length of occurrence of another synthetic image. In an exemplary form, the array of image representations is characterized by an area of the shaded or shaded area of the illustrated area or a non-illustrated area. The array of image representations forms an in-plane composite image, and the array of focusing elements interacts with the array of image representations to form individual composite magnified images for controlling the field of view of the in-plane image, and thus Modulates or controls the length of occurrence of an image in the plane. Thus, the presence of the in-plane image visually appears or disappears, either on or off, depending on the viewing angle of the system.
在更進一步實施例中,揭露一種微光學系統,包括:(a)一平面內影像,具有邊界及該邊界內影像區域,視覺上置於基底的實質平面中,在該基底上配置該平面內影像;(b)該平面內影像之邊界內所包含之圖示的一或多個控制型樣;及(c)圖示聚焦元件的陣列,其定位以形成至少一部分該圖示之一或多個控制型樣的至少一合成放大影像,該合成放大影像提供有限的視場以檢視調變該平面內影像之出現的該平面內影像。In a still further embodiment, a micro-optic system is disclosed, comprising: (a) an in-plane image having a boundary and an image region within the boundary, visually placed in a substantial plane of the substrate, the in-plane being disposed on the substrate (b) one or more control patterns of the illustration contained within boundaries of the in-plane image; and (c) an array of focusing elements positioned to form at least a portion of the one or more of the illustrations At least one synthetically magnified image of the control pattern, the synthetically magnified image providing a limited field of view to view the in-plane image that modulates the occurrence of the in-plane image.
該合成放大影像可藉本身之移動進、出與該平面內影像之影像區域的該合成放大影像的視覺相交,而提供檢視該平面內影像的視場。因而,該平面內影像於該合成放大影像視覺上與該平面內影像之影像區域相交時為可見的,並於該合成放大影像視覺上未與該平面內影像之影像區域的任何部分相交時為不可見的。該平面內影像之所見的量可由該合成放大影像視覺上與該平面內影像之影像區域相交的量來決定。The synthetically magnified image can be visually intersected with the synthesized magnified image of the image region of the in-plane image by itself moving to provide a field of view for viewing the in-plane image. Therefore, the in-plane image is visible when the synthesized magnified image is visually intersected with the image region of the in-plane image, and when the synthesized magnified image does not visually intersect with any portion of the image region of the in-plane image Invisible. The amount of image seen in the in-plane image can be determined by the amount by which the synthetically magnified image visually intersects the image region of the in-plane image.
如上述所定義的,亦提供具有至少一安全裝置的安全文件或標籤,其係至少部分嵌入其中或裝置於其上。As defined above, a security document or label having at least one security device is also provided that is at least partially embedded therein or mounted thereon.
在下列附圖及申請專利範圍的檢查下,對於熟悉本技藝之人士而言,其他系統、裝置、方法、特徵及優點將變得顯而易見。期望所有其餘系統、方法、特徵及優點均包括於本描述中,處於本發明的範圍內,並受申請專利範圍的保護。Other systems, devices, methods, features, and advantages will become apparent to those skilled in the <RTIgt; All remaining systems, methods, features, and advantages are intended to be included within the scope of the present invention and are protected by the scope of the claims.
除非另外定義,文中所使用的所有技術及科學名詞與對於熟悉本發明所屬技藝之人士所共同理解者具有相同意義。所有文中所提及之出版品、專利申請案、專利及其他參考資料均以參考的方式併入。在衝突的狀況下,本說明書包括定義將予控制。此外,材料、方法及範例僅係描繪而不希望予以限制。Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning meaning meaning All publications, patent applications, patents and other references mentioned herein are incorporated by reference. In the event of a conflict, this specification, including definitions, will be controlled. In addition, the materials, methods, and examples are merely illustrative and are not intended to be limiting.
現在詳細參考附圖中所描繪之實施例的描述。雖然結合附圖而描述許多實施例,但不希望將本發明侷限於文中所揭露的實施例。相反地,希望涵蓋所有的替代、修改及相等內容。Reference is now made in detail to the description of the embodiments illustrated in the drawings. Although many embodiments are described in conjunction with the drawings, the invention is not limited to the embodiments disclosed herein. Conversely, it is intended to cover all alternatives, modifications, and equivalents.
關注於簡潔以及避免重複說明,對於下列名詞的所有後續參考,將理解為文中之定義、說明及詳述。為求便利,所定義的名詞隨後於特定實施例之描述的首例中將明顯印刷。For the sake of brevity and avoiding repeated explanations, all subsequent references to the following nouns will be understood as definitions, descriptions and details in the text. For convenience, the defined nomenclature will be apparently printed in the first example described in the specific embodiments.
圖示填充材料-用於填充微結構圖示元件的任一材料。圖示填充材料可為氣體、液體、凝膠、粉末、固體、乳膠、懸浮體、合成物材料及其組合。圖示填充材料典型地提供一些可測量或可檢測之不同於周圍圖示層材料的屬性。該些不同屬性可提供光學效果,或其可提供材料的非接觸檢測或鑑別之屬性,或二者皆然。材料的組合可用於圖示填充材料,而提供所需圖示元件屬性的多重性。Filler material shown - any material used to fill the microstructured graphic elements. The illustrated filler materials can be gases, liquids, gels, powders, solids, latexes, suspensions, composite materials, and combinations thereof. The illustrated fill material typically provides some property that is measurable or detectable different from the surrounding illustrated layer material. These different properties may provide optical effects, or they may provide properties for non-contact detection or identification of the material, or both. The combination of materials can be used to illustrate the filler material while providing the multiplicity of properties of the desired illustrated components.
圖示填充材料的材料屬性可產生所需的光學效果,包括但不限於:透明度、不透明度、折射率、著色分佈、散射屬性,珍珠粉、蛋白光、彩虹色、顏色反射及顏色吸收,反射性、線性、圓形的及橢圓的極化屬性,Raman或Rayleigh屬性,光學旋轉、螢光性、冷光、磷光、二光子效果,熱化學、壓力變色、光變色、摩擦發光、電致發光、電致變色及磁致變色。圖示填充材料可為單純材料,或為混合物、組合、懸浮體或多重性材料的其他組合而獲得該些屬性。The material properties of the filler material are shown to produce the desired optical effects including, but not limited to, transparency, opacity, refractive index, color distribution, scattering properties, pearl powder, protein light, iridescence, color reflection and color absorption, reflection Polarity properties of sex, linear, circular and elliptical, Raman or Rayleigh properties, optical rotation, fluorescence, luminescence, phosphorescence, two-photon effect, thermochemistry, pressure discoloration, photochromism, triboluminescence, electroluminescence, Electrochromic and magnetochromic. The illustrated filler material can be a simple material, or can be obtained as a mixture, combination, suspension, or other combination of multiple materials.
可產生所需的非接觸檢測或鑑別屬性之圖示填充材料的材料屬性包括但不限於:磁性反應、磁化作用、電荷分離、電氣反應、導電性、熱傳導性、電介質力量、螢光性、冷光、磷光、二光子效果、核磁共振、透明度、不透明度、折射率、著色分佈、散射屬性,珍珠粉、蛋白光、彩虹色、顏色反射及顏色吸收,反射性、線性、圓形的及橢圓的極化屬性,Raman或Rayleigh屬性,放射性、放射性作用、光學旋轉,熱化學、壓力變色、光變色、摩擦發光、電致發光、電致變色及磁致變色。Graphical properties of the filler material that can produce the desired non-contact detection or identification properties include, but are not limited to, magnetic reaction, magnetization, charge separation, electrical reaction, electrical conductivity, thermal conductivity, dielectric strength, fluoresceness, luminescence , phosphorescence, two-photon effect, nuclear magnetic resonance, transparency, opacity, refractive index, color distribution, scattering properties, pearl powder, protein light, iridescence, color reflection and color absorption, reflective, linear, circular and elliptical Polarization properties, Raman or Rayleigh properties, radioactivity, radioactivity, optical rotation, thermochemistry, pressure discoloration, photochromism, triboluminescence, electroluminescence, electrochromism, and magnetochromism.
圖示填充材料可較佳地包括載子材料,例如單體、寡體或聚合物材料及其組合,其為溶劑固化、熱固化、氧化固化、反應固化、或輻射固化。示範的輻射固化光聚合物為Lord Industries的U107光聚合物。The illustrated filler material may preferably include a carrier material such as a monomer, oligo or polymer material, and combinations thereof, which are solvent curing, heat curing, oxidative curing, reaction curing, or radiation curing. An exemplary radiation curable photopolymer is Lord Industries' U107 photopolymer.
圖示填充載子材料的光學、非接觸檢測及非接觸鑑別屬性可經由下列材料(例如但不限於該些材料)的混合或組合而予修改:染料、著色劑、顏料、粉末材料、墨水、粉末礦物、磁性材料及顆粒、磁化材料及顆粒、磁性反應材料及顆粒、磷光劑、液晶、液晶聚合物、碳黑或其他光吸收材料、二氧化鈦或其他光散射材料、光子晶體、非線性晶體、奈米顆粒、奈米管、布基球、布基管、有機材料、珍珠光彩材料、粉末珍珠、多層干擾材料、乳白色材料、彩虹色材料、低折射率材料或粉末、高折射率材料或粉末、鑽石粉末、結構顏料、極化材料、極化旋轉材料、螢光的材料、磷光的材料、熱變色材料、壓力變色材料、光變色材料、摩擦發光材料、電致發光材料、電變色材料、磁變色材料及顆粒、放射性材料、可放射性材料、電荷分離材料及其組合。示範圖示填充材料包括例如Lord Industries的U107之光聚合物載子,其係以次微米顏料粉末為底,而形成厚"墨水"。The optical, non-contact detection, and non-contact identification properties of the illustrated filler material can be modified by mixing or combining the following materials, such as, but not limited to, the materials: dyes, colorants, pigments, powder materials, inks, Powder minerals, magnetic materials and particles, magnetized materials and particles, magnetically reactive materials and particles, phosphors, liquid crystals, liquid crystal polymers, carbon black or other light absorbing materials, titanium dioxide or other light scattering materials, photonic crystals, nonlinear crystals, Nanoparticles, nanotubes, buckyballs, cloth based tubes, organic materials, pearlescent materials, powdered pearls, multilayer interference materials, opalescent materials, iridescent materials, low refractive index materials or powders, high refractive index materials or powders , diamond powder, structural pigments, polarized materials, polarized rotating materials, fluorescent materials, phosphorescent materials, thermochromic materials, pressure-changing materials, photochromic materials, triboluminescent materials, electroluminescent materials, electrochromic materials, Magnetically variable materials and particles, radioactive materials, radioactive materials, charge separation materials, and combinations thereof. Exemplary illustrated filler materials include photopolymer carriers such as Lord Industries' U107, which are based on submicron pigment powders to form a thick "ink".
對於熟悉本技藝的工作人員而言,文中未明確地提及之其他屬性、材料、方法、機構及其組合,顯然被理解為包括在本發明的範圍內。Other attributes, materials, methods, mechanisms, and combinations thereof, which are not explicitly mentioned herein, are obviously understood to be included within the scope of the present invention.
包覆材料-任一用於包覆圖示層或圖示填充材料,或包覆波紋放大系統之任一層的材料,包括但不限於透鏡、圖示平面、圖示層、微結構圖示元件、圖示填充材料,或配置、層壓或應用於透鏡、圖示層之材料的任一層,或透鏡、圖示層、基底或透明基底之內部或外部的任一層。Cladding material - any material used to coat the illustrated layer or the illustrated filler material, or to coat any layer of the corrugated amplification system, including but not limited to lenses, illustrated planes, illustrated layers, microstructured graphic elements Filler material, or any layer of material disposed, laminated or applied to the lens, the illustrated layer, or any layer of the interior or exterior of the lens, graphic layer, substrate or transparent substrate.
包覆材料典型地提供一些屬性,其可檢測地不同於圖示層、圖示填充材料、基底、透明基底或透鏡層中其他材料的屬性。該些不同屬性可提供光學效果,或其可提供啟動材料的非接觸檢測或鑑別之屬性,或二者皆然。材料的組合可用於包覆材料,而提供所需包覆材料屬性的多重性。The cladding material typically provides properties that are detectably different from those of the illustrated layer, the illustrated fill material, the substrate, the transparent substrate, or other materials in the lens layer. These different properties may provide an optical effect, or they may provide non-contact detection or identification properties of the starting material, or both. A combination of materials can be used to coat the material while providing the multiplicity of properties of the desired cladding material.
可產生所需光學效果之包覆材料的材料屬性包括但不限於:透明度、不透明度、折射率、著色分佈、散射屬性,珍珠粉、蛋白光、彩虹色、顏色反射及顏色吸收,反射性、線性、圓形的及橢圓的極化屬性,Raman或Rayleigh屬性,光學旋轉、螢光性、冷光、磷光、二光子效果,熱化學、壓力變色、光變色、摩擦發光、電致發光、電致變色及磁致變色。包覆材料可為單純材料,或為混合物、組合、懸浮體或多重性材料的其他組合而獲得該些屬性。Material properties of the coating material that produces the desired optical effect include, but are not limited to, transparency, opacity, refractive index, color distribution, scattering properties, pearl powder, protein light, iridescence, color reflection and color absorption, reflectivity, Linear, circular and elliptical polarization properties, Raman or Rayleigh properties, optical rotation, fluorescence, luminescence, phosphorescence, two-photon effects, thermochemistry, pressure discoloration, photochromism, triboluminescence, electroluminescence, electrophoresis Discoloration and magnetochromism. The covering material can be a simple material or a mixture, a combination, a suspension or other combination of multiple materials to obtain such properties.
應用包覆材料的適當方法取決於許多因子,包括材料屬性及材料的所需功能或效果。藉濕式還原反應(如同濕式鍍銀)、無電電鍍、電氣電鍍、蒸汽沈積、噴濺、電漿噴塗、分子束磊晶、熱壓印、箔轉印、層壓及其他適當與知名方式及其組合,可應用金屬、金屬氧化物、半導體包覆及其組合。藉濕式包覆、噴塗、印刷、層壓、圖示表面的化學反應、噴墨、電氣印刷、浸染、新月形包覆、波形包覆、反應包覆及其他適當與知名方式及其組合,可應用結合液體載子材料的包覆材料。藉熱壓印、箔轉印、層壓及其他適當與知名方式及其組合,可應用以膜或箔為主的包覆材料。The appropriate method of applying the cladding material depends on a number of factors, including the material properties and the desired function or effect of the material. Wet reduction reaction (like wet silver plating), electroless plating, electroplating, vapor deposition, sputtering, plasma spraying, molecular beam epitaxy, hot stamping, foil transfer, lamination and other appropriate and well-known methods And combinations thereof, metals, metal oxides, semiconductor coatings, and combinations thereof can be applied. Wet coating, spray coating, printing, lamination, chemical reaction on the surface of the graphic, inkjet, electrical printing, dip dyeing, crescent coating, wave coating, reactive coating and other suitable and well-known methods and combinations A coating material incorporating a liquid carrier material can be applied. Film or foil-based cladding materials can be applied by thermal embossing, foil transfer, lamination, and other suitable and well-known methods and combinations thereof.
包覆材料可較佳地為蒸發或噴濺金屬,例如鋁、金或銀,或金屬氧化物,例如銦-錫氧化物或鐵氧化物。結合填充材料的包覆材料可較佳地包括載子材料,例如單體、寡體或聚合物材料及其組合,其係溶劑固化、熱固化、氧化固化、反應固化或輻射固化。示範輻射固化光聚合物為Lord Industries的U107光聚合物。The cladding material may preferably be an evaporated or sputtered metal such as aluminum, gold or silver, or a metal oxide such as indium-tin oxide or iron oxide. The coating material in combination with the filler material may preferably comprise a carrier material such as a monomer, oligo or polymer material and combinations thereof, which are solvent curing, heat curing, oxidative curing, reaction curing or radiation curing. An exemplary radiation curable photopolymer is Lord Industries' U107 photopolymer.
包覆載子材料的光學、非接觸檢測及非接觸鑑別屬性可藉與下列任一材料(例如但不限於該些材料)混合或組合而予修改:染料、著色劑、顏料、粉末材料、墨水、粉末礦物、磁性材料及顆粒、磁化材料及顆粒、磁性反應材料及顆粒、磷光劑、液晶、液晶聚合物、碳黑或其他光吸收材料、二氧化鈦或其他光散射材料、光子晶體、非線性晶體、奈米顆粒、奈米管、布基球、布基管、有機材料、珍珠光彩材料、粉末珍珠、多層干擾材料、乳白色材料、彩虹色材料、低折射率材料或粉末、高折射率材料或粉末、鑽石粉末、結構顏料、極化材料、極化旋轉材料、螢光的材料、磷光的材料、熱變色材料、壓力變色材料、光變色材料、摩擦發光材料、電致發光材料、電變色材料、磁變色材料及顆粒、放射性材料、可放射性材料、電荷分離材料及其組合。示範包覆材料包括例如Lord Industries的U107之光聚合物載子,其係以次微米顏料粉末為底,而形成厚"墨水"。The optical, non-contact detection and non-contact identification properties of the coated carrier material may be modified by mixing or combining with any of the following materials, such as but not limited to: dyes, colorants, pigments, powder materials, inks. , powder minerals, magnetic materials and particles, magnetized materials and particles, magnetic reactive materials and particles, phosphors, liquid crystals, liquid crystal polymers, carbon black or other light absorbing materials, titanium dioxide or other light scattering materials, photonic crystals, nonlinear crystals , nano particles, nanotubes, cloth based balls, cloth base tubes, organic materials, pearl luminescent materials, powder pearls, multilayer interference materials, milky white materials, iridescent materials, low refractive index materials or powders, high refractive index materials or Powder, diamond powder, structural pigment, polarized material, polarized rotating material, fluorescent material, phosphorescent material, thermochromic material, pressure-changing material, photochromic material, triboluminescent material, electroluminescent material, electrochromic material , magnetically variable materials and particles, radioactive materials, radioactive materials, charge separation materials, and combinations thereof. Exemplary coating materials include, for example, the photopolymer carrier of Lord Industries U107, which is based on a submicron pigment powder to form a thick "ink".
包覆材料亦可加以選擇而提供物理、化學、機械、底漆或附著促進屬性。The coating material can also be selected to provide physical, chemical, mechanical, primer or adhesion promoting properties.
對於熟悉本技藝的工作人員而言,文中未明確地提及之其他屬性、材料、方法、機構及其組合,顯然被理解為包括在本發明的範圍內。Other attributes, materials, methods, mechanisms, and combinations thereof, which are not explicitly mentioned herein, are obviously understood to be included within the scope of the present invention.
正圖示元件-圖示設計或型樣的圖形元件,其中該圖示元件的物件型樣,例如字元或標誌,為著色的、彩色的、金屬化的,或與該圖示元件之背景區別。通常,在製造的過程中,正圖示元件的物件型樣將於獲得任一區別屬性或應用於正圖示元件的背景之前,獲得本身的區別屬性。Graphical component of the illustrated design or pattern, wherein the object type of the illustrated component, such as a character or logo, is colored, colored, metallized, or with the background of the illustrated component. the difference. In general, during the manufacturing process, the object type of the component being illustrated will obtain its own distinguishing properties before any distinguishing property is obtained or applied to the background of the component being illustrated.
正影像-正圖示元件所形成的影像或合成影像。Positive image - An image or composite image formed by the component being shown.
負圖示元件-圖示設計或型樣的圖形元件,其中該圖示元件的背景為著色的、彩色的、金屬化的,或與該圖示元件之物件型樣有所區別,例如字元或標誌。通常,在製造的過程中,負圖示元件的背景將於獲得任一區別屬性或應用於負圖示元件的物件型樣之前,獲得本身的區別屬性。Negative graphic element - a graphic element of a graphic design or pattern, wherein the background of the graphic element is colored, colored, metallized, or distinguishable from the object type of the illustrated element, such as a character Or sign. Typically, during the manufacturing process, the background of the negative graphic element will obtain its own distinguishing properties before any distinguishing property or object type applied to the negative graphic element is obtained.
負影像-負圖示元件所形成的影像或合成影像。Negative image - An image or synthetic image formed by a negative graphic element.
圖示元件的物件型樣-圖示設計或型樣之離散的及有界線的圖形元件,例如字元或標誌。通常,圖示元件的物件型樣較佳地以一、二、或三個圖示元件或型樣之內為界,但可以更多個為界。Object-type of the illustrated component - a discrete and bounded graphical component of the design or pattern, such as a character or logo. In general, the article features of the illustrated components are preferably bounded by one, two, or three illustrated components or patterns, but may be more bounded.
圖示元件的背景-圖示設計或型樣之無界線的區域圍繞物件型樣。通常,圖示元件或型樣的背景連續橫跨多路圖示元件或型樣。The background of the illustrated component - the area of the unbounded line of the illustrated design or pattern surrounds the object type. Generally, the background of the illustrated elements or patterns continually spans multiple illustrated elements or patterns.
圖示層-微印刷的實質平面層可應用於基底或透明基底的面,或可為獨立層。廣泛的材料可用於圖示層,包括但不限於熱固聚合物、熱成型聚合物、澆鑄聚合物、反應澆鑄聚合物、輻射固化聚合物、生物聚合物、凝膠、澱粉、糖、矽聚合物、多層電介質聚合物膜、溶劑澆鑄聚合物、壓縮鑄模聚合物、注入鑄模聚合物、凸版聚合物、玻璃、金屬氧化物、鑽石、鋁氧化物、光聚合物、光阻、印刷墨水或定型的包覆、噴墨印刷包覆、電印刷包覆及其組合。The substantially planar layer of the illustrated layer-microprint can be applied to the face of the substrate or transparent substrate, or can be a separate layer. A wide range of materials can be used for the illustrated layers including, but not limited to, thermoset polymers, thermoformed polymers, cast polymers, reactive cast polymers, radiation curable polymers, biopolymers, gels, starches, sugars, cesium polymerization , multilayer dielectric polymer film, solvent cast polymer, compression mold polymer, injection mold polymer, letterpress polymer, glass, metal oxide, diamond, aluminum oxide, photopolymer, photoresist, printing ink or styling Coating, inkjet printing coating, electroprinting coating, and combinations thereof.
示範圖示層材料為光聚合物,例如Lord Industries的U107光聚合物。圖示層可為單一材料或可結合染料、著色劑、顏料、粉末材料、墨水、粉末礦物、磁性材料及顆粒、磁化材料及顆粒、磁性反應材料及顆粒、磷光劑、液晶、液晶聚合物、碳黑或其他光吸收材料、二氧化鈦或其他光散射材料、光子晶體、非線性晶體、奈米顆粒、奈米管、布基球、布基管、有機材料、珍珠光彩材料、粉末珍珠、多層干擾材料、乳白色材料、彩虹色材料、低折射率材料或粉末、高折射率材料或粉末、鑽石粉末、結構顏料、極化材料、極化旋轉材料、螢光的材料、磷光的材料、熱變色材料、壓力變色材料、光變色材料、摩擦發光材料、電致發光材料、電變色材料、磁變色材料及顆粒、放射性材料、可放射性材料、電荷分離材料及其組合,及可增強或改變其光學、電氣、磁性、核磁共振或其他物理屬性的其他適當材料。The exemplary illustrated layer material is a photopolymer, such as the U107 photopolymer of Lord Industries. The illustrated layer may be a single material or may be combined with dyes, colorants, pigments, powder materials, inks, powder minerals, magnetic materials and particles, magnetized materials and particles, magnetically reactive materials and particles, phosphors, liquid crystals, liquid crystal polymers, Carbon black or other light absorbing materials, titanium dioxide or other light scattering materials, photonic crystals, nonlinear crystals, nanoparticles, nanotubes, cloth-based spheres, cloth-based tubes, organic materials, pearlescent materials, powder pearls, multilayer interference Materials, milky white materials, iridescent materials, low refractive index materials or powders, high refractive index materials or powders, diamond powders, structural pigments, polarized materials, polarized rotating materials, fluorescent materials, phosphorescent materials, thermochromic materials , pressure-changing materials, photochromic materials, triboluminescent materials, electroluminescent materials, electrochromic materials, magnetically variable materials and particles, radioactive materials, radioactive materials, charge separation materials and combinations thereof, and can enhance or change their optics, Other suitable materials for electrical, magnetic, nuclear magnetic resonance or other physical properties.
示範圖示層材料為Lord Industries的U107光聚合物。對於熟悉本技藝的工作人員而言,文中未明確地提及之其他屬性、材料、方法、機構及其組合,顯然被理解為包括在本發明的範圍內。The exemplary illustrated layer material is Lord Industries' U107 photopolymer. Other attributes, materials, methods, mechanisms, and combinations thereof, which are not explicitly mentioned herein, are obviously understood to be included within the scope of the present invention.
微結構圖示影像元件-具有物理凸版印刷或可藉許多適當機構而於圖示層中形成之微結構的圖示元件,該些機構包括熱成型、澆鑄、壓縮鑄模、注入鑄模、凸版、定型的輻射曝光及顯影、雷射曝光及顯影、噴墨印刷、電氣印刷、印刷、雕刻、電鑄、畫線、攝影、全像攝影,及與知名固化及蝕刻或膨脹過程、遮罩及沈澱過程、遮罩及化學蝕刻、遮罩及反應蝕刻、遮罩及離子研磨、微機械、雷射機械及雷射熔損、光聚合物曝光及顯影與其他適當機構及其組合結合之光敏乳膠的雷射曝光。Microstructured image element - a graphic element having a physical relief printing or a microstructure that can be formed in the illustrated layer by a number of suitable mechanisms, including thermoforming, casting, compression molding, injection molding, relief, styling Radiation exposure and development, laser exposure and development, inkjet printing, electrical printing, printing, engraving, electroforming, line drawing, photography, holographic photography, and well-known curing and etching or expansion processes, masking and precipitation processes , matte and chemical etching, masking and reactive etching, masking and ion milling, micro-mechanical, laser mechanical and laser melt loss, photopolymer exposure and development combined with other suitable mechanisms and combinations thereof Shoot exposure.
微結構圖示影像元件較佳地藉澆鑄聚合物基底(通常為PET)與鍍鎳微結構圖示影像元件工具之間液體光聚合物、輻射固化該光聚合物及以附著的固化光聚合物從鍍鎳微結構圖示影像元件工具剝落該聚合物基底而形成。The microstructured image element is preferably a liquid photopolymer between a cast polymer substrate (typically PET) and a nickel plated microstructured image component tool, radiation cured the photopolymer, and an attached cured photopolymer It is formed by peeling off the polymer substrate from the nickel-plated microstructured image element tool.
對於熟悉本技藝的工作人員而言,文中未明確地提及之其他屬性、材料、方法、機構及其組合,顯然被理解為包括在本發明的範圍內。Other attributes, materials, methods, mechanisms, and combinations thereof, which are not explicitly mentioned herein, are obviously understood to be included within the scope of the present invention.
微結構圖示影像元件工具及方法-用於在圖示層中形成微結構圖示影像元件的工具及方法,其係藉熱成型、澆鑄、壓縮鑄模、注入鑄模、凸版、定型的輻射曝光及顯影、電鑄及光聚合物曝光與顯影。該工具可由許多類似及適當的機構製造,包括熱成型、澆鑄、壓縮鑄模、注入鑄模、凸版、定型的輻射曝光及顯影、雷射曝光及顯影、噴墨印刷、電氣印刷、印刷、雕刻、電鑄、畫線、攝影、全像攝影,及與知名固化及蝕刻或膨脹過程、遮罩及沈澱過程、遮罩及化學蝕刻、遮罩及反應蝕刻、遮罩及離子研磨、微機械、雷射機械及雷射熔損、光聚合物曝光及顯影及其他適當的機構及其組合結合之光敏乳膠的雷射曝光。Microstructured Image Component Tool and Method - A tool and method for forming a microstructured image component in a layer as illustrated by thermoforming, casting, compression molding, injection molding, relief, styling radiation exposure, and Development, electroforming, and photopolymer exposure and development. The tool can be manufactured by many similar and appropriate mechanisms, including thermoforming, casting, compression molding, injection molding, letterpress, styling radiation exposure and development, laser exposure and development, inkjet printing, electrical printing, printing, engraving, electricity. Casting, line drawing, photography, holographic photography, and well-known curing and etching or expansion processes, masking and deposition processes, masking and chemical etching, masking and reactive etching, masking and ion milling, micromachined, laser Laser exposure of mechanical and laser melt damage, photopolymer exposure and development, and other suitable mechanisms and combinations thereof.
微結構圖示影像元件工具較佳地藉於堅硬基底或堅硬透明基底上光阻材料之光學曝光及顯影而產生原始微結構、微結構光阻表面的傳導金屬化及於傳導表面鍍鎳電鑄等知名方法而產生。The microstructured image component tool preferably produces the original microstructure, the conductive metallization of the microstructured photoresist surface, and the nickel plating of the conductive surface by optical exposure and development of the photoresist material on a hard substrate or a rigid transparent substrate. Produced by well-known methods.
對於熟悉本技藝的工作人員而言,文中未明確地提及之其他屬性、材料、方法、機構及其組合,顯然被理解為包括在本發明的範圍內。Other attributes, materials, methods, mechanisms, and combinations thereof, which are not explicitly mentioned herein, are obviously understood to be included within the scope of the present invention.
透明基底-任一實質上平面及實質上光學透明的材料,包括但不限於玻璃、金屬氧化物、聚合物、合成物材料、生物聚合物、糖、纖維素、澱粉、凝膠及其組合,其係用於支撐一致波紋放大系統的光學元件,該光學元件選擇地包括微透鏡陣列及一或多個圖示影像陣列。PET聚合物膜為本發明之圖示層及波紋放大系統的示範基底。Transparent substrate - any substantially planar and substantially optically transparent material including, but not limited to, glass, metal oxides, polymers, composite materials, biopolymers, sugars, celluloses, starches, gels, and combinations thereof, It is used to support an optical component of a uniform corrugated amplification system that optionally includes a microlens array and one or more illustrated image arrays. The PET polymer film is an exemplary substrate for the illustrated layer and corrugated amplification system of the present invention.
對於熟悉本技藝的工作人員而言,文中未明確地提及之其他屬性、材料、方法、機構及其組合,顯然被理解為包括在本發明的範圍內。Other attributes, materials, methods, mechanisms, and combinations thereof, which are not explicitly mentioned herein, are obviously understood to be included within the scope of the present invention.
基底-任一實質上平面材料,包括但不限於玻璃、金屬、合成物材料、金屬氧化物、聚合物、生物聚合物、糖、纖維素、澱粉、凝膠、紙、纖維材料、非纖維材料、箔、不織布紙代用品及其組合。PET聚合物膜為本發明的示範基底。Substrate - any substantially planar material including, but not limited to, glass, metal, composite materials, metal oxides, polymers, biopolymers, sugars, cellulose, starch, gels, paper, fibrous materials, non-fibrous materials , foil, non-woven paper substitutes and combinations thereof. The PET polymer film is an exemplary substrate for the present invention.
對於熟悉本技藝的工作人員而言,文中未明確地提及之其他屬性、材料、方法、機構及其組合,顯然被理解為包括在本發明的範圍內。Other attributes, materials, methods, mechanisms, and combinations thereof, which are not explicitly mentioned herein, are obviously understood to be included within the scope of the present invention.
保角的包覆材料-符合所應用之表面形狀的包覆材料。噴濺金屬包覆典型地為保角的-其包覆垂直表面、微結構側壁、浮雕區域以及水平表面。Conformal cladding material - a coating material that conforms to the surface shape of the application. Sputtered metal cladding is typically conformal - it covers the vertical surface, the microstructured sidewalls, the relief regions, and the horizontal surface.
非保角的包覆材料-不符合所應用之表面形狀的包覆材料。蒸發金屬包覆典型地為非保角的-其優先包覆水平表面,但不足地包覆垂直表面及微結構側壁,且不包覆浮雕區域。Non-conformal cladding material - a cladding material that does not conform to the applied surface shape. The evaporative metal cladding is typically non-conformal - it preferentially coats the horizontal surface, but insufficiently covers the vertical surface and the microstructured sidewalls, and does not enclose the relief region.
指向性包覆材料-一種包覆材料其優先包覆水平表面及具指向包覆源一般方向之垂直表面的表面,但不包覆具指向遠離包覆源一般方向之垂直表面的表面。補償或妨礙的蒸發金屬包覆為指向性包覆材料的一範例:金屬蒸汽的流動係指向實質上不在垂直上之角度的表面,使得微結構的"近"表面將被包覆,但微結構的"遠"表面將被遮蔽及未包覆。Directional Cladding Material - A coating material that preferentially coats a horizontal surface and a surface that has a vertical surface that is directed toward the general direction of the cladding source, but does not cover a surface that is directed away from the vertical surface of the general direction of the cladding source. The compensated or obstructed evaporating metal coating is an example of a directional cladding material: the flow of metal vapor is directed to a surface that is not substantially perpendicular to the angle such that the "near" surface of the microstructure will be coated, but the microstructure The "far" surface will be covered and uncoated.
現在參考附圖,圖1a描繪微光學系統12的實施例,其提供該系統的一或多個影像的正視差移動。Referring now to the drawings, Figure 1a depicts an embodiment of a micro-optic system 12 that provides positive parallax movement of one or more images of the system.
該系統12微透鏡1具有至少二對稱軸,其實質上相等並配置於二維週期陣列中。透鏡2的直徑較佳地小於50μ,且透鏡3之間的空隙空間較佳地為5μ或更小。(吾人交替地使用名詞"μ"及"μm",表示相同的尺寸。)微透鏡1聚焦圖示元件4的影像,並將該影像10投影於觀看者。該系統通常用於具有正常位準之周遭照明的情況,所以圖示影像的照度從反射或傳輸周遭光線而產生。圖示元件4為具有實質上類似於包括透鏡1之透鏡陣列的期間及尺寸之圖示元件的週期陣列的一元件。該透鏡1與該圖示元件4之間為光學隔片5,其可與該透鏡1材料連續,或可選擇地為個別基底8-在本實施例中,該透鏡9與基底分離。該圖示元件4可選擇地以密封層6保護,其較佳地為聚合物材料。密封層6可為透明的、半透明的、著色的、染色的、不透明的、金屬製的、磁性的、光學可變的及其任一組合,其提供所需的光學效果及/或用於安全及鑑別目的的其餘功能,包括自動化的貨幣鑑別、核實、追蹤、計數及檢測系統的支援,其係依賴光學效果、導電性或電容、磁場檢測。The system 12 microlens 1 has at least two axes of symmetry that are substantially equal and are arranged in a two-dimensional periodic array. The diameter of the lens 2 is preferably less than 50 μ, and the void space between the lenses 3 is preferably 5 μ or less. (We alternately use the nouns "μ" and "μm" to indicate the same size.) The microlens 1 focuses the image of the component 4 and projects the image 10 onto the viewer. This system is typically used for ambient illumination with normal levels, so the illumination of the illustrated image is generated by reflection or transmission of ambient light. The illustrated element 4 is an element having a periodic array of graphic elements that are substantially similar to the period and size of the lens array including lens 1. Between the lens 1 and the illustrated element 4 is an optical spacer 5 which may be continuous with the material of the lens 1, or alternatively an individual substrate 8 - in this embodiment, the lens 9 is separated from the substrate. The illustrated element 4 is optionally protected by a sealing layer 6, which is preferably a polymeric material. The sealing layer 6 can be transparent, translucent, colored, dyed, opaque, metallic, magnetic, optically variable, and any combination thereof, providing the desired optical effect and/or for The remaining functions for security and authentication purposes, including automated currency identification, verification, tracking, counting, and inspection system support, rely on optical effects, conductivity or capacitance, and magnetic field detection.
該系統的總厚度7典型地小於50μ;實際厚度取決於該透鏡1的F#與該透鏡2的直徑,及其餘安全特徵或視覺效果層的厚度。該圖示元件4的重複期間11實質上與該透鏡1的重複期間相同;"縮放比"即圖示之重複期間與透鏡之重複期間的比例,係用於製造許多不同視覺效果。當透鏡及圖示的對稱軸方向偏離時,縮放比的軸向對稱值實質上等於1.0000,導致一致移動正視差效果,當透鏡及圖示的對稱軸實質上校正時,縮放比的軸向對稱值小於1.0000,導致一致深及一致超深效果,及當透鏡及圖示的對稱軸實質上校正時,縮放比的軸向對稱值大於1.0000,導致一致浮動及一致超浮動效果。縮放比的軸向非對稱值例如X方向0.995及Y方向1.005,導致一致飄浮效果。The total thickness 7 of the system is typically less than 50[mu]; the actual thickness depends on the F# of the lens 1 and the diameter of the lens 2, and the remaining security features or the thickness of the visual effect layer. The repetition period 11 of the illustrated element 4 is substantially the same as the repetition period of the lens 1; the "scaling ratio", i.e., the ratio of the repetition period of the illustration to the repetition period of the lens, is used to create a number of different visual effects. When the direction of the symmetry axis of the lens and the figure is deviated, the axial symmetry value of the scaling ratio is substantially equal to 1.0000, resulting in a uniform moving positive parallax effect, and the axial symmetry of the scaling ratio when the symmetry axis of the lens and the figure is substantially corrected. A value less than 1.0000 results in a consistent deep and consistent ultra-deep effect, and when the axis of symmetry of the lens and illustration is substantially corrected, the axial symmetry of the scaling ratio is greater than 1.0000, resulting in a consistent floating and consistent super-floating effect. The axial asymmetry values of the scaling ratio are, for example, 0.995 in the X direction and 1.005 in the Y direction, resulting in a uniform floating effect.
藉透鏡重複期間或圖示重複期間或二者的縮放變形,或藉結合空間改變資訊至圖示型樣中,可獲得一致形態效果。藉結合空間改變資訊至圖示型樣中,亦可製造一致3-D效果,但在本實施例中,如同從實質上相應於圖示之位置的特定位置所見,該資訊代表三維物件的不同檢視點。A consistent morphological effect can be obtained by zooming during lens repetition or during graphical repetition or by scaling deformation of the two, or by combining spatial changes to the graphical representation. By combining the spatial change information into the graphic pattern, a consistent 3-D effect can also be produced, but in the present embodiment, the information represents the difference of the three-dimensional object as seen from a specific position substantially corresponding to the position of the figure. View point.
圖1b呈現本系統的等尺寸檢視,如同圖1a中截面所描繪的,具有透鏡1的方形陣列型樣及重複期間11及光學隔片厚度5的圖示4(圖1a並非特定方形陣列型樣,但為所有規則的週期陣列型樣之代表截面)。該圖示元件4顯示為"$"影像,清晰地見於前端截去段中。雖然透鏡1與圖示元件4之間存在實質上一對一的對應,但透鏡陣列的對稱軸將不然,其確實地與圖示陣列的對稱軸校正。Figure 1b presents an isometric view of the system, as depicted in cross-section in Figure 1a, with a square array pattern of lenses 1 and a repeating period 11 and an optical spacer thickness of 5 (Figure 1a is not a specific square array pattern) , but for all the regular period of the array pattern represents the cross section). The graphical component 4 is shown as a "$" image and is clearly seen in the front end cut-off section. Although there is a substantially one-to-one correspondence between the lens 1 and the illustrated element 4, the axis of symmetry of the lens array will not be correct, which is indeed corrected with the axis of symmetry of the illustrated array.
在具1.0000之縮放比的圖1a-b之一致(正視差移動)材料實施例的狀況下,當透鏡1軸線與圖示元件4軸線係實質上校正時,圖示元件的結果合成影像(本範例中為大"$")"攝影放大",並藉理論上接近無限的因子放大。透鏡1軸線及圖示元件4軸線的輕微角度不重合降低了圖示元件之合成影像的放大因子,並使放大的合成影像旋轉。In the case of the embodiment of the uniform (positive parallax shifting) material of Fig. 1a-b having a zoom ratio of 1.0000, when the axis of the lens 1 is substantially corrected with the axis of the illustrated element 4, the resultant image of the illustrated component is synthesized (this In the example, the big "$") "photographic magnification" is amplified by a factor that is theoretically close to infinity. The slight misalignment of the axis of the lens 1 and the axis of the illustrated element 4 reduces the magnification factor of the composite image of the illustrated component and rotates the magnified composite image.
由透鏡、光學隔片及圖示之特定組合所產生之移動合成影像,以檢視角度移動一致量進行特定改變,且該一致量為合成影像重複距離的一部分。例如,若產生呈現具0.25英吋重複距離之合成影像的一致移動材料,且當檢視角度改變10度時,該些合成影像顯現為具0.1英吋的正視差移動,那麼用於製造具1.0英吋之合成影像重複距離之一致的相同透鏡、圖示及隔片,當檢視角度改變10度時,將成比例地呈現較大正視差移動-0.4英吋。正視差影像移動的量縮放以符合所產生之合成影像的重複距離。檢視角度中改變與縮放的正視差移動之間的關係取決於所使用透鏡的F#。對於所選擇檢視角度的改變,低F#透鏡比較大的F#透鏡產生更小的正視差移動量。The moving composite image produced by the lens, the optical spacer, and the specific combination of the illustrations is specifically changed by the viewing angle shifting amount, and the matching amount is a part of the composite image repeating distance. For example, if a consistent moving material is presented that exhibits a composite image with a repeating distance of 0.25 inches, and when the viewing angle changes by 10 degrees, the composite images appear to have a positive parallax movement of 0.1 inches, then used to manufacture 1.0 inch The same lens, illustration and spacer with the same repeating distance of the synthetic image will show a large positive parallax shift of -0.4 inches proportionally when the viewing angle is changed by 10 degrees. The amount of positive parallax image movement is scaled to match the repeat distance of the resulting composite image. The relationship between the change in viewing angle and the scaling of the positive parallax movement depends on the F# of the lens used. For a change in the selected viewing angle, a low F# lens produces a smaller amount of positive parallax movement than a larger F# lens.
用於一致移動材料的示範透鏡可具有0.8的F#。其為所需F#的一個理由為其使觀察者左眼所見影像與右眼所見影像之間的垂直不同最小化。垂直不同為左眼與右眼影像之間的垂直不重合-一影像顯現為相對於其他影像而被垂直替換。水平影像不同為常見及正常現象:其為眼-腦系統所使用以感知三維深度的因子之一。垂直影像不同通常不為人們所遭遇-若其光學不重合,則有時見於雙筒望遠鏡或雙目顯微鏡中。雖然水平影像不同連續發生於人們的雙眼視覺,但在自然界則從未發生垂直影像不同,所以人們調適垂直影像不同的能力極有限。該調適需要一眼相對於另一眼略微向上或向下看。此係不自然的經驗,雖然其將不致傷害人們,但由於不習慣的眼睛肌肉動作,而在觀看者的眼睛產生立即的物理知覺。此物理知覺已以各種方式描述,從"它讓我的眼睛感覺怪怪的"到"這對我而言不容易看"。此效果呈現,不論檢視的方位角方向(即,該一致移動材料可在其平面內以任一角度旋轉,而不會漏失該效果)。任一種類的傳統印刷均不致引發觀看者的該物理知覺。An exemplary lens for uniformly moving materials can have an F# of 0.8. One reason for the desired F# is to minimize the vertical difference between the image seen by the observer's left eye and the image seen by the right eye. The vertical difference is the vertical misalignment between the left eye and the right eye image - an image appears to be replaced vertically with respect to other images. Horizontal image differences are common and normal: they are one of the factors used by the eye-brain system to sense three-dimensional depth. Vertical images are often not encountered by people - if their optics are not coincident, they are sometimes seen in binoculars or binocular microscopes. Although horizontal images occur continuously in people's binocular vision, vertical images have never been different in nature, so people's ability to adapt to different vertical images is extremely limited. This adjustment requires a slight upward or downward look at the other eye. This is an unnatural experience, although it will not harm people, but it produces immediate physical perception in the viewer's eyes due to unaccustomed eye muscle movements. This physical perception has been described in various ways, from "it makes my eyes feel weird" to "this is not easy for me to see". This effect is presented regardless of the azimuthal direction of the view (ie, the uniformly moving material can be rotated at any angle in its plane without missing the effect). Any type of conventional printing does not cause this physical perception of the viewer.
一致移動材料可經設計,藉提升影像的垂直不同,而於觀看者中引發該知覺。由於觀看者的眼睛係置於水平平面,所以一致移動材料中呈現垂直影像不同。從左眼檢視與從右眼檢視係不同的水平角度,所以左眼所見合成影像係相對於右眼所見合成影像而於垂直方向正視差地替換,因而製造垂直影像不同。垂直影像不同的量小於低F#透鏡,且通常不為觀看者注意。然而,可藉例如F# 2.0或更大之較大F#透鏡,增強垂直影像不同,所以於觀看者的眼睛中刻意製造垂直不同知覺。Consistent moving materials can be designed to elicit this perception in the viewer by increasing the vertical difference of the image. Since the viewer's eyes are placed in a horizontal plane, the vertical image is different in the uniformly moving material. Since the left eye view is different from the horizontal angle from the right eye view system, the synthetic image seen by the left eye is replaced with the synthetic image in the right eye and positively in the vertical direction, so that the vertical image is manufactured differently. Vertical images differ in amounts less than the low F# lens and are generally not noticed by the viewer. However, the vertical image can be enhanced by a larger F# lens such as F# 2.0 or larger, so that vertical different perceptions are deliberately created in the viewer's eyes.
藉於一致移動材料中製造增強的垂直影像不同可獲得一優點,即因而於觀看者中引發的該物理知覺係特有的、立即的及自動的,並可因而作為新穎的鑑別方法。無其他已知材料可從所有的檢視方位角方向提供類似知覺。The advantage of creating an enhanced vertical image in a consistently moving material is that the physical perception that is triggered in the viewer is unique, immediate and automatic and can thus be used as a novel authentication method. No other known material provides similar perception from all viewing azimuth directions.
一致深、一致浮動及一致飄浮的合成放大因子實施例係依據該透鏡1軸線與該圖示元件4軸線的角度校正,及該系統的縮放比。當縮放比不等於1.0000時,從該些軸線之實質校正所獲得的最大放大等於1/(1.0000-(縮放比))的絕對值。因而具0.995縮放比的一致深材料將呈現|1/(1.000-0.995)|=200x。同樣地,具1.005縮放比之一致浮動材料亦將呈現|1/(1.000-1.005)|=200x的最大放大。以類似於一致移動材料實施例的方式,一致深、一致浮動及一致飄浮之透鏡1軸線與圖示元件4軸線的輕微角度不重合實施例,降低了該圖示元件之合成影像的放大因子,並使放大合成影像旋轉。The embodiment of the synthetic magnification factor of consistently deep, uniformly floating, and uniformly floating is based on the angular correction of the axis of the lens 1 from the axis of the illustrated element 4, and the scaling ratio of the system. When the scaling ratio is not equal to 1.0000, the maximum amplification obtained from the substantial correction of the axes is equal to the absolute value of 1/(1.0000-(scaling ratio)). Thus a consistently deep material with a 0.995 scaling ratio will exhibit |1/(1.000-0.995)|=200x. Similarly, a consistent floating material with a 1.005 zoom ratio will also exhibit a maximum magnification of |1/(1.000-1.005)|=200x. In a manner similar to the embodiment of the uniformly moving material, the consistently deep, uniformly floating and uniformly floating lens 1 axis does not coincide with the slight angle of the axis of the illustrated element 4, reducing the magnification factor of the composite image of the illustrated element, And rotate the magnified composite image.
一致深或超深圖示型樣所產生之合成影像為相對於一致深或超深圖示型樣之方位的右上方,同時一致浮動或超浮動圖示型樣所產生之合成影像為顛倒,相對於一致浮動或超浮動圖示型樣之方位旋轉一百八十度(180°)。The synthetic image produced by the consistent deep or ultra-deep graphic pattern is the upper right relative to the orientation of the consistent deep or ultra-deep graphic pattern, while the synthetic image produced by the uniformly floating or super-floating graphic pattern is reversed. Rotate one hundred and eighty degrees (180°) relative to the orientation of a uniform floating or superfloating graphic pattern.
圖2a概要描繪一致移動實施例中所見的反直覺正視差影像移動效果。圖2a的左側描繪繞水平軸16擺動或旋轉18之平面圖中的一項一致移動材料12。若合成放大影像14依據視差而移動,其隨著該材料12繞該水平軸16擺動而顯現為上、下替換(如圖2a中所示)。該表面視差移動典型的為實際物件、傳統印刷及全像攝影影像。取代呈現視差移動,合成放大影像14顯示正視差移動20-垂直於正常預期之視差移動方向的移動。圖2a的右側描繪隨其繞水平旋轉軸16擺動18而呈現單一合成放大影像14之正視差移動的一項材料12的透視圖。點輪廓22顯示該合成放大影像14藉正視軸線而移向右之後的位置,且點輪廓24顯示該合成放大影像14藉正視軸線而移向左之後的位置。Figure 2a schematically depicts the counter-intuitive positive parallax image shifting effect seen in the consistent moving embodiment. The left side of Figure 2a depicts a consistent moving material 12 in a plan view of a swing or rotation 18 about a horizontal axis 16. If the synthetically magnified image 14 is moved in accordance with the parallax, it appears as an up-and-down replacement as the material 12 swings about the horizontal axis 16 (as shown in Figure 2a). The surface parallax movement is typically an actual object, a conventional print, and a holographic image. Instead of presenting the parallax shift, the synthetic magnified image 14 shows the positive disparity shift 20 - the movement perpendicular to the normal expected parallax shift direction. The right side of Figure 2a depicts a perspective view of a material 12 that exhibits a positive parallax shift of a single synthetically magnified image 14 as it swings 18 about a horizontal axis of rotation 16. The point contour 22 shows the position after the synthetically magnified image 14 is moved to the right by the front view axis, and the point outline 24 shows the position after the synthetically magnified image 14 is moved to the left by the front view axis.
一致深及一致浮動實施例的視覺效果等尺寸地描繪於圖2b、c中。在圖2b中,一項一致深材料26呈現合成放大影像28,當由觀察者30的眼睛檢視時,其實體鏡地顯現為置於該一致深材料26之平面下方。在圖2c中,一項一致浮動材料32呈現合成放大影像34,當由觀察者30的眼睛檢視時,其實體鏡地顯現為置於該一致浮動材料32之平面上方。該一致深及一致浮動效果可從所有方位角檢視位置及廣泛的高度位置見到,從垂直高度(使得該觀察者30的眼睛至該一致深材料26或一致浮動材料32的視線垂直該材料的表面)低到典型地小於45度的淺高度角度。廣泛檢視角度及方位之一致深及一致浮動效果的能見度提供不同於模擬使用圓柱形雙凸透鏡狀光學或全像攝影之一致深及一致浮動材料的簡單及方便的方法。The visual effects of the consistent deep and consistent floating embodiment are equally dimensioned in Figures 2b, c. In Fig. 2b, a uniform deep material 26 presents a synthetic magnified image 28 that, when viewed by the eye of the observer 30, appears to be physically mirrored below the plane of the uniform deep material 26. In FIG. 2c, a uniform floating material 32 presents a synthetic magnified image 34 that, when viewed by the eye of the viewer 30, appears to be physically mirrored over the plane of the uniform floating material 32. The consistent deep and uniform floating effect can be seen from all azimuth viewing positions and a wide height position, from the vertical height (such that the eye of the observer 30 to the uniform deep material 26 or the line of sight of the uniform floating material 32 is perpendicular to the material The surface is as low as a shallow height angle typically less than 45 degrees. The wide visibility of the angle and orientation of the uniform and consistent floating effect provides a simple and convenient method of simulating consistent deep and consistent floating materials using cylindrical lenticular optics or holographic photography.
圖2d-f中藉顯示該觀察者30之眼睛所見該一致飄浮材料36之三種不同方位角旋轉之合成放大影像38的實體鏡地感知深度位置,及該一致飄浮材料36及合成放大影像38的相應平面圖之等尺寸檢視,描繪一致飄浮實施例效果。當該一致飄浮材料36原始如平面圖中所示時,圖2d描繪該合成放大影像38(以下稱為'該影像')為實體鏡地顯現為置於該一致飄浮材料36之下的平面中。該平面圖中深黑線為了說明而做為方位角方位參考37。請注意,圖2d中該方位參考37係以垂直方向校正,且該影像38係以水平方向校正。由於縮放比沿著實質上平行於連接觀察者雙眼瞳孔之線校正的該一致飄浮材料36的第一軸線(此將於以下稱為'實體鏡的縮放比')小於1.000,該影像38出現於一致深位置。該一致飄浮材料36之實體鏡的縮放比沿垂直於該第一軸線的第二軸線大於1.000,如圖2f中所示,藉以於該第二軸線實質上平行連接觀察者瞳孔之線校正時,製造該影像38的一致浮動效果。請注意,該方位參考37於圖中係處於水平位置。圖2e描繪該一致飄浮材料36的中間方位角方位,其由於此方位角方位之實體鏡的縮放比實質上為1.000而產生一致移動正視差影像效果。2d-f shows the solid mirrored depth position of the composite magnified image 38 of the three different azimuthal rotations of the uniform floating material 36 as seen by the eye of the observer 30, and the uniform floating material 36 and the synthetic magnified image 38. The size of the corresponding plan view, depicting the effect of consistent floating embodiments. When the uniform floating material 36 is originally as shown in plan view, FIG. 2d depicts the synthetically magnified image 38 (hereinafter referred to as 'the image') as a solid mirror appearing in a plane placed below the uniform floating material 36. The dark black line in the plan view is used as the azimuth orientation reference 37 for illustration. Note that the orientation reference 37 in Figure 2d is corrected in the vertical direction and the image 38 is corrected in the horizontal direction. The image 38 appears because the zoom ratio is less than 1.000 along a first axis of the uniform floating material 36 that is substantially parallel to the line connecting the observer's binocular pupils (this will be referred to hereinafter as the 'scaling ratio of the solid mirror'). In a consistently deep position. The scaling of the solid mirror of the uniform floating material 36 is greater than 1.000 along a second axis perpendicular to the first axis, as shown in Figure 2f, whereby the second axis is substantially parallel to the line of the observer pupil. A consistent floating effect of the image 38 is made. Please note that this orientation reference 37 is in a horizontal position in the figure. 2e depicts the intermediate azimuthal orientation of the uniform floating material 36, which produces a consistently moving positive parallax image effect due to the fact that the solid mirror of the azimuthal orientation has a zoom ratio of substantially 1.000.
由於材料為方位角旋轉,一致飄浮影像38從該一致飄浮材料36的下方移動(圖2d),向上至該一致飄浮材料36的位準(圖2e),及進一步向上至該一致飄浮材料36的位準上方(圖2f),其視覺效果可藉結合該一致飄浮材料36與傳統印刷資訊而予增強。傳統印刷之未變的實體鏡的深度做為較佳感知該影像38之實體鏡的深度的參考平面。As the material is azimuthal rotated, the uniform floating image 38 moves from below the uniform floating material 36 (Fig. 2d), up to the level of the uniform floating material 36 (Fig. 2e), and further up to the uniform floating material 36. Above the level (Fig. 2f), the visual effect can be enhanced by combining the consistent floating material 36 with conventional printed information. The depth of the conventionally printed unaltered solid mirror serves as a reference plane for better perception of the depth of the solid mirror of the image 38.
當一致材料以例如'點'光源(例如聚光燈或LED閃光)或視準源(例如日光)之強力指向性光源照射時,可看見圖示的"陰影影像"。該些陰影影像在許多方面是不尋常的。雖然一致呈現的合成影像不隨照度之方向移動而移動,但所產生的陰影影像卻移動。此外,雖然一致合成影像可置於不同於材料之平面的視覺平面,但陰影影像則總是置於材料的平面中。陰影影像的顏色為圖示的顏色。所以黑色圖示製造黑色陰影影像,綠色圖示製造綠色影像,同時白色圖示製造白色陰影影像。The illustrated "shadow image" can be seen when the consistent material is illuminated with a strong directional light source such as a 'dot' light source (eg, a spotlight or LED flash) or a collimated source (eg, daylight). These shadow images are unusual in many ways. Although the resultant synthetic image does not move in the direction of illumination, the resulting shadow image moves. In addition, although consistent synthetic images can be placed in a different plane than the plane of the material, the shadow image is always placed in the plane of the material. The color of the shadow image is the color of the icon. So the black icon creates a black shadow image, the green icon creates a green image, and the white icon creates a white shadow image.
陰影影像的移動係隨照度之角度而移動,乃與以平行於合成影像中所呈現視覺效果之方式的特定深度或移動一致效果相關。因而,當檢視角度改變時,隨著光線角度之陰影影像的移動係平行於合成影像所顯示之移動而改變。The movement of the shadow image is related to the angle of illumination, which is related to a particular depth or movement consistent effect in a manner parallel to the visual effects presented in the composite image. Thus, as the viewing angle changes, the movement of the shadow image as the ray angle changes parallel to the movement displayed by the composite image.
移動陰影影像隨光源移動而正視差地移動。The moving shadow image moves positively as the light source moves.
深陰影影像以光源的相同方向移動。Dark shadow images move in the same direction as the light source.
浮動陰影影像以光源的相反方向移動。The floating shadow image moves in the opposite direction of the light source.
飄浮陰影影像以上述合成的方向移動。The floating shadow image moves in the direction of the above synthesis.
飄浮深陰影影像以左-右方向之光線的相同方向移動,但與上-下方向之光線的方向相反;飄浮浮動陰影影像以左-右方向之光線的相反方向移動,但與上-下方向之光線的方向相同;飄浮移動陰影影像顯示相對於光線移動而正視差移動。The floating dark shadow image moves in the same direction as the light in the left-right direction, but opposite to the direction of the light in the up-down direction; the floating floating shadow image moves in the opposite direction of the light in the left-right direction, but with the up-down direction The direction of the light is the same; the floating moving shadow image shows a positive parallax movement relative to the light movement.
一致形態陰影影像隨光源移動而顯示形態效果。The consistent shape shadow image shows the morphological effect as the light source moves.
當例如LED光之發散點光源朝向或遠離一致膜時,可見其餘的不尋常陰影影像效果。當光源進一步遠離其發散射線而更接近近似視準光線,並因深而產生陰影影像時,超深、浮動或超浮動一致合成影像概以合成影像的相同尺寸出現。當光線較接近表面時,深及超深材料的陰影影像由於照度強烈發散而縮小,同時浮動及超浮動材料的陰影影像擴大。以聚集照度照射該些材料使得深及超深陰影影像放大為大於合成影像的尺寸,同時浮動及超浮動陰影影像縮小。The remaining unusual shadow image effects are visible when, for example, the diverging point source of LED light is directed toward or away from the uniform film. When the light source is further away from its scatter line and closer to the approximate collimated ray, and the shadow image is generated due to the depth, the ultra-deep, floating or super-floating consistent composite image appears in the same size of the composite image. When the light is closer to the surface, the shadow image of the deep and ultra-deep material shrinks due to the strong divergence of the illumination, and the shadow image of the floating and super-floating material expands. Illuminating the materials with concentrated illumination causes the deep and ultra-dark shadow images to be enlarged to a size larger than the composite image, while the floating and super-floating shadow images are reduced.
一致移動材料的陰影影像並不隨照度的發散或聚集改變而顯著地改變縮放,而是陰影影像繞照度的中央而旋轉。當照度的發散或聚集改變時,一致飄浮陰影影像於一方向縮小及於垂直方向放大。一致形態陰影影像隨照度的發散或聚集改變而相對於特定形態型樣改變。The shadow image of the uniformly moving material does not significantly change the zoom as the divergence or aggregation of the illumination changes, but the shadow image rotates around the center of the illumination. When the divergence or aggregation of the illumination changes, the uniformly floating shadow image is reduced in one direction and enlarged in the vertical direction. Consistent morphological shadow images change with respect to a particular morphological pattern as the divergence or aggregation of illumination changes.
所有該些陰影影像效果可做為用於安全、防偽、品牌保護應用及其他類似應用之一致材料的其餘鑑別方法。All of these shadow image effects can be used as the remaining identification methods for consistent materials for security, anti-counterfeiting, brand protection applications, and other similar applications.
圖3a-i為平面圖,顯示各式實施例及微透鏡之對稱二維陣列的不同型樣的滿足因子。圖3a、d及g分別描繪微透鏡46、52及60,其配置為規則的六角形陣列型樣40。(陣列型樣虛線40、42及44代表透鏡的型樣對稱,但不必然代表透鏡陣列的任一物理元件。)圖3a的透鏡具有實質上圓形底座幾何46,圖3g的透鏡具有實質上六角形底座幾何60,及圖3d的透鏡具有不完全六角形52的中間底座幾何。如圖3b、e及h中所見,透鏡幾何的類似發展應用於透鏡48、54及62的方形陣列42,其中該些透鏡具有範圍從實質上圓形48至不完全方形54至實質上方形62的底座幾何。相應地,如圖3c、f及i中所見,等邊三角形陣列44包含具有範圍從實質上圓形50至不完全三角形58至實質上三角形64之底座幾何的透鏡。Figures 3a-i are plan views showing the satisfaction factors for different types of symmetric two-dimensional arrays of various embodiments and microlenses. Figures 3a, d and g depict microlenses 46, 52 and 60, respectively, which are configured as a regular hexagonal array pattern 40. (Array pattern dashed lines 40, 42 and 44 represent the symmetry of the lens pattern, but do not necessarily represent any physical component of the lens array.) The lens of Figure 3a has a substantially circular base geometry 46, and the lens of Figure 3g has substantially The hexagonal base geometry 60, and the lens of Figure 3d has an intermediate base geometry with an incomplete hexagon 52. As seen in Figures 3b, e and h, a similar development in lens geometry is applied to the square array 42 of lenses 48, 54 and 62, wherein the lenses have a range from substantially circular 48 to incomplete square 54 to substantially square 62. Base geometry. Accordingly, as seen in Figures 3c, f and i, the equilateral triangle array 44 comprises a lens having a base geometry ranging from substantially circular 50 to incompletely triangular 58 to substantially triangular 64.
圖3a-i的透鏡型樣為可用於本系統的透鏡。透鏡之間的空隙空間未直接提供影像的合成放大。使用該些透鏡型樣製造的材料亦將包括圖示元件的陣列,其係以幾乎相同的縮放配置於相同的幾何中,允許用於產生一致移動、一致深、一致浮動及一致飄浮效果的縮放差異。若空隙的空間大,例如圖3c中所示,透鏡將具有低滿足因子,且影像與背景之間對比將由於來自圖示元件的光線散射而降低。若空隙的空間小,透鏡將具有高滿足因子,且影像與背景之間對比將高,提供透鏡本身具有良好焦點屬性,且圖示元件處於透鏡的焦點平面中。其通常易於形成具圓形或幾乎圓形底座而非具方形或三角形底座的高光學品質微透鏡。圖3d中顯示透鏡性能與空隙空間最小化的良好平衡;透鏡的六角形陣列具有完全六角形的底座幾何。The lens pattern of Figures 3a-i is a lens that can be used in the present system. The void space between the lenses does not directly provide a synthetic magnification of the image. Materials made using these lens patterns will also include an array of illustrated elements that are placed in the same geometry with nearly the same scaling, allowing for scaling for consistent movement, consistent depth, consistent float, and consistent floating effects. difference. If the space of the void is large, such as shown in Figure 3c, the lens will have a low satisfaction factor and the contrast between the image and the background will be reduced due to light scattering from the illustrated elements. If the space of the gap is small, the lens will have a high satisfaction factor and the contrast between the image and the background will be high, providing the lens itself with good focus properties, and the illustrated elements are in the focal plane of the lens. It is generally easy to form high optical quality microlenses with round or nearly circular bases instead of square or triangular bases. A good balance of lens performance and void space minimization is shown in Figure 3d; the hexagonal array of lenses has a fully hexagonal base geometry.
具有低F#之透鏡特別適用於本系統。關於低F#,吾人亦即小於4,特別係用於約2或更低的一致移動。低F#透鏡隨其直徑的比例而具有高曲率及相應大的凹陷,或中心厚度。典型的一致透鏡,其F#為0.8,具有28微米寬的六角形底座,及10.9微米的中心厚度。50微米直徑及200微米焦距之典型的德林克沃特(Drinkwater)透鏡具4的F#及3.1微米的中心厚度。若縮放為相同底座尺寸,一致透鏡具有約大於德林克沃特透鏡六倍的凹陷。Lenses with low F# are particularly suitable for this system. With regard to low F#, we are less than 4, especially for consistent movement of about 2 or lower. The low F# lens has a high curvature and a correspondingly large depression, or center thickness, as a function of its diameter. A typical uniform lens with a F# of 0.8, a 28 micron wide hexagonal base, and a center thickness of 10.9 microns. The typical Delwater lens of 50 micron diameter and 200 micron focal length has a F# of 4 and a center thickness of 3.1 microns. If scaled to the same base size, the uniform lens has a depression that is approximately six times larger than the Delincker lens.
吾人發現多邊形底座多帶狀透鏡,例如六角形底座多帶狀透鏡,具有圓形底座球面透鏡上重要及未預期的優點。如上述說明,六角形底座多帶狀透鏡憑藉其應力消除幾何而顯著地改進,但經由六角形底座多帶狀透鏡的使用可獲得其餘未預期的光學優點。We have found that polygonal base multi-tape lenses, such as hexagonal base multi-strip lenses, have important and unexpected advantages on a circular base spherical lens. As explained above, the hexagonal base multi-strip lens is significantly improved by virtue of its stress relief geometry, but the remaining undesired optical advantages are obtained through the use of a hexagonal base multi-strip lens.
吾人稱該些透鏡為多帶狀,因為其擁有三個光學區,各提供主題發明之不同及獨特的優點。該三區為中央區(構成約透鏡的一半區域)、側面區及角落區。該些多邊形透鏡具有有效直徑,其為一圓形直徑,位於該角落區內,環繞該中央區及包括該側面區。I refer to these lenses as multi-band because they have three optical zones, each offering different and unique advantages of the subject invention. The three zones are the central zone (constituting a half of the lens), the side zone and the corner zone. The polygonal lenses have an effective diameter that is a circular diameter located within the corner region, surrounding the central region and including the side regions.
主題發明之六角形底座多帶狀透鏡的中央區具有非球狀形式(例如,對具有名義上28微米焦距的28微米直徑透鏡而言,具有由[y=(5.1316E)×4-(0.01679)×3+(0.124931)×+11.24824]定義的形式),其將光線引至至少一焦點,且球面表面具有該相同直徑及焦距。圖30描繪具聚合物基底786中名義上28微米焦距之名義上28微米直徑六角形底座多帶狀透鏡784的該中央區780焦點屬性782(透鏡及基底n=1.51),及圖31描繪具聚合物基底794中名義上30微米焦距之28微米直徑球面透鏡792的該中央區788焦點屬性790(透鏡及基底n=1.51)。該二圖的比較清楚地呈現該主題揭露至少執行六角形底座多帶狀透鏡784以及球面透鏡792。從廣泛的檢視角度,該六角形底座多帶狀透鏡784的該中央區780提供高影像解析度及淺深度的視場。The central region of the hexagonal base multi-strip lens of the subject invention has a non-spherical form (for example, for a 28 micron diameter lens having a nominal 28 micron focal length, having [y = (5.1316E) x 4-(0.01679) ×3+(0.124931)×+11.24824] in the form defined, which directs light to at least one focus, and the spherical surface has the same diameter and focal length. 30 depicts the central region 780 focus property 782 (lens and substrate n=1.51) of a nominal 28 micron diameter hexagonal base multi-strip lens 784 having a nominal 28 micron focal length in a polymer substrate 786, and FIG. The central region 788 has a focus property 790 (lens and substrate n = 1.51) of a 28 micron diameter spherical lens 792 nominally 30 micrometers focal length in the polymer substrate 794. A comparison of the two figures clearly shows that the subject disclosure discloses at least a hexagonal base multi-strip lens 784 and a spherical lens 792. From a wide viewing angle, the central region 780 of the hexagonal base multi-strip lens 784 provides a high image resolution and a shallow depth field of view.
如圖32中所描繪的,該主題發明之該六角形底座多帶狀透鏡784的六個側面區796,每一均具有以複雜的方式取決於具該區之位置的焦距,但該效果致使側面區796的焦點伸展超過值798的範圍,包括中央區焦點的約+/-10個百分點。焦點的垂直模糊798有效地增加該些區796中透鏡之視場的深度,並提供相當於具有平坦視場透鏡的優點。圖33中可見球面透鏡792之外部區800的性能。相較於對該六角形底座多帶狀透鏡784,對該球面透鏡792而言,焦點802的垂直模糊顯著地較少。As depicted in Figure 32, the six side regions 796 of the hexagonal base multi-strip lens 784 of the subject invention each have a focal length that depends in a complex manner depending on the location of the region, but this effect results in The focus of the side region 796 extends beyond the range of values 798, including about +/- 10 percentage points of the focus of the central region. The vertical blur 798 of the focus effectively increases the depth of the field of view of the lens in the zones 796 and provides the advantage of having a flat field of view lens. The performance of the outer zone 800 of the spherical lens 792 can be seen in FIG. Compared to the hexagonal base multi-strip lens 784, the vertical blur of the focus 802 is significantly less for the spherical lens 792.
此對於正常檢視之外特別重要:增加的視場深度,及有效地美化視場,緩和突然的影像失焦,其於彎曲的焦點表面與圖示平面分離時,發生於球面透鏡。因此,使用六角形底座多帶狀透鏡的一致材料顯示合成影像,其以較使用球面透鏡之相同一致材料更高的檢視角度更柔和地自焦點褪去。這是所需的,因其提昇材料的有效檢視角度,並因而提昇其做為安全裝置或影像呈現裝置的用處。This is especially important for normal viewing: increased field of view depth, and effective beautification of the field of view, mitigating sudden image out of focus, which occurs in a spherical lens when the curved focal surface is separated from the illustrated plane. Thus, a consistent material is displayed using a uniform material of a hexagonal base multi-strip lens that fades away from the focus more gently at a higher viewing angle than the same consistent material using a spherical lens. This is desirable because it enhances the effective viewing angle of the material and thus enhances its usefulness as a security device or image rendering device.
圖32之六角形底座多帶狀透鏡784的角落區806擁有發散焦點屬性,其提供散射808周遭照度至圖示平面之未預期的優點,並藉以降低一致材料的敏感性為照度狀況。圖33的該球面透鏡792未散射周遭照度成寬區域(如缺少散射至圖示平面區804之射線所見),所以相較於使用六角形底座多帶狀透鏡製成的一致材料,當從各式角度檢視時,使用球面透鏡製成的一致材料具有較大合成影像亮度變化。The corner region 806 of the hexagonal base multi-strip lens 784 of Figure 32 possesses a divergent focus property that provides the unexpected advantage of scattering 808 ambient illumination to the illustrated plane, thereby reducing the sensitivity of the uniform material to the illumination condition. The spherical lens 792 of Fig. 33 does not scatter ambient illumination into a wide area (as seen by the absence of rays scattered to the illustrated planar area 804), so that compared to the uniform material made using a hexagonal base multi-strip lens, For angled viewing, a consistent material made with a spherical lens has a large composite image brightness variation.
由於六角形底座多帶狀透鏡較球面透鏡具有更高的滿足因子(覆蓋平面的能力),所以從示範六角形底座多帶狀透鏡所獲得之好處被進一步放大。球面透鏡之間的空隙空間提供實際上無周遭光線散射,同時非散射區域較六角形底座多帶狀透鏡的狀況下小。Since the hexagonal base multi-strip lens has a higher satisfaction factor (the ability to cover the plane) than the spherical lens, the benefits obtained from the exemplary hexagonal base multi-strip lens are further amplified. The void space between the spherical lenses provides virtually no ambient light scattering, while the non-scattering area is smaller than in the case of a hexagonal base multi-strip lens.
因而可見即使六角形底座多帶狀透鏡的焦點屬性低於由傳統光學標準所評估之球面透鏡的焦點屬性,但在主題發明六角形底座多帶狀透鏡的本文中,提供球面透鏡上未預期的好處及優點。It can thus be seen that even though the focus property of the hexagonal base multi-tape lens is lower than that of the spherical lens evaluated by the conventional optical standard, in the context of the subject invention hexagonal base multi-strip lens, the undesired provision on the spherical lens is provided. Benefits and advantages.
每一類型的透鏡可從附加散射微結構或導入或併入透鏡空隙空間以增強周遭照度散射至圖示平面的散射材料而獲利。此外,該透鏡空隙空間可由材料填充,該材料將形成小半徑新月形,其具聚集或發散焦點屬性,以導引周遭照度至圖示平面。該些方法可予結合,例如,將光散射顆粒併入透鏡空隙的新月形填充材料。另一方面,透鏡空隙區可為以適當散射透鏡空隙區而原始製造。Each type of lens can benefit from additional scattering microstructures or into or into the lens void space to enhance the scattering of ambient illumination to the illustrated plane. In addition, the lens void space may be filled with a material that will form a small radius crescent shaped with gathered or divergent focus properties to direct ambient illumination to the illustrated plane. These methods can be combined, for example, into a crescent shaped fill material that incorporates light scattering particles into the lens voids. Alternatively, the lens void region can be originally fabricated with a suitable scattering lens void region.
具有該些比例的球面透鏡非常難以製造,因為膜的表面與透鏡的邊緣之間高接觸角度做為應用以使透鏡於製造期間與工具分離之力量的壓力集中器。該些高壓力使透鏡至膜的附著失敗,及無法將透鏡從工具移除。此外,低F#球面透鏡的光學性能逐漸妥協而使半徑區遠離透鏡中心:低F#球面透鏡除了接近其中央區外無法聚焦良好。Spherical lenses having such ratios are very difficult to manufacture because the high contact angle between the surface of the film and the edge of the lens serves as a pressure concentrator for applying the force separating the lens from the tool during manufacture. These high pressures fail to attach the lens to the film and the lens cannot be removed from the tool. In addition, the optical properties of the low F# spherical lens gradually compromised so that the radius region is far from the center of the lens: the low F# spherical lens cannot focus well except near its central region.
六角形底座透鏡具有超越具有實質上圓形底座透鏡之未預期及顯著的好處:相較於具有實質上圓形底座之光學相等透鏡,六角形透鏡以較低的剝落力釋放其工具。六角形透鏡具有一形狀,其由中心附近實質上軸向地對稱混合為六角形對稱,並於其底座具有做為壓力集中器的角落。尖形底座角落引發的壓力集中降低了製造期間透鏡與其鑄模分離所需的整體剝落力。該效果的量是實質的-相較於實質上圓形底座透鏡,製造期間的剝落力經由二或更多個六角形底座透鏡的因子而降低。The hexagonal base lens has the unexpected and significant benefit of overcoming a substantially circular base lens: the hexagonal lens releases its tool with a lower peeling force than an optically equal lens with a substantially circular base. The hexagonal lens has a shape that is substantially axially symmetrically mixed into a hexagonal symmetry near the center and has a corner as a pressure concentrator at its base. The concentration of pressure induced by the corners of the pointed base reduces the overall peeling force required to separate the lens from its mold during manufacture. The amount of effect is substantial - the peeling force during manufacture is reduced by the factor of two or more hexagonal base lenses compared to a substantially circular base lens.
材料的影像對比可藉以光吸收(暗彩色的)不透明著色材料填充透鏡空隙空間,有效低形成透鏡的遮罩,而予增強。此排除了經由透鏡空隙空間之圖示層的光線散射所引發的對比降低。此空隙填充的附加效果為由於進入的周遭照度遭阻礙而無法經空隙空間傳遞至圖示平面,整體影像變暗。只要填充可阻擋偏移的周圍透鏡區,那麼具有周圍失焦之透鏡所產生的影像清晰度,亦可藉不透明的著色空隙填充而予改進。The image contrast of the material can be filled with a light absorbing (dark color) opaque coloring material to fill the lens void space, effectively reducing the mask forming the lens, and enhancing it. This eliminates the contrast reduction caused by light scattering through the illustrated layer of the lens void space. The additional effect of this void filling is that the surrounding illumination is blocked and cannot be transmitted to the illustrated plane through the void space, and the overall image becomes dark. As long as the surrounding lens area that blocks the offset is filled, the sharpness of the image produced by the lens with the surrounding out of focus can be improved by opaque colored void filling.
藉由以白色或亮彩色的材料,或與用做一致材料之基底匹配之顏色的材料,填充透鏡空隙空間,可獲得不同效果。若亮彩色的透鏡空隙的填充夠密集,且圖示平面結合圖示元件與背景之間的強烈對比,當以反射光線檢視時,一致合成影像將實質上看不見,當以透鏡端所傳輸之光線檢視時,又將明顯地可見,但當從圖示端檢視時,則不可見。此提供具有單向傳輸影像的新穎安全效果,其僅於傳輸的光線中可見,及僅從一端可見。Different effects can be obtained by filling the lens void space with a white or bright colored material, or a material that matches the color of the substrate used as the material of conformity. If the filling of the bright colored lens voids is dense enough, and the illustrated plane is intensively contrasted with the background and the background, the consistent synthetic image will be substantially invisible when viewed with reflected light, when transmitted at the lens end. When the light is viewed, it will be clearly visible, but it will not be visible when viewed from the end of the diagram. This provides a novel security effect with unidirectionally transmitted images that are only visible in the transmitted light and visible only from one end.
替代或除了可見光顏料之外,透鏡空隙的包覆中可使用螢光材料,以提供鑑別的其餘機構。Instead of or in addition to visible light pigments, a fluorescent material can be used in the coating of the lens voids to provide the remainder of the identification.
圖4表示沿呈現材料之軸線改變實體鏡之縮放比的效果,SSR(圖示元件重複期間/透鏡陣列重複期間)。具有大於1.0000之SSR的系統之區將產生一致浮動及超浮動效果,具有實質上1.0000之SSR的區將產生一致移動正視差移動(OPM)效果,及具有小於1.0000之SSR的區將產生一致深及一致超深效果。所有的該些效果可沿系統膜之軸線以多樣化的方式一個一個的產生及轉換。該圖描繪無限種組合之一。虛線66表示相應於實質上1.0000的SSR值、一致深與一致超深及一致浮動與一致超浮動之間區分線、及呈現OPM的SSR值。區68中,一致材料的SSR為0.995,製造一致深效果。Figure 4 shows the effect of changing the scaling ratio of the solid mirror along the axis of the material, SSR (during the repeating of the illustrated elements / during the repetition of the lens array). A zone of a system with an SSR greater than 1.0000 will produce a consistent floating and super-floating effect, a zone with a SSR of substantially 1.0000 will produce a consistent mobile positive parallax shift (OPM) effect, and a zone with an SSR of less than 1.0000 will produce a consistent depth And consistent super deep effect. All of these effects can be generated and converted one by one in a variety of ways along the axis of the system membrane. This figure depicts one of the infinite combinations. The dashed line 66 represents the SSR value corresponding to substantially 1.0000, the consistent deep and uniform ultra deep and the uniform floating line between the uniform floating and the consistent super floating, and the SSR value presenting the OPM. In zone 68, the consistent material has an SSR of 0.995, which produces a consistently deep effect.
鄰近的為區70,其中SSR從0.995躍至1.005,製造從一致深至一致浮動效果的空間轉換。下一區72中SSR為1.005,製造一致浮動效果。下一區74製造平順的向下轉換,從一致浮動效果至一致深效果。區76大幅前進,從一致深效果,至OPM,至一致浮動效果,及區78向下回至OPM。完成該些效果所需重複期間中變化,通常極易於圖示元件層中完成。除了改變每一區中的SSR,其可能為改變陣列每一區之旋轉角度所需,較佳地於圖示元件陣列中,以保持實質上尺寸類似的合成放大影像。Adjacent is zone 70, where the SSR jumps from 0.995 to 1.005, creating a spatial transition from consistent deep to consistent floating effects. The SSR in the next zone 72 is 1.005, producing a consistent floating effect. The next zone 74 produces a smooth down-conversion from a consistent floating effect to a consistent deep effect. Zone 76 advances dramatically, from consistent deep effects to OPM, to consistent floating effects, and zone 78 down to OPM. Variations in the repeating period required to complete these effects are often very easy to accomplish in the component layer. In addition to changing the SSR in each zone, it may be necessary to change the angle of rotation of each zone of the array, preferably in the illustrated array of elements, to maintain a substantially similarly sized synthetically magnified image.
解譯該圖的最簡單方式是將其視為實體鏡深度的截面,其將感知為一項系統材料之整條軸線。因而其可藉SSR的局部控制,及選擇地藉陣列旋轉角度的相應局部控制,而製造影像的實體鏡造型視場,其為一顯示輪廓的視覺表面。該實體鏡造型表面可用於代表形狀的無限制範圍,包括人臉。製造實體鏡造型格或期間點之圖示元件的型樣可為視覺上顯示複雜表面的特別有效方式。The easiest way to interpret the graph is to consider it as a section of the solid mirror depth that will be perceived as the entire axis of a system material. Thus, it is possible to create a solid mirror-shaped field of view of the image by local control of the SSR and optionally by corresponding local control of the array rotation angle, which is a visual surface for displaying the contour. The solid mirror surface can be used to represent an unlimited range of shapes, including faces. The creation of a pattern of graphic elements in a solid mirror or a period of time can be a particularly effective way to visually display complex surfaces.
圖5a-c為平面圖,描繪相對於本系統之材料製造中其他型樣的旋轉陣列型樣的效果。圖5a顯示具有規則的週期陣列間隔82的透鏡陣列80,未實質改變陣列軸的角度。圖5b顯示具日漸改變之陣列軸線方位角86的圖示元件陣列84。如圖示,若透鏡陣列80藉於圖示陣列上翻譯透鏡陣列而與圖示元件陣列84結合,那麼所產生的概略視覺效果便顯示於圖5c中。在圖5c中,經由結合透鏡陣列80及圖示陣列84所製造的材料88,製造合成放大影像89、90、91的型樣,其改變縮放並旋轉整個材料。朝該材料88影像89的上緣是大的,並顯示小旋轉。影像90,朝該材料88的上中段是較小的,並經由相對於影像89的顯著角度而旋轉。影像89及91之間的不同縮放及旋轉為該透鏡型樣82及該圖示元件型樣86之角度不重合之差異的結果。Figures 5a-c are plan views depicting the effect of a rotating array pattern with respect to other types of material fabrication in the present system. Figure 5a shows a lens array 80 having a regular periodic array spacing 82 without substantially changing the angle of the array axis. Figure 5b shows an illustrated array of elements 84 having an increasingly varying array axis azimuth angle 86. As illustrated, if the lens array 80 is coupled to the illustrated array of elements 84 by means of a translation lens array on the illustrated array, the resulting visual effect is shown in Figure 5c. In Figure 5c, a pattern of synthetic magnified images 89, 90, 91 is produced via bonding of the material 88 made by the lens array 80 and the illustrated array 84, which changes the scaling and rotates the entire material. The upper edge of the image 89 toward the material 88 is large and shows a small rotation. The image 90 is smaller toward the upper midsection of the material 88 and is rotated through a significant angle relative to the image 89. The different scaling and rotation between images 89 and 91 is a result of the difference in angles between the lens pattern 82 and the illustrated component pattern 86.
圖6a-c描繪當第一影像移動跨越圖示元件型樣92及94中邊界104時,使合成放大OPM影像98定型為另一合成放大影像102的方法。圖示元件型樣92具有顯示於放大插頁96中的圓形圖示元件98。圖示元件型樣94具有顯示於放大插頁100中的星形圖示元件102。圖示元件型樣92及94並非個別物件,而是於其邊界104結合。當材料係使用結合的圖示元件之型樣而組合時,最後OPM影像將顯示圖6b及c中描繪的變形效果。圖6b顯示OPM圓形影像98,其向右107移動、跨越邊界104並從該邊界出現,同樣地,星形影像102亦向右移動。當影像106跨越該邊界時進行轉換,部分圓形及部分星形。圖6c顯示其進一步向右移動之後的影像:影像98現在更接近該邊界104,及影像106幾乎完全跨越該邊界而完成其形態,從圓形成為星形。經由從一圖示元件型樣到其他型樣地製造一轉換區,而非具有硬邊界104,該變形效果可以較不突然的方式完成。在該轉換區中,該圖示將經由一連串階段而逐漸從圓形改變為星形。最後OPM影像之視覺形態的流暢將取決於用於轉換之階段的數量。圖形的可能性的範圍是無盡的。例如:該轉換區可經設計而使圓形顯現為縮小,同時尖形星點向上突出物穿越,或另一方面圓形側面可顯現為內凹而製造端而粗硬的星形,其逐漸變尖直至達成最後設計為止。6a-c depict a method of shaping a composite magnified OPM image 98 into another composite magnified image 102 as the first image moves across the boundary 104 of the illustrated component patterns 92 and 94. The illustrated component pattern 92 has a circular graphic element 98 that is shown in the enlarged insert 96. The illustrated component pattern 94 has a star-shaped graphical element 102 that is shown in the magnified insert 100. The illustrated component patterns 92 and 94 are not individual objects but are joined at their boundaries 104. When the materials are combined using the combined graphic elements, the final OPM image will show the deformation effects depicted in Figures 6b and c. Figure 6b shows an OPM circular image 98 that moves to the right 107, across the boundary 104 and from that boundary, and likewise, the star image 102 also moves to the right. The image 106 is converted as it crosses the boundary, partially rounded and partially star shaped. Figure 6c shows the image after it has moved further to the right: image 98 is now closer to boundary 104, and image 106 completes its shape almost completely across the boundary, from a circle to a star. By creating a transition zone from a graphical component pattern to other styles instead of having a hard boundary 104, the deformation effect can be accomplished in a less abrupt manner. In the transition zone, the illustration will gradually change from a circle to a star via a series of stages. The smoothness of the visual form of the final OPM image will depend on the number of stages used for the conversion. The range of possibilities for graphics is endless. For example, the transition zone can be designed such that the circle appears to be reduced, while the pointed star point traverses upwards, or on the other hand the rounded side can appear concave to create a sharp, star-shaped star, which gradually Sharpen until the final design is reached.
圖7a-c為本系統之材料的截面,其描繪圖示元件的另一實施例。圖7a描繪具透鏡1及藉光學隔片5而與圖示元件108分離的材料。圖示元件108係藉應用於光學隔片5之下表面的無色的、彩色的、著色的或染色的材料之型樣而形成。任一大量的常見印刷方法,例如噴墨、雷射、凸版印刷、柔性印刷、凹版印刷及凹模,只要印刷解析度夠佳,便可用於置放此類圖示元件108。Figures 7a-c are cross sections of the material of the system depicting another embodiment of the illustrated elements. Figure 7a depicts a material with lens 1 and optical spacer 5 separated from the illustrated element 108. The illustrated element 108 is formed from a colorless, colored, colored or tinted material applied to the underside of the optical spacer 5. Any of a number of common printing methods, such as inkjet, laser, letterpress, flexographic, gravure, and die, can be used to place such graphic elements 108 as long as the print resolution is good.
圖7b描繪具圖示元件112之不同實施例的類似材料系統。在本實施例中,該圖示元件係由嵌入支撐材料110之顏料、染料或顆粒形成。支撐材料110中圖示元件112之本實施例的範例包括:凝膠中銀顆粒、如同攝影乳膠、吸收入墨水接收器包覆之著色的或染色的墨水、染料昇華轉換為染料接收器包覆、及成像膜中光變色或熱變色影像。Figure 7b depicts a similar material system with different embodiments of the illustrated elements 112. In the present embodiment, the illustrated element is formed from a pigment, dye or particle embedded in the support material 110. Examples of the present embodiment of the illustrated element 112 in the support material 110 include: silver particles in the gel, like photographic emulsion, colored or dyed ink that is absorbed into the ink receiver, dye sublimation converted to dye receiver coating, And photochromic or thermochromic images in the imaging film.
圖7c描繪形成圖示元件114之微結構方法。此方法具有幾乎無限制空間解析度的好處。該圖示元件114可由微結構113或固體區115中空隙經單獨或結合而形成。該空隙113可選擇地以例如蒸發金屬、具不同折射率之材料或染色的或著色的材料之另一材料填充或包覆。Figure 7c depicts a microstructured method of forming the illustrated element 114. This approach has the benefit of almost unlimited spatial resolution. The illustrated element 114 can be formed by the microstructures 113 or voids in the solid region 115, either alone or in combination. The voids 113 are optionally filled or coated with another material such as a vaporized metal, a material having a different refractive index, or a dyed or colored material.
圖8a、b描繪圖示元件的正及負實施例。圖8a顯示正圖示元件116,其對比透明的背景118為彩色的、染色的或著色的背景120。圖8b顯示負圖示元件122,其對比彩色的、染色的或著色的背景120為透明的背景118。本系統的材料可選擇地結合正及負圖示元件二者。製造正及負圖示元件之本方法特別適用於圖7c的該微結構圖示元件114。Figures 8a, b depict positive and negative embodiments of the illustrated components. Figure 8a shows a component 116 being illustrated with a contrasting transparent background 118 being a colored, tinted or tinted background 120. Figure 8b shows a negative graphic element 122 whose contrasting colored, tinted or tinted background 120 is a transparent background 118. The materials of the system are optionally combined with both positive and negative graphic elements. The present method of making positive and negative graphic elements is particularly applicable to the microstructured graphic element 114 of Figure 7c.
圖9顯示本系統之畫素區材料的一實施例的截面。本實施例包括具短焦點透鏡124之區及具長焦點透鏡136之其他區。該短焦點透鏡124投射配置於透鏡124之焦點平面的圖示平面128中圖示元件129的影像123。該長焦點透鏡136投射配置於透鏡136之焦點平面的圖示平面132中圖示元件137的影像134。光學隔離板126將短焦點透鏡124與其相關圖示平面128隔離。長焦點透鏡136藉光學隔離板126、圖示平面128及第二光學隔離板130的厚度總和,而與其相關圖示平面132隔離。該第二圖示平面132中圖示元件137位於短焦點透鏡124的焦點深度之外,因而未於短焦點透鏡區中形成明顯的合成放大影像。以類似的方式,圖示元件129過於接近長焦點透鏡136而無法形成明顯的合成放大影像。因此,具有短焦點透鏡124之材料的區將顯示該圖示元件129的影像123,同時具有長焦點透鏡136之材料的區將顯示圖示元件137的影像134。所投射的影像123及134在設計、顏色、OPM方向、合成放大因子及包括上述深、一致、浮動及飄浮效果之效果可有所不同。Figure 9 shows a cross section of an embodiment of the pixel material of the present system. This embodiment includes a region having a short focus lens 124 and other regions having a long focus lens 136. The short focus lens 124 projects an image 123 of the component 129 illustrated in the illustrated plane 128 of the focal plane of the lens 124. The long focus lens 136 projects an image 134 of the illustrated element 137 in the illustrated plane 132 disposed in the focal plane of the lens 136. Optical spacer 126 isolates short focus lens 124 from its associated illustrated plane 128. The long focus lens 136 is separated from its associated illustrated plane 132 by the sum of the thicknesses of the optical spacer 126, the illustrated plane 128, and the second optical spacer 130. The illustrated element 137 in the second illustrated plane 132 is located outside of the focal depth of the short focus lens 124 and thus does not form a distinct synthetically magnified image in the short focus lens area. In a similar manner, the illustrated element 129 is too close to the long focus lens 136 to form a distinct synthetically magnified image. Thus, the area of the material having the short focus lens 124 will display the image 123 of the illustrated element 129 while the area of the material having the long focus lens 136 will display the image 134 of the illustrated element 137. The projected images 123 and 134 may differ in design, color, OPM direction, synthetic magnification factor, and effects including deep, uniform, floating, and floating effects described above.
圖10為本系統之畫素區材料的另一實施例的截面。本實施例包括於非升高透鏡148之底座上方具由透鏡支撐台144升高之透鏡140的區。該升高透鏡140之焦距為距離158,將該些透鏡的焦點置於第一圖示平面152中。該非升高透鏡148之焦距為距離160,將該些透鏡的焦點置於第二圖示平面156中。該二焦距158及160為類似或非類似。該升高透鏡140投射配置於透鏡140之焦點平面的圖示平面152中圖示元件162的影像138。該非升高透鏡148投射配置於透鏡148之焦點平面的圖示平面156中圖示元件164的影像146。該升高透鏡140藉透鏡支撐台144及光學隔離150的厚度總和而與其相關圖示元件162隔離。該非升高透鏡148藉光學隔離150、圖示層152及圖示隔離板154的厚度總和而與其相關圖示元件164隔離。第二圖示平面156中圖示元件164位於該升高透鏡140的焦點深度之外,因而未於升高透鏡區中形成明顯的合成放大影像。以類似的方式,圖示元件152過於接近非升高透鏡148而無法形成明顯的合成放大影像。因此,具有升高透鏡140之材料的區將顯示該圖示元件162的影像138,同時具有非升高透鏡148之材料的區將顯示圖示元件156的影像146。所投射的影像138及146在設計、顏色、OPM方向、合成放大因子及包括深、一致、浮動及飄浮效果之效果可有所不同。Figure 10 is a cross section of another embodiment of the pixel material of the present system. This embodiment includes an area of the lens 140 raised by the lens support 144 above the base of the non-raised lens 148. The focal length of the elevated lens 140 is a distance 158, and the focus of the lenses is placed in the first illustrated plane 152. The focal length of the non-elevating lens 148 is a distance 160, and the focus of the lenses is placed in the second illustrated plane 156. The two focal lengths 158 and 160 are similar or non-similar. The raised lens 140 projects an image 138 of the illustrated element 162 in a pictorial plane 152 disposed at a focal plane of the lens 140. The non-elevating lens 148 projects an image 146 of the illustrated element 164 disposed in the illustrated plane 156 of the focal plane of the lens 148. The raised lens 140 is isolated from its associated graphic element 162 by the sum of the thicknesses of the lens support 144 and the optical isolation 150. The non-elevating lens 148 is isolated from its associated graphic element 164 by the sum of the thicknesses of the optical isolation 150, the illustrated layer 152, and the illustrated spacer 154. The illustrated element 164 in the second illustrated plane 156 is located outside of the focal depth of the raised lens 140 and thus does not form a distinct synthetically magnified image in the raised lens area. In a similar manner, the illustrated element 152 is too close to the non-raised lens 148 to form a distinct synthetically magnified image. Thus, the area having the material that raises the lens 140 will display the image 138 of the illustrated element 162, while the area of the material having the non-raised lens 148 will display the image 146 of the illustrated element 156. The projected images 138 and 146 may differ in design, color, OPM direction, synthetic magnification factor, and effects including deep, uniform, floating, and floating effects.
圖11a、b為截面圖,描繪本系統的非折射實施例。圖11a描繪一實施例,其使用聚焦反射鏡166而非折射透鏡,投射圖示元件172的影像174。圖示層170係置於觀看者的眼睛與聚焦光學之間。聚焦反射鏡166可為金屬化的167,以獲得高聚焦效率。該圖示層170藉光學隔離板168而保持等於該反射鏡之焦距的距離。圖11b揭露本材料的針孔光學實施例。較佳地為黑色以便對比增強之不透明的上層176被孔徑178穿孔。光學隔離板元件180控制該系統的視場。圖示層182中圖示元件184以類似於針孔照相機之針孔光學的方式,經由孔徑178而成像。由於少量的光線通過該孔徑,當向後照射時本實施例最為有效,首先光線通過圖示平面182,接著通過孔徑178。可使用反射系統設計或針孔光學系統設計,而製造OPM、深、浮動及飄浮等每一上述實施例的效果。Figures 11a, b are cross-sectional views depicting a non-refracting embodiment of the present system. Figure 11a depicts an embodiment that uses a focusing mirror 166 instead of a refractive lens to project an image 174 of the illustrated element 172. The illustrated layer 170 is placed between the viewer's eyes and the focusing optics. Focusing mirror 166 can be metallized 167 to achieve high focusing efficiency. The illustrated layer 170 is maintained by the optical spacer 168 a distance equal to the focal length of the mirror. Figure 11b discloses a pinhole optical embodiment of the present material. The upper layer 176, which is preferably black so as to contrast the enhanced opacity, is perforated by the aperture 178. Optical spacer element 180 controls the field of view of the system. The illustrated element 184 in the illustrated layer 182 is imaged via aperture 178 in a manner similar to the pinhole optics of a pinhole camera. Since a small amount of light passes through the aperture, this embodiment is most effective when illuminated rearwardly, first passing light through the illustrated plane 182 and then through aperture 178. The effects of each of the above embodiments, such as OPM, deep, floating, and floating, can be fabricated using a reflective system design or a pinhole optical system design.
圖12a、b為截面圖,比較具混合折射/反射材料199之全折射材料188的結構。圖12a描繪一示範結構,具有藉光學隔離板198而與圖示平面194隔離。選擇的密封層195促成總折射系統厚度196。透鏡192投射圖示影像190至觀看者(未顯示)。混合折射/反射材料199包括具直接位於下方之圖示平面208的微透鏡210。光學隔片200將該透鏡210及該圖示平面208與反射層202隔離。反射層202可為金屬化的,例如藉蒸發或噴濺鋁、金、銠、鉻、鋨,藉化學配置銀或藉多層干擾膜而消耗鈾或銀。從圖示層208散射的光線,從反射層202反射,傳遞通過圖示層208及進入透鏡210,其投射影像206至觀看者(未顯示)。該二圖係以約相同縮放繪製:經視覺比較,可見混合折射/反射系統199的總系統厚度212約為全折射系統188之總系統厚度196的一半。等效系統的示範尺寸,總折射系統188厚度196為29μ,總混合折射/反射系統199厚度212為17μ。折射/反射系統的厚度可藉縮放而進一步減少。因而,可以總厚度約8μ製成具直徑15μ之透鏡的混合系統。可使用混合折射/繞射設計製造OPM、深、浮動、飄浮、Morph及3-D等每一上述實施例的效果。12a, b are cross-sectional views comparing the structure of a fully refractive material 188 having a hybrid refractive/reflective material 199. Figure 12a depicts an exemplary structure with isolation from the illustrated plane 194 by optical spacers 198. The selected sealing layer 195 contributes to a total refractive system thickness 196. Lens 192 projects image 190 to a viewer (not shown). The hybrid refractive/reflective material 199 includes a microlens 210 having a graphic plane 208 directly below. Optical spacer 200 isolates lens 210 and the illustrated plane 208 from reflective layer 202. The reflective layer 202 can be metallized, such as by evaporating or sputtering aluminum, gold, ruthenium, chromium, ruthenium, by chemically arranging silver or by consuming uranium or silver by means of multiple layers of interference films. Light scattered from the illustrated layer 208, reflected from the reflective layer 202, passes through the illustrated layer 208 and into the lens 210, which projects the image 206 to a viewer (not shown). The two graphs are drawn at approximately the same scale: visually, the total system thickness 212 of the hybrid refraction/reflection system 199 is approximately half of the total system thickness 196 of the total refraction system 188. An exemplary size of the equivalent system, the total refractive system 188 thickness 196 is 29μ, and the total hybrid refractive/reflective system 199 thickness 212 is 17μ. The thickness of the refractive/reflective system can be further reduced by scaling. Thus, a hybrid system having a lens having a diameter of 15 μ can be made with a total thickness of about 8 μ. The effects of each of the above embodiments, such as OPM, deep, floating, floating, Morph, and 3-D, can be fabricated using a hybrid refraction/diffraction design.
圖13為一截面圖,顯示本系統之'剝去以展現'竄改指示材料實施例。本實施例未顯示影像直至其遭竄改為止。未竄改的結構顯示於區224中,其中折射系統214為光學掩藏於包含選擇的基底218及對透鏡215為保角之可剝落層220的頂層216之下。可剝落層220有效地形成負透鏡結構220,其安裝於正透鏡215之上並抵消其光學放大率。透鏡215無法於未竄改的區域中形成圖示層的影像,且來自圖示平面的散射光222未聚焦。頂層216可包括選擇的膜基底218。區226中顯示的竄改使得折射系統214的頂層216釋放而暴露該透鏡215,使其可形成影像228。OPM、深、浮動及飄浮等上述實施例的每一效果可包括於圖13之類型的竄改指示'剝去以展現'系統中。Figure 13 is a cross-sectional view showing the embodiment of the 'peeling out to present' tamper indicating material of the present system. The image is not displayed in this embodiment until it is tampered with. The tamper-free structure is shown in region 224, wherein refractive system 214 is optically hidden beneath top layer 216 comprising selected substrate 218 and peelable layer 220 that is angled to lens 215. The peelable layer 220 effectively forms a negative lens structure 220 that is mounted over the positive lens 215 and counteracts its optical power. Lens 215 is unable to form an image of the illustrated layer in the untampered region, and scattered light 222 from the illustrated plane is not in focus. The top layer 216 can include a selected film substrate 218. The tamper shown in region 226 causes the top layer 216 of the refractive system 214 to be released to expose the lens 215 such that it can form an image 228. Each of the effects of the above embodiments, such as OPM, deep, floating, and floating, may be included in the tampering indication 'strip to show' system of the type of FIG.
圖14為一截面圖,描繪本系統之'剝去以改變'竄改指示材料實施例。本實施例於竄改252之前顯示第一圖示平面242的第一影像248,接著於被竄改之後在區254顯示第二影像258。區252中顯示未竄改的結構,其中二折射系統232及230堆疊。該第一圖示平面242係置於該第二系統的透鏡240之下。在區252中竄改之前,第一或較上系統232呈現該第一圖示平面242的影像。該第二圖示平面246位於透鏡234之焦點的深度外側過遠,而無法形成明顯的影像。該第一透鏡234藉選擇的基底236及對該第二透鏡240為保角之可剝落層238而與該第二透鏡240隔離。可剝落層232有效地形成負透鏡結構238,其安裝於正透鏡240之上並抵消其光學放大率。頂層232可包括選擇的膜基底236。該頂層232之剝落256中的竄改結果顯示於區254中,從該第二折射系統230,暴露該第二透鏡240,使其可形成該第二圖示層246的影像258。由於圖示層過於接近該透鏡240,所以第二透鏡240不形成該第一圖示層242的影像。Figure 14 is a cross-sectional view depicting an embodiment of the 'peeling to change' tamper indicating material of the system. This embodiment displays the first image 248 of the first graphical image 242 prior to tampering 252, and then displays the second image 258 in region 254 after being tampered with. An untampered structure is shown in region 252, wherein two refractive systems 232 and 230 are stacked. The first illustrated plane 242 is placed under the lens 240 of the second system. The first or upper system 232 presents an image of the first graphical plane 242 prior to tampering in zone 252. The second illustrated plane 246 is too far outside the depth of focus of the lens 234 to form a distinct image. The first lens 234 is isolated from the second lens 240 by a selected substrate 236 and a peelable layer 238 that is a conformal to the second lens 240. The peelable layer 232 effectively forms a negative lens structure 238 that is mounted over the positive lens 240 and counteracts its optical power. The top layer 232 can include a selected film substrate 236. The tampering result in the peel 256 of the top layer 232 is displayed in the region 254 from which the second lens 240 is exposed such that it forms the image 258 of the second graphic layer 246. Since the illustrated layer is too close to the lens 240, the second lens 240 does not form an image of the first graphic layer 242.
竄改指示材料的本實施例極適於做為應用於物件之膠布或標籤的應用。竄改釋放頂層232,離開附著物件的第二系統230。在竄改之前,本實施例呈現第一影像248。在竄改254之後,第二系統230仍附著物件,呈現第二影像258,同時剝落層256完全不呈現影像。OPM、深、浮動及飄浮等上述實施例的每一效果,可包括於第一系統232或第二系統230中。This embodiment of the tamper indicating material is highly suitable for use as a tape or label for an article. The tamper releases the top layer 232, leaving the second system 230 attached to the object. This embodiment presents a first image 248 prior to tampering. After tampering 254, the second system 230 still attaches the object, presenting the second image 258, while the peeling layer 256 does not present the image at all. Each of the effects of the above embodiments, such as OPM, deep, floating, and floating, may be included in the first system 232 or the second system 230.
請注意,另一實施例完成類似於圖14i的效果,具有彼此層壓的兩個別系統。在本實施例中,當較上層剝落時,便採用第一圖示平面及其影像,展現第二系統及其影像。Note that another embodiment accomplishes an effect similar to that of Fig. 14i, with two other systems laminated to each other. In this embodiment, when the upper layer is peeled off, the first graphic plane and its image are used to reveal the second system and its image.
圖15a-d為截面圖,顯示本系統的各式雙面實施例。圖15a描繪雙面材料260,其包括單一圖示平面264,其藉透鏡262而於一側成像268,及藉第二組透鏡266而於對面側成像270。從左側所見影像268(如圖所示)為從右側所見影像270的鏡中影像。圖示平面264可包含圖示元件,其為以類似於鏡中影像出現的符號或影像,或為以不同於鏡中影像出現的圖示元件,或為圖示元件的結合,其中當從一側檢視時部分該圖示元件被正確讀取,而當從另一側檢視時,其他該圖示元件則被正確讀取。OPM、深、浮動及飄浮等上述實施例的每一效果可從依據本實施例之雙面材料的任一側顯示。Figures 15a-d are cross-sectional views showing various double-sided embodiments of the present system. Figure 15a depicts a double-sided material 260 that includes a single illustrated plane 264 that is imaged 268 on one side by lens 262 and imaged 270 on the opposite side by a second set of lenses 266. The image 268 (shown) seen from the left is the in-mirror image of the image 270 seen from the right. The illustrated plane 264 may include illustrated elements that are symbols or images that appear similar to images in the mirror, or that are in the form of a different element than the one in the mirror, or a combination of the illustrated elements, where The illustrated component is correctly read during the side view and the other illustrated component is correctly read when viewed from the other side. Each of the above embodiments of OPM, deep, floating, and floating can be displayed from either side of the double-sided material according to the present embodiment.
圖15b描繪另一雙面實施例272,其具有分別藉兩組透鏡274及280成像之282及286的圖示平面276及278。本實施例實質上為兩個別系統287及289,例如圖1a中所描繪的,二者之間已結合圖示層隔片277。圖示層隔片277的厚度將判斷'錯誤'圖示層藉一組透鏡之成像284及288的的程度。例如,若圖示層隔片277的厚度為零,使得圖示層276及278接觸,那麼二圖示層接藉二組透鏡274及280成像。在另一範例中,若圖示層隔片277的厚度實質上大於透鏡274及280之焦點的深度,那麼該'錯誤'圖示層將不藉透鏡274及280而成像。在又另一範例中,若一組透鏡274之焦點的深度是大的,但其他組透鏡之焦點的深度是小的(因為透鏡274及280具有不同F #),那麼二圖示平面276及278將經由透鏡274而成像282,但僅一圖示平面278將經由透鏡280而成像,所以此類型材料將從一側顯示二影像,但僅一該些鏡中的影像從相反側顯示。OPM、深、浮動及飄浮等上述實施例的每一效果可從依據本實施例之雙面材料的任一側顯示,且所投射的影像282及286可為相同或不同顏色。Figure 15b depicts another double sided embodiment 272 having illustrated planes 276 and 278 imaged 282 and 286 by two sets of lenses 274 and 280, respectively. This embodiment is essentially two separate systems 287 and 289, such as depicted in Figure 1a, with the illustrated layer spacers 277 interposed therebetween. The thickness of the illustrated layer spacer 277 will determine the extent to which the 'wrong' graphic layer is imaged 284 and 288 by a set of lenses. For example, if the thickness of the illustrated spacer 277 is zero such that the illustrated layers 276 and 278 are in contact, then the second illustrated layer is imaged by the two sets of lenses 274 and 280. In another example, if the thickness of the illustrated spacer 277 is substantially greater than the depth of the focus of the lenses 274 and 280, the 'wrong' graphic layer will not be imaged by the lenses 274 and 280. In yet another example, if the depth of the focus of one set of lenses 274 is large, but the depth of the focus of the other sets of lenses is small (because lenses 274 and 280 have different F#), then the second illustrated plane 276 and 278 will image 282 via lens 274, but only one of the illustrated planes 278 will be imaged via lens 280, so this type of material will display two images from one side, but only one of the images will be displayed from the opposite side. Each of the above embodiments of OPM, deep, floating, and floating may be displayed from either side of the double-sided material in accordance with the present embodiment, and the projected images 282 and 286 may be the same or different colors.
圖15c顯示又另一雙面材料290,具有著色的圖示層隔片298,限制材料之一側的透鏡看見圖示的'錯誤'組。透鏡292成像294圖示層296,但由於著色的圖示層298的出現,而無法成像圖示層300。同樣地,透鏡302成像304圖示層300,但由於著色的圖示層298的出現,而無法成像圖示層296。OPM、深、浮動及飄浮等上述實施例的每一效果可從依據本實施例之雙面材料的任一側顯示,且所投射的影像294及304可為相同或不同顏色。Figure 15c shows yet another double-sided material 290 having a colored patterned layer spacer 298 with the lens on one side of the restraining material seeing the 'wrong' set. Lens 292 image 294 illustrates layer 296, but the illustrated layer 300 cannot be imaged due to the appearance of colored layer 298. Likewise, lens 302 image 304 illustrates layer 300, but the illustrated layer 296 cannot be imaged due to the appearance of colored patterned layer 298. Each of the above embodiments of OPM, deep, floating, and floating may be displayed from either side of the double-sided material in accordance with the present embodiment, and the projected images 294 and 304 may be the same or different colors.
圖15d揭露進一步雙面材料306實施例,其具有成像318圖示層314的透鏡308,及於相反側成像322圖示層310的透鏡316。圖示層310接近或實質上與透鏡308的底座接觸,及圖示層314接近或實質上與透鏡316的底座接觸。圖示310過於接近透鏡308而無法形成影像,所以其光線散射320而非聚焦。圖示314過於接近透鏡316而無法形成影像,所以其光線散射324而非聚焦。OPM、深、浮動及飄浮等上述實施例的每一效果可從依據本實施例之雙面材料的任一側顯示,且所投射的影像318及322可為相同或不同顏色。Figure 15d discloses an embodiment of a further double-sided material 306 having a lens 308 that images 318 the illustrated layer 314, and an opposite side imaging 322 that illustrates the lens 316 of layer 310. The illustrated layer 310 is in close proximity or substantially in contact with the base of the lens 308, and the illustrated layer 314 is in close proximity or substantially in contact with the base of the lens 316. The illustration 310 is too close to the lens 308 to form an image, so its light scatters 320 instead of focusing. The illustration 314 is too close to the lens 316 to form an image, so its light scatters 324 instead of focusing. Each effect of the above embodiments of OPM, deep, floating, and floating may be displayed from either side of the double-sided material in accordance with the present embodiment, and the projected images 318 and 322 may be the same or different colors.
圖16a-f為截面圖及相應平面圖,描繪以本系統製造灰階或色調圖示元件型樣及後續合成放大影像的三種不同方法。圖16a-c為材料307之圖示端的截面細節,包括部分光學隔離板309及透明的微結構圖示層311。圖示元件形成為浮雕表面313、315、317,其接著分別以著色的或染色的材料323、325、327填充。圖示層的下端可選擇地以密封層321密封,其可為透明的、著色的、彩色的、染色的或著色的、或不透明的。圖示元件313、315及317的浮雕微結構分別提供染色的或著色的填充材料323、325及327之厚度變化,其如平面圖中所見,製造圖示元件之光學密度中變化。相應於圖示元件323、325及327的平面圖為平面圖337、339及341。製造灰階或色調合成放大影像之方法的使用不限於文中所揭露之範例細節,但通常可應用於製造無限制的灰階影像變化。16a-f are cross-sectional views and corresponding plan views depicting three different methods of fabricating grayscale or hue graphical component shapes and subsequent synthetic magnified images using the present system. 16a-c are cross-sectional details of the illustrated end of material 307, including a portion of optical spacer 309 and a transparent microstructured layer 311. The illustrated elements are formed as embossed surfaces 313, 315, 317 which are then filled with colored or dyed materials 323, 325, 327, respectively. The lower end of the illustrated layer is optionally sealed with a sealing layer 321 which may be transparent, colored, colored, tinted or colored, or opaque. The embossed microstructures of the illustrated elements 313, 315, and 317 provide varying thickness variations of the tinted or colored fill materials 323, 325, and 327, respectively, as seen in plan view, varying in optical density of the fabricated components. The plan views corresponding to the illustrated elements 323, 325, and 327 are plan views 337, 339, and 341. The use of methods for making grayscale or tonal synthetic magnified images is not limited to the example details disclosed herein, but is generally applicable to the manufacture of unlimited grayscale image variations.
圖16a包括圖示元件313、染色的或著色的圖示元件填充323及相應平面圖337。該圖頂端之圖示平面的截面圖僅可顯示一通過圖示元件之切割平面。該切割平面的位置係由通過平面圖337、339及341之虛線319表示。因此,圖示元件313的截面為通過實質上半球面形圖示元件的平面。藉適當地限制填充323之整體染料或顏料密度,染色的或著色的填充323之厚度變化製造平面圖337中所代表的色調或灰階、光學密度變化。此型圖示元件的陣列可於本材料系統中合成放大,以產生顯示相等灰階變化的影像。Figure 16a includes an illustrated element 313, a tinted or colored graphical element fill 323, and a corresponding plan view 337. The cross-sectional view of the illustrated plane at the top of the figure can only show a cutting plane through the illustrated elements. The position of the cutting plane is indicated by dashed lines 319 through plan views 337, 339 and 341. Thus, the cross-section of the illustrated element 313 is a plane that illustrates the element through a substantially hemispherical shape. The hue or gray scale, optical density variation represented in plan view 337 is made by appropriately limiting the overall dye or pigment density of fill 323, the thickness variation of dyed or colored fill 323. An array of such illustrated elements can be synthetically magnified in the material system to produce an image showing equal grayscale variations.
圖16b包括圖示元件315、染色的或著色的圖示元件填充325及相應平面圖339。平面圖339顯示圖示元件315為面的浮雕代表。面之影像中色調變化是複雜的,如截面圖中複雜的厚度變化325所顯示。關於所揭露的相關圖示元件313,此類型之圖示元件的陣列,如315、325及339所示,可於本材料系統中合成放大,以產生顯示本範例中代表面之影像的相等灰階縮放變化的影像。Figure 16b includes an illustrated element 315, a tinted or colored graphical element fill 325, and a corresponding plan view 339. Plan view 339 shows an embossed representation of the illustrated element 315 as a face. The change in hue in the image of the face is complex, as shown by the complex thickness variation 325 in the cross-sectional view. With respect to the disclosed related graphical elements 313, an array of such illustrated components, such as 315, 325, and 339, can be synthesized and magnified in the present material system to produce an equivalent gray showing the image of the representative surface in this example. An image with a scaled change.
圖16c包括圖示元件317、染色的或著色的填充327及相應平面圖341。以類似於上述圖16a、b之討論的方式,圖示元件結構的浮雕形狀於染色的及著色的填充327的出現中,及本材料系統所產生的合成放大影像中產生色調變化。相較於製造完全表面中暗中心之圖示元件313的效果,圖示元件317描繪製造完全表面中亮中心的方法。Figure 16c includes an illustrated element 317, a tinted or colored fill 327, and a corresponding plan view 341. In a manner similar to that discussed above with respect to Figures 16a, b, the relief shape of the illustrated element structure results in the appearance of a tinted and colored fill 327, and a change in hue in a synthetically magnified image produced by the material system. The illustrated element 317 depicts a method of making a bright center in a complete surface compared to the effect of the graphic element 313 that produces a dark center in a complete surface.
圖16d、e揭露包括圖示元件329及331之透明的浮雕微結構圖示層311的另一實施例326,其包覆高折射率材料328。該圖示層311可以選擇的密封層321密封,其分別填充圖示元件329與331、330與332。該高折射率層328藉總內部反射製造其本身反射而增強傾斜表面的能見度。平面圖342及344呈現圖示元件329與331之出現及其合成放大影像的代表影像。該高折射率包覆實施例提供一種邊緣-增強效果,而未添加顏料或染料以使圖示及其影像可見。16d, e disclose another embodiment 326 comprising a transparent relief microstructured layer 311 of the illustrated elements 329 and 331 that coats the high refractive index material 328. The illustrated layer 311 can be sealed with a selected sealing layer 321 that fills the illustrated elements 329 and 331, 330 and 332, respectively. The high refractive index layer 328 creates its own reflection by total internal reflection to enhance the visibility of the slanted surface. The plan views 342 and 344 present representative images of the appearance of elements 329 and 331 and their synthesized magnified images. The high refractive index coating embodiment provides an edge-enhancing effect without the addition of pigments or dyes to make the illustration and its image visible.
圖16f揭露透明的浮雕微結構圖示335的又另一實施例333,其使用空氣、氣體或液體量336以提供相位介面334微結構的視覺定義。選擇的密封層340可添加或不添加選擇的膠黏劑338,使空氣、氣體或液體量336陷入。相位介面圖示元件的視覺效果類似於高折射率包覆的圖示元件329及331的視覺效果。Figure 16f discloses yet another embodiment 333 of a transparent embossed microstructure 335 that uses an air, gas or liquid amount 336 to provide a visual definition of the phase interface 334 microstructure. The selected sealing layer 340 may or may not contain a selected adhesive 338 to trap the air, gas or liquid amount 336. The visual effect of the phase interface graphic elements is similar to the visual effects of the high refractive index coated graphic elements 329 and 331.
圖17a-d為截面圖,顯示本系統用做結合印刷資訊之層壓膜,例如可用於製造I.D.卡及駕照,其中材料348(包含上述透鏡及影像的協調微陣列)覆蓋表面的實質比例。圖17a描繪用做印刷347上層壓之一致的實施例。具有圖示層中至少一些光學透明度的材料348以層壓膠黏劑350被層壓為纖維基底354,例如紙或紙代用品,覆蓋或部分覆蓋印刷元件352,其先前已應用於纖維基底354。由於材料348至少為部分透明的,可看穿印刷元件352,且該組合的效果為提供與靜態印刷組合之本系統的動態影像效果。Figures 17a-d are cross-sectional views showing the system used as a laminate film for printing information, such as I.D. cards and driver's licenses, wherein material 348 (including a coordinated microarray of lenses and images described above) covers a substantial proportion of the surface. Figure 17a depicts a consistent embodiment for lamination on printing 347. Material 348 having at least some of the optical transparency in the illustrated layer is laminated with a laminate adhesive 350 as a fibrous substrate 354, such as a paper or paper substitute, covering or partially covering the printing element 352, which has previously been applied to the fibrous substrate 354. . Since the material 348 is at least partially transparent, the printing element 352 can be seen through, and the effect of the combination is to provide a dynamic image effect of the system in combination with static printing.
圖17b顯示系統材料的實施例,其用於層壓應用於例如聚合物膜之非纖維基底358的印刷元件352之上。如圖17a中,具有圖示層中至少一些光學透明度的材料348以層壓膠黏劑350被層壓為非纖維基底358,例如聚合物、金屬、玻璃、或陶製代用品,覆蓋或部分覆蓋印刷元件352,其先前已應用於纖維基底354。由於材料348至少為部分透明的,可看穿印刷元件352,且該組合的效果為提供與靜態印刷組合之動態影像效果。Figure 17b shows an embodiment of a system material for lamination onto a printing element 352 that is applied to a non-fiber substrate 358, such as a polymeric film. As shown in Figure 17a, material 348 having at least some of the optical transparency in the illustrated layer is laminated with a laminating adhesive 350 as a non-fibrous substrate 358, such as a polymer, metal, glass, or ceramic substitute, covered or partially covered. Printing element 352, which has previously been applied to fiber substrate 354. Since the material 348 is at least partially transparent, the printing element 352 can be seen through, and the effect of the combination is to provide a dynamic image effect in combination with static printing.
圖17c描繪直接於材料360之透鏡端上印刷元件的使用。在本實施例中,材料348具有直接應用於較上透鏡表面的印刷元件352。本實施例不要求材料為至少部分透明:該印刷元件352置於材料頂端,環繞印刷元件可看見動態影像效果。在本實施例中,材料348用做最終產品的基底,例如貨幣、身份證,及需鑑別或提供另一物件之鑑別的其他物件。Figure 17c depicts the use of a printing element directly on the lens end of material 360. In this embodiment, material 348 has a printing element 352 that is applied directly to the upper lens surface. This embodiment does not require that the material be at least partially transparent: the printing element 352 is placed on top of the material and a dynamic image effect is visible around the printing element. In this embodiment, material 348 is used as the base for the final product, such as currency, identification cards, and other items that require identification or identification of another item.
圖17d描繪直接於至少部分透明的材料362之圖示端上印刷元件的使用。印刷元件352直接應用於至少部分透明的系統材料348之圖示層或密封層。由於該系統材料348為至少部分透明的,可看穿印刷元件352,且該組合的效果為提供與靜態印刷組合之動態影像效果。在本實施例中,系統材料348用做最終產品的基底,例如貨幣、身份證,及需鑑別或提供另一物件之鑑別的其他物件。Figure 17d depicts the use of a printing element directly on the illustrated end of the at least partially transparent material 362. Printing element 352 is applied directly to the illustrated layer or sealing layer of at least partially transparent system material 348. Since the system material 348 is at least partially transparent, the printing element 352 can be seen through, and the effect of the combination is to provide a dynamic image effect in combination with static printing. In this embodiment, system material 348 is used as the base for the final product, such as currency, identification cards, and other items that require identification or identification of another item.
圖17a-d的每一實施例可單獨或組合使用。因而,例如,系統材料348可為印刷之上(圖17c)及印刷背面(圖17d),接著選擇地層壓於基底上的印刷之上。Each of the embodiments of Figures 17a-d can be used alone or in combination. Thus, for example, system material 348 can be over printed (Fig. 17c) and printed back (Fig. 17d), and then selectively laminated over the print on the substrate.
(圖17a、b)。例如該些可進一步提升本系統之材料的仿冒、模擬及竄改抵制的組合。(Fig. 17a, b). For example, combinations of counterfeiting, simulation, and tamper resistance that further enhance the material of the system.
圖18a-f為截面圖,描繪本系統之應用,或結合各式基底及與印刷資訊。圖18a-f的實施例不同於圖17a-d的實施例,前者各圖揭露覆蓋大部分或全部物件的系統材料348,而本圖揭露之實施例,其中系統材料或其光學效果實質上未覆蓋整個表面,而是僅覆蓋部分表面。圖18a描繪一項至少部分透明的系統材料364,其以膠黏劑元件366附著至纖維或非纖維基底368。選擇的印刷元件370已直接應用於材料364之表面的較上透鏡。印刷元件370可為部分較大型樣,其延伸超出該項材料364。該項材料364選擇地層壓於印刷元件372之上,其於材料364的應用之前,已應用纖維或非纖維基底。Figures 18a-f are cross-sectional views depicting the application of the system, or combining various substrates and printing information. The embodiment of Figures 18a-f differs from the embodiment of Figures 17a-d, which disclose system material 348 covering most or all of the items, while the embodiment of the present disclosure reveals that the system material or its optical effect is substantially absent Covers the entire surface, but covers only part of the surface. FIG. 18a depicts an at least partially transparent system material 364 attached to a fibrous or non-fibrous substrate 368 with an adhesive element 366. The selected printing element 370 has been applied directly to the upper lens of the surface of the material 364. Printing element 370 can be a partially larger pattern that extends beyond the material 364. This material 364 is selectively laminated over the printing element 372, which has been applied to the fiber or non-fiber substrate prior to the application of the material 364.
圖18b描繪併入非光學基底378做為視窗之單面系統材料364的實施例,其中至少一些系統材料364的邊緣被非光學基底378佔據、覆蓋或包圍。印刷元件380可選擇地應用於系統材料透鏡表面的頂端,且該些印刷元件可校正或相應於印刷元件382,其應用於鄰近印刷元件380之區域的非光學基底378。同樣地,印刷元件384可應用於校正或相應於印刷元件386之非光學基底的相反側,該印刷元件386應用於系統材料364的圖示或密封層388。當從透鏡端檢視材料時,此類視窗的效果將呈現明顯的影像,當從圖示端檢視時則無影像,因而提供單向的影像效果。FIG. 18b depicts an embodiment of a single-sided system material 364 incorporating a non-optical substrate 378 as a window, wherein edges of at least some of the system material 364 are occupied, covered, or surrounded by a non-optical substrate 378. Printing element 380 is optionally applied to the top end of the lens surface of the system material, and the printing elements can be corrected or corresponding to printing element 382 that is applied to non-optical substrate 378 adjacent the area of printing element 380. Likewise, printing element 384 can be applied to the opposite side of the non-optical substrate that corrects or corresponds to printing element 386 that is applied to the graphic or sealing layer 388 of system material 364. When viewing material from the lens end, the effect of such a window will be apparent and there will be no image when viewed from the end of the drawing, thus providing a one-way image effect.
圖18c顯示類似於圖18b的實施例,除了系統材料306為雙面材料306(或上述其他雙面實施例)外。印刷元件390、392、394及396的功能實質上相應於先前所描述的印刷元件380、382、384、386。當從相反側檢視材料時,此類材料視窗的效果將呈現不同的明顯影像。例如,視窗併入貨幣文件可顯示鈔票的數值面額,例如當從鈔票的正面檢視時的"10",但當從鈔票的背面檢視時,一致視窗可顯示不同資訊,例如"USA",其可為做為第一影像的相同顏色,或不同顏色。Figure 18c shows an embodiment similar to Figure 18b, except that system material 306 is a double-sided material 306 (or other two-sided embodiment described above). The functions of printing elements 390, 392, 394, and 396 substantially correspond to the previously described printing elements 380, 382, 384, 386. When viewing materials from the opposite side, the effect of such material windows will present different distinct images. For example, a window incorporated into a currency document may display a numerical denomination of the banknote, such as "10" when viewed from the front of the banknote, but when viewed from the back of the banknote, the consistent window may display different information, such as "USA", which may To be the same color as the first image, or a different color.
圖18d描繪做為由限制長度之透鏡374的區所形成之材料的光學隔片的透明基底373,及實質上延伸超出透鏡374的區之周圍的圖示層376。在本實施例中,本效果將僅於包括透鏡及圖示的該區中(相應於圖中透鏡區374)可見。透鏡374及鄰近基底二者可選擇地印刷375,且印刷元件可應用於圖示層376或應用於覆蓋該圖示之選擇的密封層(圖中未顯示-參照圖1)。於本實施例的方式之後,多路透鏡區可用於物件上;不論透鏡區的置放位置,將可看見一致效果;對每一透鏡區而言,影像的尺寸、旋轉、實體鏡的深度位置及OPM屬性可為不同。本實施例可適用於身份證、信用卡、駕照之應用,及類似應用。Figure 18d depicts a transparent substrate 373 as an optical spacer of material formed by the regions of lens 374 of limited length, and a patterned layer 376 extending substantially beyond the area of lens 374. In this embodiment, the effect will only be visible in this region including the lens and illustration (corresponding to lens region 374 in the figure). Both the lens 374 and the adjacent substrate are optionally printed 375, and the printing elements can be applied to the illustrated layer 376 or to a sealing layer that covers the selection of the illustration (not shown - see Figure 1). After the mode of the embodiment, the multi-lens lens area can be used on the object; regardless of the placement position of the lens area, a uniform effect can be seen; for each lens area, the size of the image, the rotation, and the depth position of the solid mirror And OPM properties can be different. This embodiment can be applied to an application for an ID card, a credit card, a driver's license, and the like.
圖18e顯示類似於圖18d的實施例,除了圖示平面402實質上未延伸超出透鏡區400的長度外。光學隔片398隔離透鏡400與圖示402。印刷元件404及406相應於圖18d中印刷元件375及377。於本實施例的方式之後,多路區400可用於物件上;每一區可具有個別效果。本實施例可適用於身份證、信用卡、駕照之應用,及類似應用。Figure 18e shows an embodiment similar to Figure 18d, except that the illustrated plane 402 does not extend substantially beyond the length of the lens zone 400. Optical spacer 398 isolating lens 400 from diagram 402. Printing elements 404 and 406 correspond to printing elements 375 and 377 in Figure 18d. Following the manner of this embodiment, the multiplexed zone 400 can be used on objects; each zone can have individual effects. This embodiment can be applied to an application for an ID card, a credit card, a driver's license, and the like.
圖18f描繪類似於圖18d的實施例,除了本實施例結合光學隔片408外,其隔離透鏡413與圖示平面410。透鏡413實質上延伸超出圖示區412的周圍。印刷元件414及416相應於圖18d中的印刷元件375及377。於本實施例的方式之後,多路透鏡區可用於物件上;不論透鏡區的置放位置,將可看見本效果;對每一透鏡區而言,影像的尺寸、旋轉、實體鏡的深度位置及OPM屬性可為不同。本實施例可適用於身份證、信用卡、駕照之應用,及類似應用。Figure 18f depicts an embodiment similar to Figure 18d, except that this embodiment incorporates an optical spacer 408 with its isolation lens 413 and illustrated plane 410. Lens 413 extends substantially beyond the perimeter of illustrated area 412. Printing elements 414 and 416 correspond to printing elements 375 and 377 in Figure 18d. After the mode of the embodiment, the multi-lens lens area can be used on the object; the effect can be seen regardless of the placement position of the lens area; for each lens area, the size of the image, the rotation, and the depth position of the solid mirror And OPM properties can be different. This embodiment can be applied to an application for an ID card, a credit card, a driver's license, and the like.
圖19a、b描繪當併入上述類型之結構時,比較球面透鏡之對焦視場與平坦視場非球狀透鏡之對焦視場的截面檢視。圖19a描繪應用於上述系統的實質上球面透鏡。實質上球面透鏡418藉光學隔片420與圖示平面422隔離。所投射垂直於材料之表面的影像424來自於圖示層422內的焦點426。由於焦點426位於圖示層422內,所以影像424為精確焦點。當從傾斜角度檢視透鏡時,由於相應焦點430不再位於圖示平面中,所以影像428模糊及失焦,並超出實質距離。箭頭432顯示透鏡的視場曲率,等於焦點426至430的曲線。焦點位於遍及區434的圖示平面內,那麼便於區436中圖示平面外部移動。適用於符合印刷影像或圖示之平面的透鏡典型地具有低F#,典型地小於1,產生焦點的極淺深度-可有效地使用較高F#透鏡而具有深及浮動效果,但當用於一致移動效果時,形成相稱的垂直雙筒望遠鏡,不同於文中所描述的效果。一旦較低限制的焦點深度於圖示平面外部移動時,影像清晰便快速下降。由此圖可見,實質上球面透鏡的視場曲率限制影像的視場:該影像明顯的僅位於對焦區434內,更傾斜的檢視角度則快速失焦。實質上球面透鏡並非平坦視場透鏡,且該些透鏡的視場曲率被放大為低F#透鏡。19a, b depict a cross-sectional view of a focused field of view comparing a focus field of a spherical lens with a flat field aspheric lens when incorporating a structure of the type described above. Figure 19a depicts a substantially spherical lens applied to the above system. In essence, the spherical lens 418 is isolated from the illustrated plane 422 by optical spacers 420. The image 424 projected perpendicular to the surface of the material is from the focus 426 within the illustrated layer 422. Since the focus 426 is located within the illustrated layer 422, the image 424 is the precise focus. When the lens is viewed from an oblique angle, since the corresponding focus 430 is no longer in the plane of the drawing, the image 428 is blurred and out of focus and exceeds the substantial distance. Arrow 432 shows the curvature of field of the lens, equal to the curve of focus 426 to 430. The focus is located throughout the illustrated plane of zone 434, which facilitates external movement of the illustrated plane in zone 436. Lenses suitable for use in conforming to the printed image or illustrated plane typically have a low F#, typically less than one, producing a very shallow depth of focus - effectively using a higher F# lens with deep and floating effects, but when used consistently When moving the effect, a commensurate vertical binocular is formed, which is different from the effect described in the text. Once the lower limit focus depth moves outside the plane of the illustration, the image clarity drops rapidly. As can be seen from this figure, the curvature of field of the spherical lens substantially limits the field of view of the image: the image is clearly located only within the focus area 434, and the more oblique viewing angle is rapidly out of focus. Substantially the spherical lenses are not flat field lenses, and the field curvature of the lenses is amplified to a low F# lens.
圖19b描繪應用於本系統的非球狀透鏡。關於非球狀透鏡,其曲率不接近球。非球狀透鏡438藉光學隔片440而與圖示層442區隔。非球狀透鏡438投射垂直於材料之平面的圖示平面442的影像444。該影像係於焦點446產生。由於非球狀透鏡438具有平坦視場452,所以其焦距置於圖示平面442內,以便具有廣泛的檢視角度,從垂直的檢視角度444到傾斜的檢視角度448。透鏡的焦距依據通過其之檢視角度而改變。該焦距於垂直檢視角度444時是最短的,並隨著檢視角度變得更加傾斜而增加。在傾斜的檢視角度448時,焦點450仍位於圖示平面的厚度內,且傾斜影像因而仍位於傾斜檢視角度448時的焦點。非球狀透鏡438之對焦區454較實質上球面透鏡418之對焦區434為大。非球狀透鏡438因而提供相關影像圖示之寬度上的放大視場,使得相較於球面透鏡418的視場,相關影像圖示的周邊未落於圖外。由於所提供的較大視場及所產生之相關影像的能見度增加,非球狀透鏡對於本系統較佳。Figure 19b depicts a non-spherical lens applied to the present system. Regarding the non-spherical lens, its curvature is not close to the ball. The aspherical lens 438 is separated from the illustrated layer 442 by an optical spacer 440. The aspherical lens 438 projects an image 444 of the illustrated plane 442 that is perpendicular to the plane of the material. This image is produced at focus 446. Since the aspherical lens 438 has a flat field of view 452, its focal length is placed within the illustrated plane 442 to provide a wide viewing angle, from a vertical viewing angle 444 to a tilted viewing angle 448. The focal length of the lens changes depending on the viewing angle through it. This focal length is the shortest at the vertical viewing angle 444 and increases as the viewing angle becomes more oblique. At the oblique viewing angle 448, the focus 450 is still within the thickness of the illustrated plane, and the oblique image is thus still at the focus when tilting the viewing angle 448. The focus area 454 of the aspherical lens 438 is larger than the focus area 434 of the substantially spherical lens 418. The aspherical lens 438 thus provides an enlarged field of view across the width of the associated image representation such that the perimeter of the associated image representation does not fall outside of the figure as compared to the field of view of the spherical lens 418. Aspherical lenses are preferred for the present system due to the increased field of view provided and the increased visibility of the associated images produced.
圖20a-c為截面圖,描繪源自於使用厚圖示層之效用的兩個好處。該些好處之應用不論用於檢視之透鏡456為實質上球面透鏡418或非球狀透鏡438,但最大的好處為結合非球狀透鏡438。圖20a描繪薄圖示層460系統材料,其包括藉光學隔片458而與圖示層460隔離的透鏡456。相較於透鏡463的視場曲率,圖示元件462為薄圖示元件461,將對焦區限制為小角度,即沿垂直方向464投射的影像與具有圖示層460中焦點470的最高傾斜角度影像468之間的角度。最大視場之獲得係藉設計垂直影像焦點466置於圖示平面的底部,藉以使傾斜視場角度最大化,限制在於焦點470置於圖示平面之頂端的該點。圖20a中系統的視場限制在30度。Figures 20a-c are cross-sectional views depicting two benefits derived from the utility of using a thick graphic layer. Applications of These Benefits Regardless of whether the lens 456 used for viewing is a substantially spherical lens 418 or a non-spherical lens 438, the greatest benefit is the incorporation of a non-spherical lens 438. FIG. 20a depicts a thin graphic layer 460 system material that includes a lens 456 that is isolated from the illustrated layer 460 by an optical spacer 458. In contrast to the field of view curvature of the lens 463, the illustrated element 462 is a thin graphical element 461 that limits the focus area to a small angle, i.e., the image projected in the vertical direction 464 and the highest tilt angle of the focus 470 in the illustrated layer 460. The angle between images 468. The maximum field of view is obtained by designing the vertical image focus 466 at the bottom of the illustrated plane to maximize the tilted field of view angle, limited by the point at which the focus 470 is placed at the top of the illustrated plane. The field of view of the system in Figure 20a is limited to 30 degrees.
圖20b描繪由結合圖示平面471所獲得的好處,相較於透鏡456的視場曲率,其為厚圖示平面472。透鏡456藉光學隔片458而與厚圖示元件474隔離。厚圖示元件474保持在55度,較圖20a之薄圖示元件462大之視場上的焦點475中。經由透鏡456而從焦點478投射的垂直影像476處於清晰的焦點,且當檢視角度增加直至55度時,該焦點仍保持清晰,其中傾斜影像480焦點482置於厚圖示平面471的頂端。若檢視則增加的視場對平坦視場透鏡而言是最大的,例如圖19b的非球狀透鏡438。Figure 20b depicts the benefit obtained by the combination of the illustrated plane 471, which is a thick graphical plane 472 compared to the field of view curvature of the lens 456. Lens 456 is isolated from thick graphic element 474 by optical spacers 458. The thick graphic element 474 is maintained at 55 degrees, in the focus 475 on the field of view that is larger than the thin graphical element 462 of Figure 20a. The vertical image 476 projected from the focus 478 via the lens 456 is at a sharp focus, and the focus remains sharp as the viewing angle increases up to 55 degrees, with the oblique image 480 focus 482 placed at the top of the thick graphical plane 471. If viewed, the increased field of view is greatest for a flat field lens, such as the aspheric lens 438 of Figure 19b.
圖20c描繪厚圖示平面492的又另一優點;降低本系統材料的敏感性為厚度S的變化,其可源自於製造變化。透鏡484從厚度i之圖示層的底部表面隔出距離S。透鏡484投射來自配置於圖示層492之底部的焦點498的影像496。該圖展現透鏡與圖示層之間光學空間S的變化可於等於圖示層i之厚度的範圍上改變,而不漏失影像496、500、504焦點。在透鏡486,光學隔片厚度約為(S+i/2),且影像500的焦點502仍處於圖示層492的厚度i之內。在透鏡488,光學隔片的厚度增加到(S+i)490,且影像504的焦點506置於厚圖示元件494的頂端。光學隔片厚度因而可於相應於圖示層i之厚度的範圍上改變:薄圖示層因而提供光學隔片厚度變化的小容許量,且厚圖示層提供光學隔片厚度變化的大容許量。Figure 20c depicts yet another advantage of the thick graphical plane 492; reducing the sensitivity of the material of the present system to a change in thickness S can be derived from manufacturing variations. Lens 484 is separated from the bottom surface of the illustrated layer of thickness i by a distance S. The lens 484 projects an image 496 from a focus 498 disposed at the bottom of the illustrated layer 492. The figure shows that the change in optical space S between the lens and the illustrated layer can vary over a range equal to the thickness of the illustrated layer i without missing the image 496, 500, 504 focus. At lens 486, the optical spacer thickness is approximately (S + i/2), and the focus 502 of image 500 is still within the thickness i of layer 492. At lens 488, the thickness of the optical spacer is increased to (S+i) 490, and the focus 506 of image 504 is placed at the top end of thick graphic element 494. The thickness of the optical spacer can thus vary over a range corresponding to the thickness of the illustrated layer i: the thin patterned layer thus provides a small tolerance for the thickness variation of the optical spacer, and the thick patterned layer provides a large tolerance for the thickness variation of the optical spacer the amount.
其餘好處是由厚圖示層492提供。例如實質上球面透鏡之不完整透鏡,可具有朝向其邊緣而非其中心496的較短焦距493。此為實質上球面透鏡之共同球面像差缺點的一個觀點。厚圖示層提供一圖示元件,其可清晰地聚焦於焦距498至495的範圍上,藉以改進由具焦距變化之透鏡484所產生之影像的整體清晰及對比。The remaining benefits are provided by a thick graphic layer 492. For example, an incomplete lens of a substantially spherical lens may have a shorter focal length 493 toward its edge rather than its center 496. This is a view of the disadvantage of a common spherical aberration of a substantially spherical lens. The thick graphic layer provides an illustrative element that is clearly focused over a range of focal lengths 498 to 495 to improve the overall sharpness and contrast of the image produced by the lens 484 having a focal length variation.
圖21a、b為平面圖,顯示本系統應用於貨幣及其他安全文件,做為'視窗化'安全執行緒。圖21a、b顯示視窗化執行緒結構,包括系統材料508,其已撕開為一帶狀物,稱為"執行緒",其典型地處於0.5 mm至10 mm寬度的範圍。執行緒508被併入該纖維文件基底510,並提供視窗化區514。執行緒508可選擇地結合著色的、染色的、填充的或包覆的密封層516,以增加影像對比及/或提供其餘的安全及鑑別特徵,例如導電性、磁性、核磁共振檢測及鑑別,或當從基底的背面(呈現一致合成影像及膠黏劑層517之側的相反側)檢視時,隱藏材料免於反射照度檢視,以強化執行緒508及纖維基底510之間的結合。維持該執行緒508於一方位,以保持透鏡在最上方,使得視窗化區514中影像效果可見。纖維基底510及執行緒可由印刷元件518套印,且該纖維基底可經印刷520於其背面。Figures 21a and b are plan views showing that the system is applied to currency and other security documents as a 'windowing' security thread. Figures 21a, b show a windowed thread structure, including system material 508 that has been torn into a ribbon, referred to as a "thread", which is typically in the range of 0.5 mm to 10 mm wide. Thread 508 is incorporated into the fiber file substrate 510 and provides a windowing zone 514. The thread 508 can optionally incorporate a colored, tinted, filled or encapsulated sealing layer 516 to increase image contrast and/or provide the remaining security and identification features such as conductivity, magnetic, nuclear magnetic resonance detection and identification, Or when viewed from the back side of the substrate (the opposite side of the side exhibiting the uniform synthetic image and adhesive layer 517), the hidden material is protected from the reflected illumination view to enhance the bond between the actuator 508 and the fibrous substrate 510. The thread 508 is maintained in an orientation to maintain the lens at the top so that the image effect in the windowed region 514 is visible. The fibrous substrate 510 and threads can be overprinted by the printing element 518 and the fibrous substrate can be printed 520 on the back side thereof.
圖21a、b描繪執行緒508及其影像效果522,僅於視窗化區514中基底510的上表面521可見。執行緒508於內部區512被纖維基底材料覆蓋,且影像效果522於該些區中實質上不可見。當併入執行緒508時,OPM效果特別引人注目(參照圖22)。當纖維基底510以各種方向傾斜時,可形成OPM影像以掃瞄橫越執行緒的寬度524,而製造令人吃驚及戲劇性的視覺效果。OPM影像的掃瞄特徵使其可呈現影像522,其大於執行緒508的寬度。使用者對於包含視窗化執行緒508之文件的檢查,接著可傾斜該文件以掃瞄橫越該執行緒的整個影像,捲動其如同遮蓬符號。亦可使用深、浮動及飄浮實施例的效果,以獲得視窗化執行緒格式的好處。21a, b depict the thread 508 and its image effect 522, visible only in the upper surface 521 of the substrate 510 in the windowed region 514. The thread 508 is covered by the fibrous substrate material in the inner region 512, and the image effect 522 is substantially invisible in the regions. When incorporated into the thread 508, the OPM effect is particularly noticeable (see Figure 22). When the fiber substrate 510 is tilted in various directions, an OPM image can be formed to scan the width 524 across the thread to create a surprising and dramatic visual effect. The scan feature of the OPM image makes it possible to present an image 522 that is larger than the width of the thread 508. The user checks the file containing the windowed thread 508 and can then tilt the file to scan the entire image across the thread, scrolling it like a awning symbol. The effects of the deep, floating, and floating embodiments can also be used to obtain the benefits of the windowed thread format.
執行緒508於以製紙工業常用的技術而製造期間,可至少部分併入安全紙。例如,如以參考的方式併入本文之美國專利4,534,398所提出的,當纖維為未凝固及柔軟時,可將執行緒508壓入濕式紙中。The thread 508 can be at least partially incorporated into the security paper during manufacture in the art commonly used in the paper industry. Thread 508 can be pressed into the wet paper when the fibers are unsolidified and soft, as set forth in U.S. Patent 4,534,398, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
本系統的視窗化執行緒特別適用於貨幣。執行緒材料之典型的總厚度處於22μ至34μ的範圍,同時貨幣文件的總厚度可高達88μ的範圍。藉局部減少紙的厚度達等於執行緒之厚度的量,可將本系統的視窗化安全執行緒結合貨幣文件,而實質上不改變紙的總厚度。The system's windowed threads are especially useful for currency. The typical total thickness of the thread material is in the range of 22μ to 34μ, while the total thickness of the currency document can be as high as 88μ. By locally reducing the thickness of the paper to a thickness equal to the thickness of the thread, the windowed security thread of the system can be combined with the currency file without substantially changing the total thickness of the paper.
在示範實施例中,執行緒508包含:一或多個光學隔片;一或多個定位於光學隔片之內、之上或相鄰之微影像或圖示的選擇地期間性平面陣列;及一或多個定位於光學隔片或平面圖示陣列之內、之上或相鄰之非圓柱形微透鏡的選擇地期間性平面陣列,其中每一微透鏡具有小於50微米的基礎直徑。In an exemplary embodiment, the thread 508 includes: one or more optical spacers; one or more selected periodic planar arrays positioned within, above or adjacent to the optical spacers or illustrated; And a selected periodic planar array of one or more non-cylindrical microlenses positioned within, above or adjacent to the optical spacer or planar graphic array, wherein each microlens has a base diameter of less than 50 microns.
在另一實施例中,微影像或圖示構成填充的空隙或凹處,其係形成於一或多個光學隔片的表面上,同時非圓柱形微透鏡為非球狀微透鏡,其中每一非球狀微透鏡具有約15至約35微米範圍的基礎直徑。至少一著色的密封或掩蔽層516可定位於微影像或圖示的平面陣列上,用於增加對比及因而圖示的視覺敏銳,且亦用於當執行緒至少部分嵌入安全文件中時遮罩執行緒508的出現。In another embodiment, the microimage or illustration forms a filled void or recess formed on the surface of one or more optical spacers while the non-cylindrical microlens is a non-spherical microlens, each of which An aspherical microlens has a base diameter in the range of from about 15 to about 35 microns. At least one colored sealing or masking layer 516 can be positioned on the micro image or the illustrated planar array for added contrast and thus visual acuity, and also for masking when the thread is at least partially embedded in the security document The presence of thread 508.
在本發明的又另一實施例中,執行緒508包含:具有相對之上及下平面表面的光學隔片;包含形成於光學隔片之下平面表面上之填充的凹處之微影像或圖示的週期陣列;定位於光學隔片之上平面表面上之非圓柱形、平坦視場、非球狀或多邊形底座多帶狀微透鏡的週期陣列,其中每一微透鏡具有約20至約30微米範圍之基礎直徑;及定位於圖示陣列上之著色的密封或掩蔽層516。In still another embodiment of the present invention, the thread 508 includes: an optical spacer having opposite upper and lower planar surfaces; a micro image or map comprising a filled recess formed on a planar surface below the optical spacer Array of periodic arrays; a periodic array of non-cylindrical, flat field, non-spherical or polygonal base multi-band microlenses positioned on a planar surface above the optical spacer, wherein each microlens has from about 20 to about 30 The base diameter of the micrometer range; and a colored sealing or masking layer 516 positioned on the illustrated array.
光學隔片可使用一或多個實質上無色的聚合物而形成,包括但不限於聚酯、聚丙烯、聚乙烯、聚乙烯對苯二酸鹽、聚氯乙烯等。在示範實施例中,使用聚酯或聚乙烯對苯二酸鹽形成具有約8至約25微米範圍之厚度的光學隔片。Optical spacers can be formed using one or more substantially colorless polymers including, but not limited to, polyester, polypropylene, polyethylene, polyethylene terephthalate, polyvinyl chloride, and the like. In an exemplary embodiment, polyester or polyethylene terephthalate is used to form an optical spacer having a thickness in the range of from about 8 to about 25 microns.
圖示及微透鏡陣列可使用實質上透明的或清澈的輻射固化材料而形成,包括但不限於丙烯酸樹脂、聚酯、環氧化物、氨基甲酸酯等。較佳地,使用取自Lord Chemicals之產品U107的丙烯酸鹽氨基甲酸酯形成陣列。The illustrated and microlens arrays can be formed using substantially transparent or clear radiation curable materials including, but not limited to, acrylics, polyesters, epoxies, urethanes, and the like. Preferably, an array of acrylate urethanes from product Chemicals U107 from Lord Chemicals is used.
形成於光學隔片之下平面表面上的每一圖示凹處測量為約0.5至約8微米深度,典型地為30微米的微影像或圖示寬度。該凹處可以任一適當材料填充,例如著色的樹脂、墨水、染料、金屬或磁性材料。在一示範實施例中,該凹處係以著色的樹脂填充,包含取自Sun Chemical Corporation之產品Spectra Pac的次微米顏料。Each of the illustrated recesses formed on the planar surface below the optical spacer is measured to a depth of from about 0.5 to about 8 microns, typically a microimage of 30 microns or a width of the illustration. The recess can be filled with any suitable material, such as a colored resin, ink, dye, metal or magnetic material. In an exemplary embodiment, the recess is filled with a colored resin comprising a sub-micron pigment from Spectra Pac, a product of Sun Chemical Corporation.
著色的密封或掩蔽層516可使用一或多樣不透明包覆或墨水而形成,包括但不限於著色的包覆,其包含顏料,例如分佈於固化聚合物材料之黏結劑或載子內的二氧化鈦。較佳地,使用輻射固化聚合物形成具有約0.5至約3微米範圍之厚度的密封或掩蔽層516。The colored sealing or masking layer 516 can be formed using one or more opaque coatings or inks, including but not limited to colored coatings, including pigments, such as titanium dioxide distributed within the binder or carrier of the cured polymeric material. Preferably, the radiation curable polymer is used to form a seal or masking layer 516 having a thickness in the range of from about 0.5 to about 3 microns.
如上述,執行緒508可依據下列方法而準備:將實質上透明的或清澈的輻射固化樹脂應用於光學隔片的上及下表面;於光學隔片的上表面上形成微透鏡陣列及於光學隔片的下表面上形成凹處形式的圖示陣列;使用輻射源固化實質上透明的或清澈的樹脂;以著色的樹脂或墨水填充圖示陣列凹處;從光學隔片的下表面移除超量的樹脂或墨水;及將著色的密封或掩蔽包覆或層應用於光學隔片的下表面。As described above, the thread 508 can be prepared according to the following methods: applying a substantially transparent or clear radiation-curable resin to the upper and lower surfaces of the optical spacer; forming a microlens array on the upper surface of the optical spacer and optically An illustrated array of recesses is formed on the lower surface of the separator; a substantially transparent or clear resin is cured using a radiation source; the illustrated array recess is filled with colored resin or ink; removed from the lower surface of the optical spacer Excess resin or ink; and a colored seal or masking coating or layer applied to the lower surface of the optical spacer.
在許多狀況下,用於藉高速非接觸感應器檢測及鑑定之貨幣及其他高價值財務與識別文件之安全執行緒是必須的,例如電容感應器、磁場感應器、光學傳輸及不透明度感應器、螢光性及/或核磁共振。In many cases, security threads for currency and other high-value financial and identification documents that are detected and authenticated by high-speed contactless sensors are required, such as capacitive sensors, magnetic field sensors, optical transmissions, and opacity sensors. , fluorescing and / or nuclear magnetic resonance.
螢光的材料併入透鏡、基底、圖示矩陣或一致膜的圖示填充元件,藉觀察螢光性的出現及頻譜特性可啟動一致材料的隱蔽或法庭鑑別。螢光一致膜可經設計而具有材料的兩側可見或僅材料的一側可見之螢光的屬性。圖示層下之材料中不具光學隔離層,一致材料之任一部分的螢光性將可從其任一側可見。光學隔離層的併入使其可區隔其兩側之螢光性的能見度。因而,圖示平面下併入光學隔離層的一致材料可經設計而呈現大量不同方式的螢光性:可從透鏡端看見螢光的顏色A、不可從光學隔離層端看見螢光性、可從光學隔離層端但不可從透鏡端看見螢光的顏色A或B、及可從透鏡端看見螢光的顏色A並可從光學隔離層端看見螢光的顏色A或B。各種螢光的簽章所提供的獨特性可用於進一步增強一致材料的安全。光學隔離層可為著色的或染色的材料層、金屬層、或著色的層及金屬層的組合,其吸收或反射從材料的一側之螢光發射,並避免從另一側看見。The fluorescent material is incorporated into the illustrated filling element of the lens, substrate, graphic matrix or uniform film, and the presence or absence of spectroscopic properties can initiate concealment or forensic identification of consistent materials. The fluorescent uniform film can be designed to have the property of either side of the material visible or only visible to one side of the material. The material under the layer shown does not have an optically isolating layer, and the luminosity of any portion of the uniform material will be visible from either side. The incorporation of the optically isolating layer allows it to distinguish the visibility of the luminescence on both sides. Thus, a consistent material that is incorporated into the optical isolation layer in the illustrated plane can be designed to exhibit a number of different ways of fluorescing: the color A of the fluorescent light can be seen from the lens end, and the fluorescing can not be seen from the optical isolation end. The color A or B from the end of the optical isolation layer but not the fluorescent light is visible from the lens end, and the color A of the fluorescent light can be seen from the lens end and the fluorescent color A or B can be seen from the end of the optical isolation layer. The uniqueness of the various fluorescent signatures can be used to further enhance the safety of consistent materials. The optically isolating layer can be a colored or tinted material layer, a metal layer, or a combination of colored layers and metal layers that absorb or reflect the fluorescent emission from one side of the material and avoid being seen from the other side.
從定型的空隙所形成的圖示,及其相反從定型的柱狀所形成的圖示,特別授權而附加機器可讀取鑑別特徵至貨幣及其他高價值文件的一致材料安全執行緒。圖示矩陣、圖示填充及任一數量的向後包覆(密封包覆)可全部、個別及/或所有組合地結合非螢光顏料、非螢光染料、螢光顏料、螢光染料、金屬顆粒、磁性顆粒、核磁共振簽署材料、雷射光顆粒、有機LED材料、光學可變的材料、蒸發金屬、薄膜干擾材料、液晶聚合物、光學上轉換與下轉換材料、二色性材料、光學作用材料(擁有光學旋轉放大率)、光學極化材料、及其他相關材料。The illustrations formed from the shaped voids, and the illustrations formed from the shaped columns, are specifically authorized to attach machines to read consistent material safety threads that identify features to currency and other high value documents. The illustrated matrix, the illustrated fill, and any number of retro-coated (sealed wrap) may be combined with all, individually, and/or all combinations of non-fluorescent pigments, non-fluorescent dyes, fluorescent pigments, fluorescent dyes, metals Particles, magnetic particles, nuclear magnetic resonance signing materials, laser light particles, organic LED materials, optically variable materials, evaporating metals, thin film interference materials, liquid crystal polymers, optical up-conversion and down-conversion materials, dichroic materials, optical effects Materials (with optical rotation magnification), optically polarized materials, and other related materials.
在一些情況下,例如當暗或彩色的包覆(例如磁性材料或傳導層)已附加至一致材料時,或當圖示平面的顏色是令人不愉快的時,當從基底的背面觀看時,便需要如同在反射光線中觀看,從紙基底的一側遮罩或隱藏嵌入、部分嵌入或視窗化一致材料安全執行緒的出現,同時可從該基底的相反側看見該執行緒。其他類型的貨幣安全執行緒通常結合一金屬層,典型地為鋁,以反射透過表面基底的光線,藉此提供周圍的基底類似的亮度。可以類似方式使用鋁或其他顏色的中性反射金屬,藉於一致材料的背面上應用該金屬層,接著選擇地適當密封,而遮罩一致執行緒的出現。為相同目的可使用著色的層以取代金屬化的層或與其結合,從文件的"背"面隱藏或掩蔽安全執行緒的能見度。該著色的層可為任一顏色,包括白色,但最有效的顏色為符合纖維基底的內、外之光線內部散射的顏色及密度者。In some cases, such as when a dark or colored cladding (eg, a magnetic material or a conductive layer) has been attached to a consistent material, or when the color of the illustrated plane is unpleasant, when viewed from the back of the substrate, It is desirable to view or hide the presence of embedded, partially embedded or windowed consistent material security threads from one side of the paper substrate as viewed in reflected light while viewing the thread from the opposite side of the substrate. Other types of monetary security threads typically incorporate a metal layer, typically aluminum, to reflect light transmitted through the surface substrate, thereby providing similar brightness to the surrounding substrate. A neutral or reflective metal of aluminum or other color can be used in a similar manner, by applying the metal layer on the back side of the uniform material, and then selectively sealing it properly, while masking the appearance of a consistent thread. For the same purpose, a colored layer can be used in place of or in combination with the metallized layer to hide or mask the visibility of the security thread from the "back" side of the document. The colored layer can be of any color, including white, but the most effective color is one that conforms to the color and density of internal scattering of the inner and outer rays of the fibrous substrate.
附加金屬化的層至一致材料可以許多方式完成,包括經由蒸發、噴濺、化學沈澱或其他適當機構之一致材料的圖示或密封層的直接金屬化,或層壓一致材料的圖示或密封層至第二聚合物膜的金屬化表面。以下列方式製造貨幣安全執行緒是常見的實施,即藉金屬化一膜之型樣,去金屬化該膜而餘下金屬化區域的窄'帶狀物',層壓該金屬化的表面至第二聚合物膜,接著撕開該層壓的材料,使得該金屬帶狀物藉層壓膠黏劑而與該撕開執行緒的邊緣隔離,藉此保護金屬免於執行緒邊緣的化學攻擊。此方法亦可應用於主題發明的狀況:該一致材料可簡單地取代該第二層壓膜。因而,一致材料可經由添加定型的或不定型的金屬化層而增加。The addition of a metallized layer to a uniform material can be accomplished in a number of ways, including the illustration of a consistent material via evaporation, sputtering, chemical precipitation or other suitable mechanism or direct metallization of the sealing layer, or the illustration or sealing of a laminated uniform material. The layer is to the metallized surface of the second polymer film. It is a common practice to manufacture a monetary safety thread in such a way that by metallizing a film, metallizing the film leaving the narrow 'band' of the metallized area, laminating the metallized surface to the The two polymeric film, followed by tearing of the laminated material, causes the metal ribbon to be isolated from the edge of the tear-opening actuator by a laminating adhesive, thereby protecting the metal from chemical attack at the edge of the thread. This method can also be applied to the state of the subject invention: the uniform material can simply replace the second laminate film. Thus, a consistent material can be added via the addition of a shaped or amorphous metallization layer.
合成影像可設計為二元型樣,具有一定義圖示之顏色(或顏色缺少)及定義背景之不同顏色(或顏色缺少),在此狀況下,每一圖示區包括完全單一色調影像,其使用完全開通或完全關閉的影像'畫素'。藉提供選擇的圖示顏色之色調變化,可產生更精密的合成影像。藉控制每一圖示影像中顏色的密度,或藉包括或排除選擇的圖示群組中設計元件而有效地'半調色'合成影像,可製造合成影像色調變化。The composite image can be designed as a binary pattern with a defined color (or lack of color) and a different color (or lack of color) defining the background, in which case each graphic area includes a completely single-tone image. It uses a fully open or fully closed image 'pixel'. A more sophisticated synthetic image can be produced by providing a change in the color of the selected graphic color. Synthetic image tonal variations can be made by controlling the density of colors in each of the illustrated images, or by effectively or semi-toning the composite image by including or excluding the design elements in the selected set of icons.
第一方法控制每一圖示影像之顏色的密度,可藉控制製造微印刷圖示影像之材料的光學密度而予完成。實施的一種方便的方法是利用先前已描述之填充的空隙圖示實施例。The first method of controlling the density of the color of each of the illustrated images can be accomplished by controlling the optical density of the material from which the microimage is printed. One convenient method of implementation is to illustrate the embodiment using the gaps that have been previously described.
第二方法,即藉包括或排除圖23中所描繪之選擇的圖示群組中設計元件而'半調色'合成影像,可經由包括等於所需顏色密度之圖示區比例的影像設計元件。圖23描繪使用圖示區570之六角形重複型樣的範例,其符合透鏡的類似六角形重複型樣。每一圖示區570不包含相同的資訊。所有圖示影像元件572、574、576及578實質上以相同顏色密度呈現。在一些圖示區中呈現圖示影像元件572與574,及在其他圖示區中呈現不同的圖示影像元件。一些圖示區包含單一圖示影像元件570。具體地,圖示影像元件572係以圖示區的一半呈現,圖示影像元件574係以圖示區的四分之三呈現,圖示影像元件578係以圖示區的一半呈現,及圖示影像元件576係以圖示區的三分之一呈現。每一圖示區中呈現的資訊決定相關透鏡是否將顯示圖示影像型樣的顏色,或從特定檢視方位顯示圖示影像背景的顏色。影像元件572或578將可從圖示型樣相關的所有透鏡見到,但圖示影像元件572的合成影像580空間與圖示影像元件578的合成影像空間重疊。由於每一透鏡將投射重疊區582中圖示影像顏色,所以圖示572及578之合成影像的重疊區582之機構將以100%顏色密度出現。該二合成影像的非重疊部分588僅可於透鏡的50%中見到,所以其係以50%顏色密度出現。圖示元件576的合成影像586僅可於透鏡的三分之一中見到,所以其係以33.3%顏色密度出現。圖示影像元件576的合成影像584相應地以75%顏色密度出現。經由選擇的一部分圖示區中圖示影像元件之選擇的省略,可於合成影像中獲得色調變化之極大的範圍,此完全處於本文的範圍。為求最大有效,遍及圖示影像區之圖示影像元件之分佈將極一致。A second method of 'half-toning' the composite image by including or excluding the design elements in the selected group of diagrams depicted in FIG. 23, may be via an image design component comprising a ratio of graphical regions equal to the desired color density . Figure 23 depicts an example of a hexagonal repeat pattern using the illustrated region 570 that conforms to a similar hexagonal repeat pattern of the lens. Each of the illustrated areas 570 does not contain the same information. All of the illustrated image elements 572, 574, 576, and 578 are substantially rendered in the same color density. The illustrated image elements 572 and 574 are presented in some of the illustrated areas, and different illustrated image elements are presented in other illustrated areas. Some of the illustrated areas include a single illustrated image element 570. Specifically, the illustrated image element 572 is presented in half of the illustrated area, the illustrated image element 574 is presented in three-quarters of the illustrated area, and the illustrated image element 578 is presented in half of the illustrated area, and The image element 576 is presented in one third of the illustrated area. The information presented in each of the illustrated areas determines whether the associated lens will display the color of the illustrated image pattern or display the color of the illustrated image background from a particular viewing orientation. The image elements 572 or 578 will be visible from all of the lenses associated with the graphic representation, but the composite image 580 space of the illustrated image element 572 overlaps the composite image space of the illustrated image element 578. Since each lens will project the image color in the overlap region 582, the mechanism of the overlap region 582 of the composite image of Figures 572 and 578 will appear at a 100% color density. The non-overlapping portion 588 of the two synthetic images is only visible in 50% of the lens, so it appears at a 50% color density. The composite image 586 of the illustrated element 576 can only be seen in one third of the lens, so it appears at a 33.3% color density. The composite image 584 of the illustrated image element 576 accordingly appears at a 75% color density. By the omission of the selection of the image elements illustrated in a portion of the selected image area, a very large range of tonal variations can be obtained in the composite image, which is entirely within the scope of this document. For maximum effectiveness, the distribution of the image elements throughout the illustrated image area will be extremely consistent.
圖24a中所描繪的相關圖示影像設計方法可用於製造結合的合成影像元件,其尺寸小於個別合成影像元件的最小特徵。在圖示影像的最小特徵尺寸大於特徵之配置準確性的一般情況下,這是可能的。因而在二微米尺寸的等級下,圖示影像可具有最小特徵,但該些特徵可準確地置於0.25微米間隔之柵格的任一點上。在此狀況下,圖示影像的最小特徵較該特徵的配置準確性大八倍。先前附圖使用六角形圖示型樣594描繪此方法,但其可應用任何其他可用的型樣對稱。在類似於圖23之方法的方式中,本方法係依賴使用至少一圖示區中的不同資訊。在圖24a的範例中,兩不同圖示型樣596及598各於一半的圖示區中呈現(為求清晰,圖中僅顯示每一型樣之一)。該些圖示影像產生合成的合成影像600,其結合圖示影像元件596製造的合成影像602及圖示影像元件598製造的合成影像604。該二合成影像602及604經設計而具有重疊區域606及608,其顯現為具有100%顏色密度,同時非重疊區域605具有50%顏色密度。合成的合成影像中重疊區域的最小尺寸可與圖示影像元件之合成放大縮放的定位準確性一樣小,且因而可較經設計而於小區域中重疊之二組成的合成影像的最小特徵尺寸小。在圖23的範例中,重疊區域用於以較其他為窄的線製造數字"10"的符號。The related illustrated image design method depicted in Figure 24a can be used to fabricate bonded synthetic image elements that are smaller in size than the smallest features of the individual synthetic image elements. This is possible in the general case where the minimum feature size of the illustrated image is greater than the configuration accuracy of the feature. Thus at the level of two micron size, the illustrated image can have minimal features, but the features can be accurately placed at any point of the 0.25 micron spaced grid. In this case, the minimum feature of the illustrated image is eight times greater than the configuration accuracy of the feature. The previous figures depict this method using a hexagonal graphic pattern 594, but it can be applied to any other available pattern symmetry. In a manner similar to the method of Figure 23, the method relies on the use of different information in at least one of the illustrated regions. In the example of Figure 24a, two different graphical patterns 596 and 598 are each presented in half of the illustrated area (for clarity, only one of each pattern is shown). The illustrated images produce a composite image 600 that is combined with a composite image 602 produced by the image element 596 and a composite image 604 created by the image element 598. The two synthetic images 602 and 604 are designed to have overlapping regions 606 and 608 that appear to have a 100% color density while the non-overlapping regions 605 have a 50% color density. The minimum size of the overlap region in the synthesized synthetic image can be as small as the positioning accuracy of the synthetic zoom and zoom of the illustrated image element, and thus can be smaller than the minimum feature size of the composite image designed to overlap in the small region. . In the example of Figure 23, the overlap region is used to make a symbol of the number "10" in a line that is narrower than the others.
如圖24b中所示,此方法亦可用於製造圖示影像元件之間間隙的窄型樣。六角形圖示區609可為方形或任何其他適當的形狀,以製造空間填充陣列,但六角形較佳。在此範例中,圖示的一半定型圖示影像610,而其一半為圖示影像611。理想地,該二型樣將極一致地分佈於圖示區之間。該些型樣的所有元件被描繪為實質上相等及一致的顏色密度。隔離中該二型樣未清楚地建議最後影像的形式,且其可用做安全元件-該影像在由其上透鏡陣列形成之前不明顯。顯示圖示元件610之合成影像與圖示元件611之合成影像的組合所形成合成影像612的例子,藉此個別合成影像之間所保持的間隙形成數字"10"。在此狀況下,二合成影像結合而形成最後合成影像,所以影像613之彩色的零件顯示50%顏色密度。本方法不限於此範例的內容:可使用三個圖示而非兩個,定義合成的合成影像中所需元件的間隙可具有可變的寬度及無限制的形狀種類,且此方法可與圖23、24a、b或25的方法,或吾人以提及的其他圖示影像設計方法相結合。As shown in Figure 24b, this method can also be used to create a narrow pattern of gaps between the illustrated image elements. The hexagonal illustrated area 609 can be square or any other suitable shape to create a space-filled array, but a hexagonal shape is preferred. In this example, half of the illustration is shown to image 610 and half of it is illustrated image 611. Ideally, the two types will be extremely uniformly distributed between the illustrated areas. All of the elements of these patterns are depicted as being substantially equal and consistent in color density. The second type in isolation does not clearly suggest the form of the final image, and it can be used as a security element - the image is not apparent until it is formed by the array of lenses thereon. An example of the composite image 612 formed by the combination of the composite image of the graphic element 610 and the composite image of the graphic element 611 is displayed, whereby the gap maintained between the individual synthetic images forms a number "10". In this case, the two synthetic images combine to form the final composite image, so the colored parts of the image 613 show a 50% color density. The method is not limited to the content of the example: three icons may be used instead of two, and the gaps of the required components in the synthesized synthetic image may be defined to have variable width and unlimited shape types, and the method can be combined with the figure. The method of 23, 24a, b or 25, or the combination of other graphic design methods mentioned by us.
隱蔽、隱藏資訊可併入無法於結果合成影像中看見的圖示影像。可使用隱藏於圖示影像的隱蔽資訊,例如進行物件的隱蔽鑑別。圖25描繪完成此作業的兩種方法。經由使用相符的圖示影像616及618而描繪第一方法。圖示影像616顯示固體邊緣型樣及包含於該邊緣內部的數字"42"。圖示影像618顯示具數字"42"的固體形狀,做為該形狀中圖形的孔洞。在此範例中,圖示影像616及618的周圍形狀實質上相同,且其個別圖示區634及636內的相對位置亦實質上相同。當合成的合成影像620係從該些圖示影像製造時,由於所有圖示影像具有相應區域中的型樣,合成的合成影像622之邊緣將顯示100%顏色密度,故從圖示影像616及618製造的合成影像中存在完全重疊。由於來自僅填充一半圖示區之圖示影像618的空間周圍的"42"的影像,及來自亦填充一半圖示區之圖示影像616的彩色的"42"的影像,合成的合成影像620之內部624的顏色密度將為50%。因此,"42"及其背景之間不存在色調不同,故所觀察之合成的合成影像626將顯示具有100%顏色密度邊緣628及50%顏色密度內部630的影像。隱蔽地呈現於所有圖示影像616及618中的"42"藉此被"抵消",且不能於所觀察之合成的合成影像626中看見。Concealed, hidden information can be incorporated into a pictorial image that cannot be seen in the resulting composite image. Concealed information hidden in the illustrated image can be used, for example, for covert identification of objects. Figure 25 depicts two ways to accomplish this. The first method is depicted by using matching graphical images 616 and 618. The illustrated image 616 shows the solid edge pattern and the number "42" contained within the edge. The illustrated image 618 displays a solid shape having the number "42" as a hole in the shape of the shape. In this example, the surrounding shapes of the illustrated images 616 and 618 are substantially the same, and the relative positions within the individual graphical regions 634 and 636 are also substantially the same. When the synthesized composite image 620 is manufactured from the illustrated images, since all of the illustrated images have patterns in the corresponding regions, the edges of the synthesized composite image 622 will display a 100% color density, so from the illustrated image 616 and There is a complete overlap in the synthetic images made by 618. The synthesized composite image 620 is due to a "42" image from the space surrounding the illustrated image 618 that fills only half of the illustrated area, and a "42" image from the color of the illustrated image 616 that also fills the half of the illustrated area. The color density of the interior 624 will be 50%. Thus, there is no difference in hue between "42" and its background, so the synthesized composite image 626 observed will show an image with a 100% color density edge 628 and a 50% color density interior 630. The "42" that is implicitly presented in all of the illustrated images 616 and 618 is thereby "offset" and cannot be seen in the synthesized composite image 626 that is observed.
藉圖25中三角形632描繪將隱蔽資訊併入圖示影像的第二方法。三角形632可任意地置於圖示區中(圖中未顯示),或其可置於實質上不符合圖示區634、632之期間的陣列或其他型樣中。合成影像係由微透鏡之相應規則的陣列所成像之規則陣列的圖示影像的多重性製造。實質上未相應於微透鏡陣列之期間的圖示平面型樣將不形成完整的合成影像。因而三角形632的型樣將不製造相干合成影像,且將不能於所觀察的合成影像626中見到。此方法不限於簡單的幾何設計,例如三角形632。例如字母與數字資訊、條碼、資料位元及大縮放型樣之其他隱蔽資訊,可藉本方法而併入圖示平面。A second method of incorporating covert information into the illustrated image is depicted by triangle 632 in FIG. The triangles 632 can be arbitrarily placed in the illustrated area (not shown), or they can be placed in an array or other pattern that does not substantially conform to the illustrated regions 634, 632. The composite image is produced by the multiplicity of the image of the regular array imaged by the corresponding regular array of microlenses. A graphic image pattern that does not substantially correspond to the period of the microlens array will not form a complete composite image. Thus the pattern of triangles 632 will not produce a coherent composite image and will not be seen in the observed composite image 626. This method is not limited to a simple geometric design, such as triangle 632. Other covert information such as alphanumeric information, bar codes, data bits, and large zoom patterns can be incorporated into the graphical plane by this method.
圖26描繪於一致材料中製造完全三維整體影像的一般方法(一致3-D)。單一圖示區640包含圖示影像642,其代表如圖示區640之有利位置所見將以3-D顯示之物件的縮放-歪曲檢視。在此狀況下,圖示影像642經設計而形成中空管674的合成影像670。圖示影像642具有代表中空管672之最近端674的前景訊框644、代表中空管672之角落676的疊錐形間隙型樣646、及代表中空管672之最遠端678的背景訊框648。可以見到圖示影像642中前景訊框644與背景訊框648的相對比例,未相應於合成影像中空管672之最近端674與最遠端678的比例。縮放之差異的原因在於進一步從一致材料之平面出現的影像歷經較大的放大,所以其圖示影像中尺寸必須減少以便提供放大的正確縮放而形成合成影像672。Figure 26 depicts a general method (consistent 3-D) for making a fully three-dimensional overall image in a consistent material. The single pictorial area 640 includes a pictorial image 642 that represents a zoom-distort view of the object to be displayed in 3-D as seen from the vantage point of the illustrated area 640. In this case, the illustrated image 642 is designed to form a composite image 670 of the hollow tube 674. The illustrated image 642 has a foreground frame 644 representing the proximal end 674 of the hollow tube 672, a stacked conical gap pattern 646 representing the corner 676 of the hollow tube 672, and a background representing the most distal end 678 of the hollow tube 672. Frame 648. The relative scale of the foreground frame 644 and the background frame 648 in the illustrated image 642 can be seen, not corresponding to the ratio of the most proximal end 674 to the farthest end 678 of the synthetic image hollow tube 672. The reason for the difference in zooming is that the image appearing further from the plane of the uniform material undergoes a large magnification, so the size of the illustrated image must be reduced to provide the correct scaling of the magnification to form the composite image 672.
吾人於一致3-D材料的不同位置發現圖示區650,其包括不同圖示影像652。如同圖示影像642,圖示影像652代表如圖示區650之不同有利位置所見之合成影像672的縮放-歪曲檢視。前景訊框654及背景訊框658的相對縮放類似於圖示影像642的相應元件(儘管此通常將不是真的),但背景訊框658的位置已偏移,連同角落型樣656的尺寸及方位。圖示區660被置於進一步遠離一致3-D材料,且其呈現又另一縮放-歪曲圖示影像662,包括具前景訊框664、疊錐形間隙型樣667及背景訊框668的圖示影像662。We have found a graphical area 650 at different locations of the consistent 3-D material that includes different graphical images 652. As with the illustrated image 642, the illustrated image 652 represents a zoom-speech view of the composite image 672 as seen at different vantage points of the illustrated region 650. The relative scaling of foreground frame 654 and background frame 658 is similar to the corresponding elements of illustrated image 642 (although this will generally not be true), but the position of background frame 658 has been offset, along with the size of corner pattern 656 and Orientation. The illustrated area 660 is placed further away from the consistent 3-D material, and it presents yet another zoom-distorted image 662, including a foreground frame 664, a stacked cone gap pattern 667, and a background frame 668. Image 662 is shown.
通常,一致3-D材料的每一圖示區中圖示影像將與其鄰近者略有不同,並與距離較遠者顯著地不同。可以見到圖示影像652代表圖示影像642與662之間的轉換階段。通常,一致3-D材料的每一圖示影像可以是獨特的,但每一將代表圖示影像至其另一面之間的轉換階段。Typically, the image shown in each of the graphical regions of a consistent 3-D material will be slightly different from its neighbors and significantly different from those farther away. It can be seen that the illustrated image 652 represents the transition phase between the illustrated images 642 and 662. Typically, each of the graphical images of a consistent 3-D material can be unique, but each will represent a transition phase between the illustrated image and its other side.
合成影像670係由如同圖示影像640、650及660之圖示影像的多重性所形成,做為經由相關透鏡陣列的合成成像。中空管674的合成影像顯示不同合成放大因子的效果,其源自於每一圖示影像之不同元件的有效重複期間。讓我們假設中空管影像674預期將視為超深影像。在此狀況下,若圖示區640配置距圖示區650的左下方一些距離,且圖示區660配置距圖示區650的右上方一些距離,可以見到前景訊框644、654及664的有效期間將小於背景訊框648、658及668的有效期間,藉以使該管的最近面676(相應於前景訊框644、654及664)置於較接近一致材料的平面,及使該管的最遠面678置於較深及進一步離開一致材料的平面,並經較大因子而放大。角落元件646、656及667符合前景及背景元件,而製造流暢地改變其間深度的效果。The composite image 670 is formed by the multiplicity of the image as shown in the illustrated images 640, 650, and 660 as a composite image through the associated lens array. The composite image of the hollow tube 674 shows the effect of different synthetic magnification factors resulting from the effective repetition period of the different elements of each of the illustrated images. Let us assume that the hollow tube image 674 is expected to be considered an ultra deep image. In this case, if the illustrated area 640 is disposed some distance from the lower left of the illustrated area 650, and the illustrated area 660 is disposed some distance from the upper right of the illustrated area 650, the foreground frames 644, 654 and 664 can be seen. The effective period will be less than the effective period of the background frames 648, 658 and 668, whereby the nearest face 676 of the tube (corresponding to the foreground frames 644, 654 and 664) is placed closer to the plane of the uniform material, and the tube is made The farthest face 678 is placed deeper and further away from the plane of the uniform material and magnified by a larger factor. The corner elements 646, 656 and 667 conform to the foreground and background elements, creating the effect of smoothly varying the depth therebetween.
圖27a-b更完整地描述一致3-D之圖示影像的設計方法。該圖隔離單一影像放映機680的方法。如先前所描述的,單一影像放映機包括一透鏡、一光學隔片及一圖示影像;該圖示影像具有實質上與該透鏡之重複期間相同的尺寸(允許製造一致視覺效果的小縮放差異)。透鏡及其相關圖示的視場顯示為圓錐形682:其亦相應於透鏡之焦點圓錐形的倒轉,所以視場圓錐形682的比例係由透鏡的F#決定。儘管該圖顯示該圓錐形為具有圓形的底座,但該底座的形狀將實際上與圖示區的形狀相同,例如六角形。Figures 27a-b more fully describe the design of a consistent 3-D graphical image. The figure isolates a single image projector 680. As previously described, a single image projector includes a lens, an optical spacer, and a pictorial image; the illustrated image has substantially the same dimensions as the repeat period of the lens (allowing for small zoom differences in producing consistent visual effects) . The field of view of the lens and its associated illustration is shown as a conical shape 682: which also corresponds to the inversion of the focal conic of the lens, so the ratio of the field of view conic 682 is determined by the F# of the lens. Although the figure shows that the conical shape has a circular base, the shape of the base will actually be the same as the shape of the illustrated area, such as a hexagon.
在此範例中,吾人希望製造一致3-D合成影像,其結合三不同超深影像平面684、690及692之相同視覺大小的三個"UNISON"字686、690及694的副本。影像平面684、688及692的直徑隨視場圓錐形而延伸:換言之,隨影像的深度增加,視場圓錐形所覆蓋的區域增加。因而最淺深度平面684的視場僅圍繞UNISON字的"NIS"部分,同時中間深度平面688圍繞"NIS"全部及"U"與"O"部分,且最深深度平面692圍繞幾乎全部的"UNISON",僅缺少最後的"N"部分。In this example, we would like to create a consistent 3-D synthetic image that combines copies of three "UNISON" words 686, 690, and 694 of the same visual size of three different super deep image planes 684, 690, and 692. The diameters of the image planes 684, 688, and 692 extend with the field of view conic: in other words, as the depth of the image increases, the area covered by the field conic increases. Thus the field of view of the shallowest depth plane 684 is only around the "NIS" portion of the UNISON word, while the intermediate depth plane 688 surrounds the "NIS" all and the "U" and "O" portions, and the deepest depth plane 692 surrounds almost all of the "UNISON" ", only the last "N" part is missing.
藉每一合成影像平面684、688及692呈現的資訊(UNISON 686、690及694)最後必須併入影像放映機680中的單一圖示影像。此係藉捕捉每一深度平面684、688及692之視場圓錐形686中資訊,接著將結果的圖示影像型樣縮放為相同尺寸。圖示影像696代表於深度平面684所見一致影像686的視場,圖示影像704代表於深度平面688所見一致影像690的視場,及圖示影像716代表於深度平面692所見一致影像694的視場。The information presented by each of the composite image planes 684, 688, and 692 (UNISON 686, 690, and 694) must ultimately be incorporated into a single graphical image in the image projector 680. This captures the information in the field conical 686 of each depth plane 684, 688, and 692, and then scales the resulting graphical image to the same size. The illustrated image 696 represents the field of view of the coincident image 686 as seen in the depth plane 684. The illustrated image 704 represents the field of view of the coincident image 690 as seen by the depth plane 688, and the illustrated image 716 represents the view of the consistent image 694 as seen by the depth plane 692. field.
在圖示影像696內,圖示影像元件698來自於UNISON影像686之第一個"N"的部分,圖示影像元件700來自於UNISON影像686之"I"的部分,及圖示影像元件702來自於UNISON影像686之"S"的部分。在圖示影像704內,圖示影像元件706來自於UNISON影像690之"U"的部分,圖示影像元件708來自於UNISON影像690之第一個"N"的部分,圖示影像元件710來自於UNISON影像690之"S"的部分,及圖示影像元件714來自於UNISON影像690之"O"的部分。請注意,儘管合成影像686、690及694以類似的縮放呈現,中間深度平面688的圖示影像704以較圖示影像696小的縮放呈現其UNISON字母。此考量圖示影像704將歷經的較高合成放大(當合成地結合相同深度平面之周圍的圖示影像的多重性時)。以類似的方式,圖示影像716結合來自於UNISON影像694的圖示影像元件718,且併入其圖示影像的UNISON字母將進一步減少縮放。In the illustrated image 696, the illustrated image element 698 is from the first "N" portion of the UNISON image 686, the portion of the image element 700 from the "I" of the UNISON image 686, and the illustrated image element 702. The part from the "S" of the UNISON image 686. In the illustrated image 704, the image element 706 is shown as part of the "U" of the UNISON image 690. The image element 708 is shown from the first "N" portion of the UNISON image 690, and the image element 710 is shown. The portion of the "S" of the UNISON image 690, and the portion of the illustrated image element 714 from the "O" of the UNISON image 690. Note that although the composite images 686, 690, and 694 are rendered in a similar zoom, the illustrated image 704 of the intermediate depth plane 688 presents its UNISON letter with a smaller zoom than the illustrated image 696. This consideration illustrates that the image 704 will be magnified by the higher synthesis (when combined with the multiplicity of the illustrated image around the same depth plane). In a similar manner, the illustrated image 716 incorporates the illustrated image element 718 from the UNISON image 694, and incorporating the UNISON letter of its illustrated image will further reduce scaling.
如圖28中所示,影像放映機的最後圖示影像係藉結合該些三圖示影像696、704及716至單一圖示影像730而製造。結合的圖示元件732結合影像放映機680所需的所有圖形及深度資訊,使其促成由影像放映機之多重性形成的合成影像,每一結合源自於其本身視場圓錐形之相交並集中在影像放映機的特定圖示影像資訊,與將產生之合成影像的位準與元件。由於每一影像放映機係以至少來自於每一其他影像放映機的一透鏡重複期間替換,每一影像放映機將攜帶源於具合成影像空間之其視場圓錐形之相交的不同資訊。As shown in FIG. 28, the last image of the image projector is produced by combining the three illustrated images 696, 704, and 716 to a single image 730. The combined graphic element 732 combines all of the graphics and depth information required by the image projector 680 to cause a composite image formed by the multiplicity of the image projector, each combination originating from its own field of view conical intersection and concentrated The specific image information of the image projector and the level and components of the composite image to be produced. Since each image projector is replaced with a lens repeat period from at least each of the other image projectors, each image projector will carry different information originating from the intersection of its field of view cones having a composite image space.
呈現所選擇3-D影像所需每一圖示影像可由下列資料加以計算:合成影像之三維數位模型的知識、將呈現於合成影像中所需的深度位置及深度範圍、透鏡重複期間、透鏡視場及圖示影像的最終圖形的解析度。後面的因子置上限於細節的位準上,其可呈現於每一深度平面。由於進一步源於一致材料之平面的深度平面攜帶大量的資訊(由於增加的視場),圖示之圖形的解析度限制具有該些合成影像深度平面之解析度的最大影響。Each graphic image required to present the selected 3-D image can be calculated from the following data: knowledge of the three-dimensional digital model of the synthesized image, depth position and depth range required to be presented in the composite image, lens repeat period, lens view The resolution of the final graphics of the field and the image. The latter factor is placed on a level that is limited to detail, which can be presented in each depth plane. Since the depth plane further derived from the plane of the uniform material carries a large amount of information (due to the increased field of view), the resolution of the graphical representation of the graph has the greatest influence on the resolution of the composite image depth plane.
圖29描繪圖27a-b的方法如何能應用於複雜的三維合成影像,例如無價的冰河時期雕刻毛象象牙藝品Brassempouy小姐742。個別影像放映機738結合至少一透鏡、一光學間隔元件及一圖示影像(圖中未顯示),並置於隔離浮動合成影像空間與深合成影像空間之一致材料的平面740中。在本範例中,合成影像空間涵蓋一致材料,使得部分影像置於浮動合成影像空間及部分置於深合成影像空間。影像放映機738具有實質上圓錐形的視場其延伸進入深合成影像空間744及浮動合成影像空間746。深影像平面的選擇編號為748及752-762,並以獲得所需深合成影像空間解析度之必須為間隔。同樣地,浮動影像平面的選擇編號為750及764-774,並以獲得所需浮動合成影像空間解析度之必須為間隔。一些該些平面,例如深平面748及浮動平面750將延伸超出合成影像,且將不促成圖示影像中的最後資訊。為求清晰,圖29中所顯示影像平面的數量限制為少量,但實際選擇的影像平面之數量可以多,例如50或10個平面,或更多,以獲得所需的合成影像深度解析度。Figure 29 depicts how the method of Figures 27a-b can be applied to complex three-dimensional synthetic images, such as the invaluable ice age engraving mammoth ivory art, Miss Brassemouy 742. The individual image projectors 738 incorporate at least one lens, an optical spacer element, and a pictorial image (not shown) and are placed in a plane 740 that isolates the uniform material of the floating synthetic image space from the deep synthetic image space. In this example, the synthetic image space encompasses a consistent material such that part of the image is placed in the floating synthetic image space and partially placed in the deep synthetic image space. The image projector 738 has a substantially conical field of view that extends into the deep synthetic image space 744 and the floating synthetic image space 746. The depth image planes are numbered 748 and 752-762, and must be spaced to obtain the spatial resolution of the desired deep synthetic image. Similarly, the floating image planes are numbered 750 and 764-774, and must be spaced to obtain the spatial resolution of the desired floating composite image. Some of these planes, such as deep plane 748 and floating plane 750, will extend beyond the composite image and will not contribute to the final information in the illustrated image. For clarity, the number of image planes shown in Figure 29 is limited to a small amount, but the number of actually selected image planes can be many, such as 50 or 10 planes, or more, to achieve the desired composite image depth resolution.
接著應用圖27a-b及28的方法,以經由選擇的深度平面756-774判斷物件742之表面的相交的形狀,而獲得每一深度平面的圖示影像。結果的個別圖示影像縮放為結合的圖示影像之最後大小。所有浮動圖示影像首先旋轉180度(因為當其投射時再次經歷該旋轉,藉此使其回到合成影像中正確方位),接著與深圖示影像結合,以形成影像放映機738的最後圖示影像。影像放映機的每一位置均重複此過程,以獲得形成全合成影像742所需之圖示影像的完整型樣。The method of Figures 27a-b and 28 is then applied to determine the intersecting shape of the surface of object 742 via selected depth planes 756-774 to obtain a pictorial image of each depth plane. The resulting individual graphical image is scaled to the final size of the combined graphical image. All floating graphic images are first rotated 180 degrees (because the rotation is again experienced when it is projected, thereby returning it to the correct orientation in the composite image), and then combined with the deep graphic image to form the final representation of the image projector 738. image. This process is repeated at each location of the image projector to obtain a complete image of the graphical image required to form a fully synthetic image 742.
合成影像的解析度取決於光學放映機的解析度及圖示影像的解析度。吾人已獲得小於0.1微米之圖示影像圖形的解析度,其超出放大光學的理論光學解析度(0.2微米)。典型的圖示影像係以0.25微米的解析度製造。The resolution of the synthesized image depends on the resolution of the optical projector and the resolution of the illustrated image. We have obtained a resolution of a pictorial image of less than 0.1 micron, which exceeds the theoretical optical resolution (0.2 micron) of the magnifying optics. A typical graphical image is manufactured with a resolution of 0.25 microns.
一致材料可經使用分別結合透鏡及圖示微結構之單片或成捲處理而予製造。透鏡工具及圖示工具均源自於使用光遮罩及光阻方法。Consistent materials can be fabricated using monolithic or roll processing in conjunction with lenses and illustrated microstructures, respectively. Lens tools and graphic tools are derived from the use of light masks and photoresist methods.
透鏡工具最初設計為半導體型遮罩,典型地為玻璃上黑鉻。具有足夠解析度的遮罩可藉照相縮版、電子束寫入或雷射寫入而予製造。透鏡工具的典型遮罩將以例如30微米之選擇的期間結合不透明的六角形之重複型樣,其以清楚的線區隔小於2微米寬的六角形。該遮罩接著用於暴露光阻於使用傳統半導體UV曝光系統的玻璃板上。該抗蝕劑的厚度經選擇而獲得透鏡的所需凹陷。例如,5微米厚度的AZ 4620正光阻經由適當機構而包覆玻璃板,例如藉旋轉包覆、浸泡包覆、新月形包覆或噴塗,而形成具有名義上30微米重複及名義上35微米焦距的透鏡。該光阻以該遮罩型樣曝光,並以傳統方式向下顯影至玻璃,接著於100℃下乾燥及排氣達30分鐘。透鏡係依據本技藝已知的標準方法,經熱回流而予形成。結果的光阻微透鏡包覆傳導金屬,例如金或銀,及藉電鑄製造的負鍍鎳工具。The lens tool was originally designed as a semiconductor type mask, typically black chrome on glass. A mask with sufficient resolution can be fabricated by photo reduction, electron beam writing or laser writing. A typical mask of a lens tool will incorporate a repeating pattern of opaque hexagons with a selected period of, for example, 30 microns, which is separated by a hexagon having a clear line that is less than 2 microns wide. The mask is then used to expose the photoresist to a glass plate using a conventional semiconductor UV exposure system. The thickness of the resist is selected to obtain the desired depression of the lens. For example, a 5 micron thick AZ 4620 positive photoresist is coated with a glass plate via a suitable mechanism, such as by spin coating, immersion coating, crescent coating or spray coating, to form a nominal 30 micron repeat and nominally 35 microns. A focal length lens. The photoresist was exposed in the mask pattern and developed down to the glass in a conventional manner, followed by drying and evacuating at 100 ° C for 30 minutes. The lens is formed by thermal reflow according to standard methods known in the art. The resulting photoresist microlens coats a conductive metal, such as gold or silver, and a negative nickel plating tool made by electroforming.
圖示工具係以類似的方法製造。圖示型樣典型地以CAD軟體的協助而設計,且該設計被傳輸至半導體遮罩廠商。該遮罩以類似的方式用於透鏡遮罩,除了將曝光之抗蝕劑的厚度依據所需合成影像的光學密度而典型地處於0.5微米至8微米的範圍外。該光阻以該遮罩型樣曝光,並以傳統方式向下顯影至玻璃,以傳導金屬及藉電鑄製造的負鍍鎳工具包覆。依據原始遮罩設計的選擇,及所使用抗蝕劑類型(正或負)的選擇,可以抗蝕劑型樣中空隙的形式而製造圖示,或其可以抗蝕劑型樣"平台"或柱狀的形式製造,或二者皆然。The illustrated tools are manufactured in a similar manner. The graphic design is typically designed with the aid of CAD software and the design is transmitted to the semiconductor mask manufacturer. The mask is used in a similar manner for the lens mask except that the thickness of the exposed resist is typically outside the range of 0.5 microns to 8 microns depending on the optical density of the desired composite image. The photoresist is exposed in the mask pattern and developed down to the glass in a conventional manner, coated with a conductive metal and a negative nickel plating tool fabricated by electroforming. Depending on the choice of original mask design and the choice of resist type (positive or negative), the illustration can be made in the form of voids in the resist pattern, or it can be a resist pattern "platform" or column Form of manufacture, or both.
一致材料可以微光學及微結構複製之技藝中已知的各式材料及多重性方法製造,包括擠壓凸版、輻射固化澆鑄、軟凸版及注入鑄模、反應注入鑄模及反應澆鑄。製造的示範方法為形成該圖示做為輻射固化液體聚合物中空隙,其係針對底座膜澆鑄,例如75 gage附著促進PET膜,接著從正確校正或相對於該圖示偏斜之底座膜背面上輻射固化聚合物形成透鏡,接著以凹版印刷型刮墨刀針對膜表面將次微米顆粒著色的著色材料填充圖示空隙,藉適當機構(例如溶劑移除、輻射固化或化學反應)固化該填充,最後應用選擇的密封層,其可為透明的、染色的、著色的或結合隱蔽安全的材料。Consistent materials can be fabricated from a variety of materials and multiplicity methods known in the art of micro-optical and microstructure replication, including extrusion relief, radiation-cured casting, soft relief and injection molding, reactive injection molding, and reactive casting. An exemplary method of manufacture is to form the illustration as a void in a radiation curable liquid polymer that is cast against a base film, such as a 75 gage adhesion promoting PET film, followed by a back surface of the base film that is properly corrected or deflected relative to the graphic The radiation curable polymer forms a lens, and then the coloring material that stains the submicron particles against the film surface is filled with the illustrated voids by a gravure type doctor blade, and the filling is cured by a suitable mechanism such as solvent removal, radiation curing or chemical reaction. Finally, the selected sealing layer can be applied, which can be transparent, dyed, colored or combined with a concealed safety material.
一致移動材料的製造需要圖示工具及透鏡工具結合二陣列之對稱軸的不重合角度。圖示及透鏡型樣之對稱軸的不重合控制產生的材料中合成影像尺寸及合成影像旋轉。其通常需要提供合成影像實質上與成捲方向或相交成捲方向的校正,及在其他狀況下透鏡型樣及圖示型樣之間圖示及透鏡的總角度不重合被均等地劃分。所需角度不重合的角度通常極小。例如,0.3度等級的總角度不重合適於將一致移動材料中30微米圖示影像放大為5.7 mm的大小。在此範例中,總角度不重合於二工具之間被均等地劃分,所以每一工具以二工具的相同方向偏斜為0.15度的角度。由於工具於底座膜的背面形成微結構,所以係沿相同方向偏斜,使得工具的偏斜彼此加成而非彼此抵消。The fabrication of a uniformly moving material requires the illustrated tool and lens tool to combine the misalignment angles of the symmetry axes of the two arrays. The composite image size and composite image rotation in the material resulting from the misalignment control of the symmetry axis of the illustration and lens pattern. It is generally necessary to provide a correction in which the synthetic image substantially intersects the winding direction or the winding direction, and in other cases, the illustration between the lens pattern and the graphic pattern and the total angle of the lens are not coincidently divided. Angles at which the desired angles do not coincide are usually extremely small. For example, a total angle of 0.3 degrees is not critical for magnifying a 30 micron image in a consistent moving material to a size of 5.7 mm. In this example, the total angle does not coincide with the equal division between the two tools, so each tool is deflected by an angle of 0.15 degrees in the same direction of the two tools. Since the tool forms a microstructure on the back side of the base film, the lines are deflected in the same direction, so that the deflections of the tools are added to each other rather than cancel each other.
偏斜可於遮罩的原始設計時,藉旋轉整個型樣達寫入之前所需角度而併入工具。偏斜亦可藉數值控制的銑床切割為適當角度而機械地併入平坦的鍍鎳工具。該偏斜的工具接著使用偏斜切割邊緣形成為圓柱形工具,以校正該工具與壓印圓筒的旋轉軸線。The skew can be incorporated into the tool during the original design of the mask by rotating the entire pattern to the desired angle before writing. Skew can also be mechanically incorporated into a flat nickel plating tool by cutting the numerically controlled milling machine to the proper angle. The deflected tool is then formed into a cylindrical tool using the deflected cutting edge to correct the axis of rotation of the tool and the impression cylinder.
此中合成放大微光學系統可與其餘特徵結合,包括但不限於單一元件或各式組合的該些實施例,例如圖示填充材料,背面包覆、頂部包覆、定型及非定型的、透鏡、光學隔片或圖示材料中填充或內含物,如同層壓或包覆。墨水及/或膠黏劑包括正或負材料之形式中的水、溶劑或輻射固化、光學透明的、半透明的或不透明的、著色的或染色的指標,包覆或印刷包括但不限於墨水、金屬、螢光的或磁性材料、X射線、紅外線或紫外線吸收劑或發射材料,磁性及非磁性金屬包括鋁鍍鎳、鉻、銀及金;用於檢測或資訊儲存的磁性包覆及顆粒;如同包覆及顆粒之螢光的染料及顏料;IR螢光的包覆、填充、染料或顆粒;UV螢光的包覆、填充、染料或顆粒;磷光的染料及顏料,如同包覆及顆粒、乩板、DNA、RNA或其他大分子炸藥添加劑、二色性纖維、放射性同位素、印刷容納包覆、塗料、或底漆、化學反應材料、微包膠配料、視場所及材料、傳導顆粒及金屬製的及非金屬製的包覆,微穿孔孔洞、彩色的執行緒或纖維、一致嵌入文件表面、標籤或材料表面的貼片,結合紙或聚合物做為黏附製造期間之紙的載子,螢光的二色性執行緒或顆粒、拉曼散射包覆或顆粒、顏色轉移包覆或顆粒、一致層壓紙、紙板、硬紙板、塑膠、陶製品、毛線或金屬基底,Usion例如執行緒、貼片、標籤、覆蓋包覆、熱戳記箔或易撕帶、全像攝影、繞射、繞射kinegram、等值線、攝影或折射光學元件、液晶材料、上轉換及下轉換材料。The synthetic magnifying micro-optic system can be combined with other features including, but not limited to, a single element or a combination of various embodiments, such as a filler material, backside cladding, top cladding, styling and non-styling, lens Filling or inclusions in the optical spacer or graphic material, as if laminated or coated. Ink and/or adhesives include water, solvent or radiation cured, optically clear, translucent or opaque, colored or dyed indicators in the form of positive or negative materials, including but not limited to inks. , metal, fluorescent or magnetic materials, X-ray, infrared or UV absorbers or emission materials, magnetic and non-magnetic metals including aluminum nickel, chromium, silver and gold; magnetic coatings and particles for inspection or information storage Dyes and pigments like fluorescent coatings and particles; coatings, fillings, dyes or granules of IR fluorescing; coating, filling, dyes or granules of UV fluorescing; phosphorescent dyes and pigments, like coatings and Particles, rafts, DNA, RNA or other macromolecular explosive additives, dichroic fibers, radioisotopes, printing containment coatings, coatings or primers, chemically reactive materials, microencapsulated ingredients, sites and materials, conductive particles And metal and non-metal cladding, micro-perforated holes, colored threads or fibers, patches that are consistently embedded in the surface of the document, label or material surface, bonded with paper or polymer Paper carrier during manufacture, fluorescent dichroic thread or granules, Raman scattering coating or granules, color transfer coating or granules, uniform laminated paper, cardboard, cardboard, plastic, ceramics, wool Or metal substrate, such as threads, patches, labels, cover wraps, thermal stamp foils or tear strips, holographic photography, diffraction, diffraction kinegrams, contours, photographic or refractive optics, liquid crystal materials, Upconverting and downconverting materials.
雖然影像圖示組件已詳細地結合聚焦元件的上述陣列,影像圖示組件可用於提供其他應用的影像"印刷"。例如,圖34為具微結構圖示元件之材料的實施例之圖示層821的截面,例如微結構圖示元件的陣列。所顯示的圖示層821可構成本合成放大微光學影像投射系統、波紋放大系統的圖示層、"鎖匙及金鑰"波紋放大系統的圖示層(如下述)、微影像或有效"微印刷"的獨立層、微圓柱形雙凸透鏡狀影像膜系統的圖示層、或另一微光學系統的影像或圖示層。While the image capture assembly has been combined in detail with the above array of focusing elements, the image display assembly can be used to provide image "printing" for other applications. For example, Figure 34 is a cross section of an illustrated layer 821 of an embodiment of a material having microstructured elements, such as an array of microstructured elements. The illustrated graphic layer 821 may constitute the illustrated layer of the synthetic magnified micro-optical image projection system, the corrugated amplification system, the graphical layer of the "key and key" corrugated amplification system (as described below), micro-image or effective "micro" Printed as a separate layer, a patterned layer of a microcylindrical lenticular image film system, or an image or graphic layer of another micro-optical system.
圖示層821可為獨立式或選擇地裝備於基底820或透明基底820上(若圖示層構成波紋放大系統中元件,其中圖示層821經由透明基底820而光學耦合至微透鏡陣列,便需為後者)。選擇的基底或透明基底820支撐或與圖示層821接觸,後者結合可做為圖示影像之元件的各式微結構。微結構圖示元件可形成為凹處或材料層中凸起的區域,例如圖示層821,或位於基底中。微結構圖示影像元件可採用各式形式及幾何,包括但不限於非對稱空隙型樣822、對稱空隙型樣823、光線陷阱型樣824、全像攝影表面凸版印刷型樣825、通用繞射表面凸版印刷型樣826、二元結構型樣827、"二元光學儀器"、"結構顏色"及一般階梯形凸版印刷型樣828、隨機粗糙及虛擬隨機粗糙型樣829、名義平坦表面型樣830及凹面831與凸面832型樣(如圖所示,從圖示層下端所檢視)。The illustrated layer 821 can be independently or alternatively mounted on the substrate 820 or the transparent substrate 820 (if the layers illustrated form an element in a corrugated amplification system in which the illustrated layer 821 is optically coupled to the microlens array via the transparent substrate 820, Need to be the latter). The selected substrate or transparent substrate 820 is supported or in contact with the illustrated layer 821, which incorporates various microstructures that can be used as elements of the illustrated image. The microstructured graphic element can be formed as a recessed or raised area in the material layer, such as the illustrated layer 821, or in the substrate. The microstructured image elements can take a variety of forms and geometries including, but not limited to, asymmetric void pattern 822, symmetric void pattern 823, light trap pattern 824, holographic photographic surface relief pattern 825, general diffraction Surface relief printing pattern 826, binary structure pattern 827, "binary optical instrument", "structural color" and general stepped relief printing pattern 828, random rough and virtual random rough pattern 829, nominal flat surface pattern 830 and concave surface 831 and convex surface 832 (as shown in the figure, viewed from the lower end of the illustrated layer).
圖示層821可結合同質微結構的陣列或型樣,例如,僅非對稱空隙型樣822。另一方面,圖示層821可結合二或更多微結構實施例822-832的陣列或型樣。該微結構做為可形成於共同形成影像之微結構圖示元件之陣列中的圖示元件,類似於形成傳統印刷影像之畫素的群組或陣列。例如,可製造具有微結構圖示元件之陣列的系統,該微結構圖示元件之陣列可與上述聚焦元件的陣列結合,其中該二陣列相符以形成可或不可放大的合成光學影像。亦可製造具有微結構圖示元件之陣列的系統,該微結構圖示元件之陣列共同地形成預期以放大檢視的"微印刷"影像,例如經由放大鏡或顯微鏡之助而檢視。The illustrated layer 821 can incorporate an array or pattern of homogenous microstructures, such as only the asymmetric void pattern 822. In another aspect, the illustrated layer 821 can incorporate an array or pattern of two or more microstructure embodiments 822-832. The microstructures are illustrated elements that can be formed in an array of microstructured graphic elements that together form an image, similar to a group or array of pixels that form a conventional printed image. For example, a system having an array of microstructured elements can be fabricated, the array of microstructured elements being combinable with an array of the above-described focusing elements, wherein the two arrays conform to form a synthetic optical image that is or can not be magnified. It is also possible to fabricate a system having an array of microstructured graphic elements that collectively form a "microprinted" image that is intended to be magnified for viewing, for example, with the aid of a magnifying glass or microscope.
圖34的微結構圖示元件822-832可經設計而呈現其零件內及其零件與當圖示元件浸入或接觸真空、氣體(包括混合氣體,例如空氣)、液體或固體時圖示層821之周圍非結構區域之間的光學對比。該光學對比可經由折射、總內部反射、表面反射、散射、部分極化、極化、光學旋轉、衍射、光學干擾及其他光學效果而予提升。The microstructured graphical elements 822-832 of Figure 34 can be designed to present within the part and its parts and the illustrated layer 821 when the illustrated element is immersed or contacted with vacuum, gas (including mixed gases such as air), liquid or solids. Optical contrast between the surrounding non-structural areas. This optical contrast can be enhanced by refraction, total internal reflection, surface reflection, scattering, partial polarization, polarization, optical rotation, diffraction, optical interference, and other optical effects.
圖35為一截面圖,描繪結合多個微結構圖示影像元件實施例之包覆的圖示層777。圖示層777類似於圖34的圖示層821,且亦可為獨立式或選擇地裝備於基底775或透明基底775。所描繪圖示元件實施例可包括圖34中型樣,包括非對稱空隙型樣779、對稱空隙型樣781、光線陷阱型樣783、全像攝影表面凸版印刷型樣785、通用繞射表面凸版印刷型樣787、二元結構型樣789、"二元光學儀器"、"結構顏色"及一般階梯形凸版印刷型樣791、隨機粗糙及虛擬隨機粗糙型樣795、名義平坦表面型樣797及凹面799與凸面801型樣(如圖所示,從圖示層下端所檢視)。35 is a cross-sectional view depicting a patterned layer 777 of a coating of an embodiment of an image element in combination with a plurality of microstructures. The illustrated layer 777 is similar to the illustrated layer 821 of FIG. 34 and may also be independently or alternatively provided to the substrate 775 or the transparent substrate 775. The illustrated embodiment of the illustrated component can include the pattern of FIG. 34, including an asymmetric void pattern 779, a symmetric void pattern 781, a light trap pattern 783, a holographic photographic surface relief pattern 785, and a universal diffraction surface relief printing. Model 787, binary structure type 789, "binary optical instrument", "structural color" and general stepped relief printing pattern 791, random rough and virtual random rough pattern 795, nominal flat surface pattern 797 and concave surface Model 799 and convex 801 (as shown in the figure, viewed from the lower end of the layer shown).
微結構圖示影像元件係使用任一上述微結構圖示影像元件工具及方法而形成於圖示層中。The microstructured image element is formed in the illustrated layer using any of the microstructured image element tools and methods described above.
任一圖示元件微結構可以保角的、非保角的及/或指向性包覆材料793包覆。Any of the illustrated component microstructures may be covered by a conformal, non-conformal and/or directional cladding material 793.
包覆材料793可為保角的、非保角的、連續的、非連續的、定型的、非定型的、指向的,或其可具有不同於圖示層777或其組合的屬性或材料。包覆材料793的型樣可提供圖示影像元件,其可與微結構影像元件型樣相符,或獨立於微結構影像元件型樣,或二者皆然。包覆材料793可為定型的以於圖示層777的表面裝備圖示影像元件,不論圖示層777是否結合任一微結構型樣。不論定型的或非定型的包覆材料793均不需覆蓋圖示層777的整個表面。該包覆材料僅可應用於圖示層777的選擇部分。The cladding material 793 can be conformal, non-conformal, continuous, non-continuous, shaped, unshaped, pointed, or it can have properties or materials other than the illustrated layer 777 or a combination thereof. The pattern of cladding material 793 can provide a graphic image element that conforms to the microstructured image element pattern, or is independent of the microstructured image element type, or both. The cladding material 793 can be shaped to equip the surface of the illustrated layer 777 with the illustrated image elements, whether or not the layer 777 is shown to incorporate any of the microstructured features. Neither the shaped or unshaped cladding material 793 need to cover the entire surface of the illustrated layer 777. This cladding material is only applicable to selected portions of the illustrated layer 777.
例如,圖示影像元件可藉製造一型樣去金屬化鋁層,做為不具任何微結構之聚酯圖示層的區域中聚酯圖示層(如圖示層777的一範例)上包覆材料(如包覆材料793的一範例)而形成(例如下述圖40中所描繪的)。在此範例中,型樣去金屬化鋁層提供不使用圖示層上微結構表面的圖示影像。該型樣去金屬化鋁層亦可用於結合該聚酯圖示層之另一區域中微結構圖示影像元件。該型樣去金屬化鋁層可與微結構圖示影像元件相符,使得其預定的出現藉該型樣去金屬化鋁層而增強,或藉該型樣去金屬化鋁層所提供之圖示影像可獨立於圖示層微結構圖示影像元件,使得該型樣去金屬化鋁層圖示影像用於製造一合成影像,同時該微結構圖示影像元件用於製造一第二合成影像。For example, the illustrated image element can be fabricated by de-metallizing the aluminum layer as a polyester graphic layer (as an example of the illustrated layer 777) in the region of the polyester graphic layer without any microstructure. A coating material (such as an example of cladding material 793) is formed (e.g., as depicted in Figure 40 below). In this example, the pattern demetallized aluminum layer provides a pictorial image that does not use the microstructured surface on the illustrated layer. The patterned metallized aluminum layer can also be used to bond the microstructured image elements in another region of the polyester graphic layer. The patterned metallized aluminum layer conforms to the microstructured image element such that its intended appearance is enhanced by the metallization of the aluminum layer by the pattern, or the graphic provided by the metallization of the aluminum layer by the pattern The image can be imaged independently of the illustrated layer microstructure such that the patterned metallized aluminum layer image is used to create a composite image while the microstructured image element is used to fabricate a second composite image.
微結構圖示影像元件及定型的圖示層包覆二者可用於形成正影像或負影像(亦參照下列圖40),使得任一該些影像元件可呈現選擇的"前景"屬性或選擇的"背景"屬性,同時周圍的區域呈現上述二屬性中未呈現的一個。因而圖示影像元件可用於形成垂直影像或顏色相反的影像,及相應地垂直合成影像或顏色相反的合成影像。Both the microstructured image element and the patterned layer coating can be used to form a positive or negative image (see also Figure 40 below) such that any of the image elements can exhibit a selected "foreground" attribute or selection. The "background" attribute, while the surrounding area renders one of the above two attributes that are not rendered. Thus, the illustrated image elements can be used to form vertical images or images of opposite colors, and correspondingly vertically composite images or synthetic images of opposite colors.
有關一範例,任一該些圖示影像元件方法可用於提供影像(例如貨幣面額-"50"),其為不透明的或為相對於透明的背景或第二顏色之背景的第一顏色,同時在圖示層777的不同區域中,著色型樣可為相反的,使得該影像為透明的或第二顏色,同時該背景為不透明的或第一顏色。For an example, any of the illustrated image element methods can be used to provide an image (eg, currency denomination - "50") that is opaque or a first color relative to a transparent background or a background of a second color, while In different regions of the illustrated layer 777, the colored pattern can be reversed such that the image is transparent or a second color while the background is opaque or the first color.
雖然本發明的任一及所有圖示影像元件實施例可用做波紋放大系統的元件,其亦可僅用做廣泛應用的超高解析度微印刷。本主題發明之圖示影像元件方法可用於製造微印刷,其用於緊實資訊儲存,用於隱蔽貨幣、文件、包裝及製造之物件的識別,用於貨幣、文件、包裝及製造之物件的條碼及數位標籤,及用於可受惠於超高解析度印刷或資訊標籤的所有應用。在本實施例中,提供共同地形成影像之微結構圖示元件的型樣或陣列,或提供需要放大檢視的某些資訊。While any and all of the illustrated image element embodiments of the present invention can be used as components of a corrugated amplification system, they can be used only for ultra-high resolution micro-printing for a wide range of applications. The illustrated image component method of the subject invention can be used to fabricate microprints for compact information storage for the identification of hidden money, documents, packaging and manufactured objects for use in currency, documents, packaging and manufacturing. Barcode and digital tags, and for all applications that benefit from ultra-high resolution printing or information tags. In this embodiment, a pattern or array of microstructured graphical elements that collectively form an image is provided, or some information that requires magnification viewing is provided.
圖36a、b呈現經由一材料之圖示層836的截面,該材料具有附加包覆材料層838及840之類似於圖34及35中的微結構圖示影像元件組。所顯示的圖示層836可構成波紋放大系統的圖示層、"鎖匙及金鑰"波紋放大系統的圖示層(如下述)、微影像或有效"微印刷"的獨立層、微圓柱形雙凸透鏡狀影像膜的圖示層、或另一微光學系統的圖示層。Figures 36a, b present a cross-section through a patterned layer 836 of a material having additional layers of cladding material 838 and 840 similar to the microstructured image elements of Figures 34 and 35. The illustrated layer 836 can be formed as a graphical layer of a corrugated magnification system, a graphical layer of a "key and key" corrugated amplification system (as described below), a microimage or an effective "microprinting" of separate layers, microcylindrical A layer of the lenticular image film, or a layer of another micro-optical system.
圖示層836可為獨立式或可選擇地裝備於基底834或透明基底834上。選擇的基底或透明基底834支撐或與結合可獨立或組合而做為圖示影像之元件的各式微結構的圖示層836接觸。微結構圖示影像元件可採用廣泛的形式或幾何,包括但不限於相應於圖34之實施例的實施例844-864。The illustrated layer 836 can be self-contained or alternatively mounted on the substrate 834 or the transparent substrate 834. The selected substrate or transparent substrate 834 is supported or in contact with a patterned layer 836 of various microstructures that can be combined as an element of the illustrated image, either alone or in combination. The microstructured image elements can take a wide variety of forms or geometries including, but not limited to, embodiments 844-864 corresponding to the embodiment of FIG.
如圖36a中所描繪的,具有微結構圖示元件844-856的圖示層836顯示為以層壓膠黏劑838被層壓至可以基底或透明的基底842支撐的包覆材料層840。層壓膠黏劑838首先可應用於圖示層836,接著被帶入與包覆材料層838接觸,如同微結構圖示元件844及846所示層壓膠黏劑中間隙所表示,或層壓膠黏劑838首先亦可或取代而應用於包覆材料層840,接著被帶入與圖示層836接觸,如同微結構圖示影像元件848-856所示層壓膠黏劑838中連續層所表示。As depicted in Figure 36a, the illustrated layer 836 having microstructured graphic elements 844-856 is shown laminated with a layer of adhesive material 840 that is laminated to a substrate or transparent substrate 842 that can be supported by a layer of adhesive 838. The laminate adhesive 838 can first be applied to the illustrated layer 836 and then brought into contact with the cladding material layer 838 as indicated by the gaps in the laminate adhesive as shown by the microstructured graphic elements 844 and 846, or layers The pressure-sensitive adhesive 838 may first or alternatively be applied to the cladding material layer 840 and then brought into contact with the illustrated layer 836 as continuous in the laminating adhesive 838 as shown by the microstructured image elements 848-856. Indicated by the layer.
在本實施例中,包覆材料層840緊密接近或接觸微結構圖示影像元件844-856。該包覆層類似於圖34的包覆層793,並可具有與包覆層793相關描述的效果。In this embodiment, the cladding material layer 840 is in close proximity to or in contact with the microstructured image elements 844-856. The cladding layer is similar to the cladding layer 793 of FIG. 34 and may have the effects described in connection with the cladding layer 793.
在圖36b中,顯示具有微結構圖示影像元件858-864之圖示層837的截面,其顯示為使用層壓膠黏劑839而層壓至具有包覆材料層841的層壓基底843。雖然層壓膠黏劑839顯示為已應用至圖示層837,且接著被帶入與層壓基底843接觸,但應理解的是層壓膠黏劑839首先亦可或取代而應用於層壓基底843,接著被帶入與圖示層837接觸。In Fig. 36b, a cross section of a patterned layer 837 having microstructured image elements 858-864 is shown, which is shown laminated to a laminate substrate 843 having a cladding material layer 841 using a laminate adhesive 839. Although the laminate adhesive 839 is shown as having been applied to the illustrated layer 837 and then brought into contact with the laminate substrate 843, it should be understood that the laminate adhesive 839 may first or alternatively be applied to the laminate. Substrate 843 is then brought into contact with layer 837 as shown.
在本實施例中,包覆材料層841藉層壓基底843而與圖示層837隔離。包覆層841可為先前所列用於包覆層840及793的任一材料。In the present embodiment, the cladding material layer 841 is isolated from the illustrated layer 837 by laminating the substrate 843. The cover layer 841 can be any of the materials previously listed for the cladding layers 840 and 793.
當微結構圖示影像元件844-864顯示於圖36a中做為非填充的時,至少一部分微結構圖示影像元件844-864可以圖示填充材料而選擇地填充,或於層壓之前以保角的、非保角的或指向性包覆材料包覆。該微結構圖示元件不需完全填充。當為填充的時,其僅可部分填充,或為填充的部分。When the microstructured image elements 844-864 are shown as being unfilled in FIG. 36a, at least a portion of the microstructured image elements 844-864 may be selectively filled with a fill material, or prior to lamination. An angular, non-conformal or directional covering material. The microstructured graphic element does not need to be completely filled. When filled, it can only be partially filled, or part of the fill.
微結構圖示影像元件可呈現為正或負影像,或二者皆然。在圖37a-c中,圖示層868可為獨立式或可選擇地安裝於基底866或透明的基底866上。圖示層868可選擇地提供包覆材料層870,其可部分或完全覆蓋圖示層868。The microstructured image element can appear as a positive or negative image, or both. In Figures 37a-c, the illustrated layer 868 can be self-contained or alternatively mounted on a substrate 866 or a transparent substrate 866. The illustrated layer 868 optionally provides a layer of cladding material 870 that may partially or completely cover the illustrated layer 868.
在圖37a中,圖示層868具有微結構圖示元件的二區:正圖示元件872及負圖示元件874。為了描繪之故,正圖示元件872的一般形式已反映為負圖示元件874的形式。選擇的包覆材料870顯示為正圖示872上保角的包覆,及負圖示874上非保角的包覆,例如僅保角的及非保角的包覆二者可用於與正圖示872及負圖示874二者結合。In Figure 37a, the illustrated layer 868 has two regions of microstructured graphic elements: a positive graphic element 872 and a negative graphic element 874. For the sake of illustration, the general form of the graphical element 872 is already reflected in the form of a negative graphical element 874. The selected cladding material 870 is shown as a wrap on the 831 on the positive 872, and a non-conformal wrap on the negative representation 874, for example only the conformal and non-conformal wraps can be used with The combination of the illustration 872 and the negative representation 874.
正圖示影像元件872的物件型樣被提供為圖示層868中凹處或空隙871,同時正圖示影像元件872之背景區域被提供為正圖示區872中凸出區域。負圖示影像元件874的背景區域被提供為圖示層868中凹處875,且負圖示影像元件874的物件型樣被提供為圖示層中凸出區域。The object pattern of image element 872 is shown as a recess or void 871 in layer 868, while the background area of image element 872 is being provided as a raised area in region 872. The background area of the negative graphic image element 874 is provided as a recess 875 in the illustrated layer 868, and the object pattern of the negative graphic image element 874 is provided as a raised area in the illustrated layer.
圖37b描繪當圖示以具有不同於圖示層868材料之屬性的圖示填充材料填充時,正及負圖示元件及型樣的效果如何地特別引人注意。圖示層868及選擇的基底866的不同區係以填充的正圖示876及填充的負圖示880顯示。圖示填充材料878形成正圖示元件876的物件型樣886,及填充的負圖示元件880的背景。Figure 37b depicts how the effects of the positive and negative graphical elements and patterns are particularly attractive when illustrated with a filled fill material having properties different from those of the illustrated layer 868 material. The different regions of the illustrated layer 868 and the selected substrate 866 are shown with a filled positive representation 876 and a filled negative representation 880. The illustrated fill material 878 forms the object pattern 886 of the illustrated element 876, and the background of the filled negative graphic element 880.
參照圖37c,填充的正圖示元件890及填充的負圖示元件892之詳細的平面圖882顯示填充的正圖示元件886,其出現不同於周圍的背景外表884的888。例如:填充的正圖示元件及背景周圍的外表之間共同的差異為顏色。若圖示填充材料878具有顏料、染料或其他著色材料,那麼填充的正圖示元件886將顯示圖示填充材料886的高集中893,同時周圍的背景區域884將否。以類似的方式,填充的負圖示元件892的背景將顯示圖示填充材料886的高集中,同時填充的負圖示元件892的物件型樣將顯示圖示填充材料的不足894。Referring to Figure 37c, a detailed plan view 882 of the filled positive graphic element 890 and the filled negative graphic element 892 shows a filled positive graphic element 886 that appears 888 different from the surrounding background appearance 884. For example, the common difference between the filled positive component and the appearance around the background is color. If the illustrated fill material 878 has a pigment, dye, or other coloring material, the filled positive graphic element 886 will display a high concentration 893 of the illustrated fill material 886 while the surrounding background area 884 will be no. In a similar manner, the background of the filled negative graphic element 892 will show a high concentration of the illustrated filling material 886 while the filled negative graphic element 892's object pattern will display an insufficient 894 of the illustrated filling material.
經由該些機構及與文中其他揭露的組合,可以看見可製造正及負影像圖示元件。當做為波紋放大系統的元件時,該些正及負影像圖示元件可用以產生正及負合成影像。正及負影像元件可單獨或組合使用。Through these mechanisms and combinations with other disclosures herein, it can be seen that positive and negative image graphic elements can be fabricated. When used as components of a corrugated amplification system, the positive and negative image representation elements can be used to produce positive and negative composite images. The positive and negative image elements can be used alone or in combination.
圖38a-c呈現結合填充的圖示及包覆之實施例的代表範例。圖示層898可為獨立式或可選擇地裝備於基底896或透明基底896上。選擇的基底或透明基底896支撐或與結合可單獨或組合而做為圖示影像之元件的各式微結構的圖示層898接觸。Figures 38a-c present representative examples of embodiments of the incorporation and incorporation of the indicia. The illustrated layer 898 can be self-contained or alternatively mounted on the substrate 896 or the transparent substrate 896. The selected substrate or transparent substrate 896 is supported or in contact with a patterned layer 898 of various microstructures that can be combined as an element of the illustrated image, either alone or in combination.
圖38a顯示已藉適當機構(如圖35所描述的)應用於至少一部分圖示層898之表面的包覆材料900。圖中所顯示的包覆材料900為相對於圖示層898表面保角的,但其可為非保角的、非連續的、定型的,或具有不同屬性及/或材料之包覆的區域。正圖示元件904具有以圖示填充材料902填充的其物件型樣微結構,及其非填充的背景元件。負圖示元件906具有以圖示填充材料902填充的其背景微結構,同時其物件型樣微結構908為非填充的。Figure 38a shows a cladding material 900 that has been applied to at least a portion of the surface of the illustrated layer 898 by a suitable mechanism (as depicted in Figure 35). The cover material 900 is shown as being conformal to the surface of the illustrated layer 898, but it may be non-conformal, non-continuous, shaped, or coated with different properties and/or materials. . The positive graphic element 904 has its object-like microstructure filled with the illustrated filling material 902, and its unfilled background elements. The negative graphic element 906 has its background microstructure filled with the illustrated fill material 902 while its object-type microstructure 908 is unfilled.
圖38a中所顯示的實施例可經由包覆材料900及圖示填充材料902的不同檢視角度所產生的不同光學效果提供圖示影像的視覺增強。例如,若包覆材料900為鋁的薄層,使得當從垂直於圖示層898之平面的方向檢視時,其實質上是透明的,填充的圖示元件之中央區域將出現實質上相同顏色,如同其不具包覆。薄鋁層的反射性隨著入射角度的增加而增加,所以填充的、包覆的圖示元件的傾斜端出現更多反射,結果出現高對比輪廓的圖示元件。若包覆材料900為單一層或多層電介質包覆,包覆的顏色可隨不同檢視角度而不同,藉此圖示元件端添加了顏色色調或顏色高照明效果。其他類型的包覆材料可用於促進附著,以產生附加的視覺效果,或可提供隱蔽、機器可讀取或法庭鑑別特徵予該材料。將理解的是該圖示元件不需被填充或包覆。吾人僅可部分填充一些圖示元件。The embodiment shown in Figure 38a can provide visual enhancement of the illustrated image via different optical effects produced by the different viewing angles of the cladding material 900 and the illustrated fill material 902. For example, if the cladding material 900 is a thin layer of aluminum such that when viewed from a direction perpendicular to the plane of the illustrated layer 898, it is substantially transparent, and the central region of the filled graphic element will appear substantially the same color. As if it were not covered. The reflectivity of the thin aluminum layer increases as the angle of incidence increases, so that more reflection occurs at the slanted end of the filled, coated component, resulting in a high contrast profile of the illustrated component. If the covering material 900 is covered by a single layer or a plurality of layers of dielectric, the color of the coating may vary with different viewing angles, thereby adding a color hue or a high color lighting effect to the end of the illustrated component. Other types of coating materials can be used to promote attachment to create additional visual effects, or can provide concealed, machine readable or forensic features to the material. It will be understood that the illustrated elements need not be filled or coated. We can only partially fill in some of the graphic components.
圖38b中所顯示之實施例顛倒圖38a之圖示填充及包覆的順序,其中微結構圖示首先以圖示填充材料902填充,並接著以包覆材料900而包覆。圖示層898可選擇地裝備於基底896或透明基底896上,或可隨意固定。圖示元件910及912係以圖示填充材料902填充,並接著以包覆材料900而選擇地包覆。The embodiment shown in Figure 38b reverses the sequence of filling and cladding of Figure 38a, wherein the microstructured representation is first filled with the illustrated fill material 902 and then coated with the cladding material 900. The illustrated layer 898 can optionally be mounted on the substrate 896 or the transparent substrate 896, or can be arbitrarily fixed. The illustrated elements 910 and 912 are filled with a filler material 902 as illustrated and then selectively coated with a cladding material 900.
圖38b之實施例的視覺效果通常將與圖38a的視覺效果不同,儘管以相同材料用於包覆材料900及圖示填充材料902。依據圖示填充材料902的光學屬性,包覆材料900可或不可經由圖示填充材料902而見到。包覆材料900可直接於填充的圖示之間區域見到。The visual effect of the embodiment of Figure 38b will generally differ from the visual effect of Figure 38a, although the same material is used for the cladding material 900 and the illustrated filler material 902. Depending on the optical properties of the illustrated fill material 902, the cover material 900 may or may not be visible via the illustrated fill material 902. The cladding material 900 can be seen directly in the area between the filled representations.
假設圖示元件實質上完全以圖示填充材料902填充,所有各處均可見到包覆材料900,不論經由圖示填充材料902見到或直接見到,該包覆材料900實質上平行於圖示層898的表面。因而包覆材料900的出現可修改圖示填充材料902的整體出現,但其未提供圖38a中輪廓或邊緣提升功能。包覆材料900可經設計而具有除了或取代光學效果的其他效果或功能-例如,包覆材料900可啟動附著圖示層898之物件的非接觸鑑別、檢測或識別。Assuming that the illustrated elements are substantially completely filled with the illustrated fill material 902, the cover material 900 is visible throughout, whether seen or directly seen through the illustrated fill material 902, which is substantially parallel to the figure. The surface of layer 898 is shown. Thus the presence of the cladding material 900 may modify the overall appearance of the illustrated fill material 902, but it does not provide the contour or edge lift function of Figure 38a. The cladding material 900 can be designed to have other effects or functions in addition to or in place of optical effects - for example, the cladding material 900 can initiate non-contact identification, detection, or identification of articles attached to the illustrated layer 898.
若圖示元件未以圖示填充材料902填滿,那麼包覆材料900實質上可不平行於圖示層898的表面。在此狀況下(未描繪),在包覆材料900接觸圖示填充材料902及實質上非平面的區域中,可具有該包覆材料900所提供的其餘光學效果。If the illustrated components are not filled with the illustrated fill material 902, the cladding material 900 may not substantially parallel the surface of the illustrated layer 898. In this case (not depicted), the remaining optical effects provided by the cladding material 900 may be present in the cover material 900 in contact with the illustrated fill material 902 and substantially non-planar regions.
圖38c之實施例為圖38b之實施例的延伸以包括多路圖示填充材料。(儘管此處未描繪,多路圖示填充材料亦可用於圖38a之實施例,且下列討論亦應用於該實施例。)圖示層898具有以第一圖示填充材料916填充的正微結構圖示元件926及負微結構圖示元件928。微結構圖示元件926及928未由第一圖示填充材料916填滿。此可藉多個機構完成,包括散佈第一圖示填充材料916於溶劑中,以散佈第一圖示填充材料916之溶劑填充圖示微結構,並使該溶劑乾燥及因而縮小第一圖示填充材料916的量。未填滿圖示微結構的另一機構為以第一圖示填充材料916進行填充,及接著藉抹除或拆毀機構而移除一些圖示填充材料916,例如以刮墨刀而緩衝或高壓抹除。The embodiment of Figure 38c is an extension of the embodiment of Figure 38b to include a plurality of illustrated fill materials. (Although not depicted herein, a multiplexed fill material can be used in the embodiment of Figure 38a, and the following discussion applies to this embodiment as well.) The illustrated layer 898 has a positive fill filled with a first illustrated fill material 916. Structure diagram element 926 and negative microstructure diagram element 928. The microstructured graphical elements 926 and 928 are not filled by the first illustrated fill material 916. This can be accomplished by a plurality of mechanisms, including dispersing the first illustrated fill material 916 in a solvent to disperse the solvent of the first illustrated fill material 916 to fill the illustrated microstructure, and to dry the solvent and thereby reduce the first icon. The amount of filler material 916. Another mechanism that does not fill the illustrated microstructure is to fill with the first illustrated fill material 916, and then remove some of the illustrated fill material 916 by means of an erase or tear mechanism, such as a buffer or high pressure with a doctor blade. Erase.
第一圖示填充材料916可經由乾燥、化學反應(例如二部分環氧化物或樹脂及硬化劑聚合作用反應)、輻射固化、氧化或其他適當機構而選擇地穩定化、固化或乾燥。第一圖示填充材料916亦可選擇地不穩定化,使其可以一些方式而與第二圖示填充材料918化學反應。The first illustrated fill material 916 can be selectively stabilized, cured, or dried via drying, chemical reaction (eg, two-part epoxide or resin and hardener polymerization), radiation curing, oxidation, or other suitable mechanism. The first illustrated fill material 916 can also be selectively destabilized such that it can chemically react with the second illustrated fill material 918 in some manner.
圖示微結構926及928接著以第二圖示填充材料918選擇地填充。依據用於提供第一圖示填充材料916之未充滿的方法,第一圖示填充材料916及第二圖示填充材料918的相對厚度可於不同區域中不同,或具有不同深度、寬度或外觀比之圖示元件微結構不同。正圖示元件926顯示第一圖示填充材料916及第二圖示填充材料918之約相等的量,且該二填充材料之厚度約相等地位於填充的區域920的中心。圖中該負圖示元件顯示外觀比的大差異,使得該二較大填充的圖示元件之中央區922顯示分別針對第一及第二圖示填充材料916及918例如約1:3的填充材料厚度比。較小負圖示元件924之中心顯示分別針對第一及第二圖示填充材料916及918例如約4:1的極不同填充材料厚度比。該填充的圖示可選擇地以包覆材料900包覆。The illustrated microstructures 926 and 928 are then selectively filled with a second illustrated fill material 918. Depending on the method used to provide the first illustrated fill material 916, the relative thicknesses of the first illustrated fill material 916 and the second illustrated fill material 918 may be different in different regions, or have different depths, widths, or appearances. It is different from the microstructure of the illustrated components. The positive graphic element 926 displays approximately equal amounts of the first illustrated fill material 916 and the second illustrated fill material 918, and the thickness of the two fill materials is approximately equal to the center of the filled region 920. The negative graphical element in the figure shows a large difference in aspect ratio such that the central portion 922 of the two larger filled graphical elements exhibit a fill of, for example, about 1:3 for the first and second illustrated fill materials 916 and 918, respectively. Material thickness ratio. The center of the smaller negative graphic element 924 shows a very different fill material thickness ratio for the first and second illustrated fill materials 916 and 918, respectively, for example, about 4:1. The illustration of the fill is optionally covered with a cladding material 900.
包覆材料900亦可於以第一圖示填充材料916填充圖示之前選擇地應用於圖示層898,或其可於以第二圖示填充材料918填充之前應用於圖示層989及第一圖示填充材料916。該些變化未於圖中描繪。The cladding material 900 can also be selectively applied to the illustrated layer 898 prior to filling the illustration with the first illustrated fill material 916, or it can be applied to the illustrated layer 989 and before being filled with the second illustrated fill material 918. A fill material 916 is illustrated. These changes are not depicted in the figure.
正圖示元件920具有以圖示填充材料916及918填充的其物件型樣微結構,及未填充的其背景元件。負圖示元件928具有以圖示填充材料916及918填充的其背景微結構,同時其物件型樣微結構為未填充的。The positive graphic element 920 has its object-like microstructures filled with the illustrated filling materials 916 and 918, and its unfilled background elements. The negative graphic element 928 has its background microstructure filled with the illustrated filling materials 916 and 918, while its object-like microstructure is unfilled.
請注意,本發明之任一實施例中任一圖示層材料未侷限於圖38a-c的材料,本身可結合顏料、染料、著色劑、螢光材料或先前於本定義段中所陳述之任一適當種類的填充材料。由於以透明、未染色及未著色的圖示層形成,並接著以著色的圖示填充材料填充之特定微結構圖示元件,可視為正圖示元件,同時以著色的圖示層形成,並接著以透明、未染色及未著色的圖示填充材料填充之極相同的微結構圖示元件,可視為負元件,所以填充圖示層提供理論上正及負圖示元件之間明顯的圖示。在此範例中,所有正圖示元件及負圖示元件之間的改變為圖示層及圖示填充材料之材料的選擇。當其便於論及正及負圖示元件時,實際上存在可能性的連續區,包括呈現於背景中具有一顏色或光學效果的圖示元件,及呈現於物件型樣中的第二顏色及/或光學效果,反之亦然。It is noted that any of the illustrated layer materials in any of the embodiments of the present invention are not limited to the materials of Figures 38a-c and may themselves incorporate a pigment, dye, colorant, fluorescent material or previously stated in this definition paragraph. Any suitable type of filler material. Due to the formation of a transparent, undyed and uncolored patterned layer, and then a particular microstructured graphic element filled with a colored, patterned fill material, it can be considered as a component being illustrated while being formed with a colored patterned layer, and The very identical microstructured component elements, which are then filled with transparent, undyed and uncolored, graphic fill materials, can be considered as negative components, so the filled graphic layer provides a clear representation between the theoretical positive and negative graphic components. . In this example, the change between all of the illustrated elements and the negatively illustrated elements is the choice of the materials of the illustrated layers and the illustrated fill material. When it is convenient to discuss positive and negative graphic elements, there is actually a contiguous area of possibilities, including a graphical element having a color or optical effect in the background, and a second color present in the object pattern and / or optical effects and vice versa.
若圖38a-c的圖示元件被用於做為部分波紋放大系統,那麼包覆材料及圖示填充材料之組合所提供的獨特效果亦將繼續存在於波紋放大系統所產生的合成影像中。If the illustrated components of Figures 38a-c are used as a partial corrugation amplification system, the unique effects provided by the combination of the cladding material and the illustrated filler material will continue to exist in the composite image produced by the corrugated amplification system.
圖39a-c描繪定型的包覆材料、熱戳記箔、指向性包覆、及填充的圖示之應用及組合。在圖39(a)中,圖示層932可為獨立式或其可選擇地裝備於基底930或透明基底930上。選擇的基底或透明的基底930支撐或與結合可單獨或組合而做為圖示影像之元件的各式微結構的圖示層932接觸。Figures 39a-c depict applications and combinations of shaped cladding materials, thermal stamp foils, directional coatings, and filled illustrations. In FIG. 39(a), the illustrated layer 932 can be stand-alone or it can alternatively be mounted on a substrate 930 or a transparent substrate 930. The selected substrate or transparent substrate 930 is supported or in contact with a patterned layer 932 of various microstructures that can be combined as an element of the illustrated image, either alone or in combination.
在圖39a中,包覆材料934的圖案結構構成呈現935包覆材料的區域,及缺少包覆材料的區域。包覆材料934的圖案結構可為任一形式或進行任一目的,包括波紋放大微光學系統之圖示元件的製造。本技藝中圖案結構包覆的多個方法是已知的,包括於包覆及化學蝕刻暴露的包覆上印刷或沈澱抗蝕劑材料,接著從該包覆選擇地化學剝除該抗蝕劑材料。該抗蝕劑層可為光阻,且該抗蝕劑的圖案結構可藉光學曝光方法而完成。包覆之圖案結構的另一方法為首先沈澱定型的抗蝕劑(或另一方面沈澱抗蝕劑及隨後定型),接著將該包覆應用於材料的表面及抗蝕劑,接著化學移除所附著的抗蝕劑及包覆。例如-"去金屬化的安全執行緒"之製造中後者方法是常見的,其中抗蝕劑材料印刷於聚合物基底上,基底及抗蝕劑係藉真空金屬化或噴濺而以鋁包覆,並化學移除該抗蝕劑。在呈現抗蝕劑的位置,欠缺鋁包覆,並於該抗蝕劑移除時"解除"。取代化學移除選擇的金屬化區域,該些區域可機械地移除,例如藉磨擦。將理解的是僅包覆的部分可予定型。In Fig. 39a, the pattern structure of the cladding material 934 constitutes a region that presents 935 cladding material, and a region that lacks cladding material. The pattern structure of the cladding material 934 can be in any form or for any purpose, including the fabrication of the illustrated elements of the corrugated magnifying micro-optic system. A number of methods are known in the art for coating a pattern structure comprising printing or precipitating a resist material on a coated and chemically etched exposed coating, followed by selectively chemically stripping the resist from the coating. material. The resist layer can be photoresist, and the pattern structure of the resist can be completed by an optical exposure method. Another method of coating the patterned structure is to first deposit a shaped resist (or deposit a resist on the other hand and subsequently set), then apply the coating to the surface of the material and the resist, followed by chemical removal. The attached resist and coating. For example, the latter method is common in the manufacture of "demetallized security threads" in which a resist material is printed on a polymer substrate, and the substrate and resist are coated with aluminum by vacuum metallization or sputtering. And chemically removing the resist. At the location where the resist is present, the aluminum cladding is lacking and "released" when the resist is removed. Instead of chemical removal of the selected metallization regions, the regions can be mechanically removed, such as by friction. It will be understood that only the coated portion can be preformed.
未與波紋放大膜中圖示元件的縮放及幾何相符之定型的金屬化的包覆,可用於產生合成影像中部分透明金屬之效果,由於去金屬化之區域的位置將隨圖示元件而變-以類似於印刷中所使用半調色方法,從呈現不透明度之圖示元件形成的合成影像與包覆呈現的部分成比例。A shaped metallized coating that does not conform to the scaling and geometry of the elements illustrated in the corrugated magnifying film can be used to produce a partially transparent metal in the composite image, as the location of the demetallized region will vary with the components shown. - In a manner similar to the half-toning method used in printing, the synthetic image formed from the graphical elements exhibiting opacity is proportional to the portion of the cladding presentation.
另一方面,定型的去金屬化的金屬包覆可用於製造與可用於產生第二合成影像組之微結構圖示元件不同的圖示元件組。該附加合成影像的一項應用係用於貨幣、文件及商標保護之材料的隱蔽鑑別。Alternatively, the shaped demetallized metal cladding can be used to fabricate a different set of illustrated components than the microstructured components that can be used to create the second composite image set. One application of this additional synthetic image is for the covert identification of materials protected by currency, documents and trademarks.
在圖39a中,托架936所指定區域中包覆材料934係以未與微結構圖示元件之幾何相符之方式定型。定型的包覆材料934可攜帶個別資訊,例如圖示元件的不同型樣,或其可攜帶其他圖形或文字資訊,或無資訊。In Figure 39a, the cladding material 934 in the region designated by the bracket 936 is shaped in a manner that does not conform to the geometry of the microstructured component. The shaped cladding material 934 can carry individual information, such as different patterns of the illustrated components, or it can carry other graphical or textual information, or no information.
相對地,托架938所指定區域中包覆層934與圖示元件相符,包覆抑制的形狀931,但不包覆其間的"平坦部分"939。此類圖案結構可藉以包覆材料934包覆圖示層932的整個表面而完成,包括抑制的區域931及"平坦部分"939,接著藉拆毀、摩擦、擦拭、削勻、研磨、化學蝕刻、膠黏劑脫下,或藉其他適當機構,從"平坦部分"939移除包覆材料934。In contrast, the cladding layer 934 in the region designated by the bracket 938 conforms to the illustrated elements, encasing the suppressed shape 931, but not covering the "flat portion" 939 therebetween. Such a pattern structure can be completed by covering the entire surface of the graphic layer 932 with the covering material 934, including the suppressed region 931 and the "flat portion" 939, followed by demolition, rubbing, wiping, shaving, grinding, chemical etching, The cover material 934 is removed from the "flat portion" 939 by the adhesive being removed or by other suitable mechanism.
以此方式而與圖示元件相符之定型的包覆材料934可提供圖示元件之強烈視覺、光學、電磁性、磁性或其他增強。例如:結合微結構圖示元件的圖示層932可噴濺金,接著可藉相對於例如紙之纖維材料摩擦包覆的表面,而從平坦部分939移除該金。殘餘在圖示元件中的金接著提供具金的金屬製表面,同時平坦部分則不含金,所以圖示元件顯現為與背景區隔的金物件。The shaped cladding material 934 that conforms to the illustrated elements in this manner can provide a strong visual, optical, electromagnetic, magnetic, or other enhancement of the illustrated elements. For example, the illustrated layer 932 incorporating the microstructured graphic elements can be sputtered with gold, which can then be removed from the flat portion 939 by rubbing the coated surface relative to a fibrous material such as paper. The gold remaining in the illustrated element then provides a gold-finished metal surface while the flat portion contains no gold, so the illustrated element appears as a gold object that is separated from the background.
圖39b描繪各式圖示層932實施例,其為結合熱戳記箔包覆942與圖示填充材料948的單件(946)及組合(950、951)。所顯示典型的熱戳記箔結構,其中熱膠黏劑層940連結熱戳記箔包覆的箔層942至圖示層932。熱戳記箔包覆的易碎漆器層944選擇地裝備以支撐熱戳記箔942。易碎漆器層944可結合微結構型樣,例如全息圖。在托架946所指定的區域中,熱戳記箔包覆942已藉知名機構而應用於圖示層932的表面,密封於微結構圖示元件之抑制的區域上。在托架950所指定的區域中,熱戳記箔942已應用於包含圖示填充材料948的微結構圖示上。在托架951所指定的區域中,熱戳記箔942已應用於圖示層932,並接著移除覆蓋於微結構圖示元件之抑制的區域上熱戳記箔包覆材料。移除熱戳記箔包覆材料的適當機構包括但不限於高壓氣體噴射,高壓水或其他液體噴射及機械瓦解與摩擦。微結構圖示元件可選擇地以圖示填充材料948填充,使得以圖示填充材料948控制圖示微結構表面,及以熱戳記箔包覆材料控制"平坦部分"表面。如圖所示,圖示填充材料948選擇地包覆至少一部分熱戳記箔包覆942之上,或其可應用以使僅填充圖示凹處(未顯示)。Figure 39b depicts various illustrated layer 932 embodiments that are a single piece (946) and combination (950, 951) incorporating a thermal stamp foil wrap 942 and illustrated fill material 948. A typical thermal stamp foil structure is shown in which a thermal adhesive layer 940 is bonded to a thermal stamp foil clad foil layer 942 to the illustrated layer 932. A hot stamped foil-coated frangible lacquer layer 944 is optionally equipped to support the thermal stamp foil 942. The frangible lacquer layer 944 can incorporate a microstructured pattern, such as a hologram. In the area designated by the carriage 946, the thermal stamp foil cover 942 has been applied to the surface of the illustrated layer 932 by well-known mechanisms, sealed to the area of suppression of the microstructured graphic elements. In the area designated by the cradle 950, the thermal stamp foil 942 has been applied to the microstructured representation containing the illustrated fill material 948. In the area designated by the carriage 951, the thermal stamp foil 942 has been applied to the illustrated layer 932 and then the thermal stamp foil cladding material overlying the area of inhibition of the microstructured graphic elements is removed. Suitable mechanisms for removing the thermal stamp foil wrap material include, but are not limited to, high pressure gas jets, high pressure water or other liquid jets, and mechanical collapse and friction. The microstructured graphic elements are optionally filled with the illustrated fill material 948 such that the illustrated microstructured surface is controlled by the illustrated fill material 948 and the "flat portion" surface is controlled with the thermal stamped foil cover material. As shown, the illustrated fill material 948 is selectively overlaid over at least a portion of the thermal stamp foil wrap 942, or it can be applied such that only the illustrated recesses (not shown) are filled.
圖39c描繪各式圖示層932實施例,其結合可選擇地用於與圖示填充材料948組合的指向性包覆材料(952及962)。第一指向性包覆952從箭頭954所指定的方向應用於圖示層932。第一指向性包覆952的指向性沈澱使其優先包覆"平坦部分"及托架956所指定之區域中圖示元件的右側(如圖所示)。該包覆可提供微結構圖示元件之一側的視覺高照明,製造"陰影"或"聚光照射"效果。Figure 39c depicts various illustrated layer 932 embodiments in combination with a directional clad material (952 and 962) that may alternatively be used in combination with the illustrated fill material 948. The first directional wrap 952 is applied to the illustrated layer 932 from the direction specified by arrow 954. The directivity deposit of the first directional wrap 952 preferentially coats the "flat portion" and the right side of the illustrated component in the region designated by the cradle 956 (as shown). The cladding provides visual high illumination on one side of the microstructured graphic element, creating a "shadow" or "concentrated illumination" effect.
在托架958所指定之區域中,使用二指向性包覆。箭頭954指示包覆"平坦部分"及該區域中微結構圖示元件之右側的第一指向性包覆952的應用方向。第二指向性包覆962從箭頭960所指定的方向應用,並包覆微結構圖示元件的左側。第一及第二指向性包覆(分別為952及962)可為相同材料或不同材料,且其可如圖所示地從相反方向(954及960)應用,或其可以類似的方向應用。例如:若第一指向性包覆952為銀,且其從箭頭954所顯示的方向應用,及若第二指向性包覆962為金,且其從箭頭960所顯示的方向應用,那麼微結構圖示元件的右側將出現銀及其左側將出現金,同時其中心仍為未包覆的並可出現透明。關於另一範例:先前範例的狀況,除了該銀係以箭頭954所顯示的角度應用,且該金係從相同的大體方向,以較接近整個圖示層932垂直表面十度的角度應用。該金接著將包覆與該銀之圖示元件的相同側,但該金將包覆圖示的右上側或中心。結果的圖示元件顯現為具有銀的右側,其混合為朝向圖示元件頂端的金色(如圖所示)。對於熟悉本技藝之人士而言許多其他組合及變化將是顯而易見的。In the area designated by the carriage 958, a dichroic coating is used. Arrow 954 indicates the direction of application of the first directional cover 952 that covers the "flat portion" and the right side of the microstructured graphical element in the region. The second directional wrap 962 is applied from the direction specified by arrow 960 and covers the left side of the microstructured graphic element. The first and second directional wraps (952 and 962, respectively) may be the same material or different materials, and they may be applied from opposite directions (954 and 960) as shown, or they may be applied in a similar orientation. For example, if the first directional wrap 952 is silver and it is applied from the direction indicated by arrow 954, and if the second directional wrap 962 is gold and it is applied from the direction indicated by arrow 960, then the microstructure Silver will appear on the right side of the component and gold will appear on the left side, while the center remains uncoated and can appear transparent. Regarding another example: the condition of the previous example, except that the silver is applied at the angle shown by arrow 954, and the gold is applied from the same general direction at an angle of ten degrees closer to the vertical surface of the entire illustrated layer 932. The gold will then be coated on the same side as the illustrated elements of the silver, but the gold will cover the upper right side or center of the illustration. The resulting graphical elements appear to have a right side of silver that is mixed with gold toward the top of the illustrated element (as shown). Many other combinations and variations will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
托架964所指定之圖39c的區域中顯示又另一變化,其中微結構圖示元件具有二指向性包覆,第一指向性包覆952及第二指向性包覆962,且接著以圖示填充材料948填充。該圖先前未顯示,圖示填充材料可選擇地附加該圖之任一部分的任一包覆的微結構圖示元件,包括圖39a中區936與938,及圖39c的區956。Yet another variation is shown in the area of Figure 39c designated by the cradle 964, wherein the microstructured graphic element has a bidirectional wrap, a first directional wrap 952 and a second directional wrap 962, and then Filler material 948 is shown filled. The figure has not previously been shown, and the illustrated fill material optionally attaches any of the coated microstructured elements of any of the Figures, including regions 936 and 938 in Figure 39a, and region 956 in Figure 39c.
圖40a描繪定型的包覆材料967使用,做為製造圖示影像元件的機構。定型的包覆材料967裝備於基底966或透明基底966上,該圖案結構結合選擇的厚度之包覆材料968的區域,及具有較小厚度之包覆材料969的區域或不具包覆材料970的區域,或二者皆然。包覆材料的不同厚度-全厚度(968)、部分厚度(969)及零厚度(970)(或缺少包覆材料)-可經定型而代表圖示影像資訊做為波紋放大系統中元件。全厚度包覆材料或零厚度包覆材料可用於形成圖示元件的物件型樣。圖40b描繪平面圖972,有關使用全厚度圖示元件而針對以零厚度或部分厚度包覆材料形成之背景976而形成物件型樣(字母及數字)。由於平面圖972中所示圖示元件的物件型樣係藉包覆材料967的存在而形成,該圖示影像稱為正圖示影像。圖40c呈現負圖示影像的平面圖978,其中背景係藉全厚度包覆材料982而形成,且物件型樣係藉部分或零厚度包覆材料980而形成。部分厚度包覆材料969的區域可用於製造灰階型樣,其中包覆材料967的光學效果依據包覆材料的性質而修改或降低密度效果。Figure 40a depicts the use of a shaped cladding material 967 as a mechanism for making the illustrated image elements. The shaped cladding material 967 is provided on a substrate 966 or a transparent substrate 966 that incorporates a region of the selected thickness of the cladding material 968, and a region of the cladding material 969 having a smaller thickness or without the cladding material 970. Area, or both. The different thicknesses of the cladding material - full thickness (968), partial thickness (969) and zero thickness (970) (or lack of cladding material) - can be shaped to represent the image information as a component in a corrugated amplification system. A full thickness cladding material or a zero thickness cladding material can be used to form the article features of the illustrated components. Figure 40b depicts a plan view 972 for forming object types (letters and numbers) for a background 976 formed of a zero thickness or a portion of a thickness of cladding material using a full thickness graphic element. Since the object pattern of the illustrated component shown in plan view 972 is formed by the presence of cladding material 967, the illustrated image is referred to as a positive image. Figure 40c presents a plan view 978 of a negative graphic image in which the background is formed by a full thickness cladding material 982 and the article pattern is formed by a partial or zero thickness cladding material 980. The area of the partial thickness cladding material 969 can be used to fabricate a gray scale pattern wherein the optical effect of the cladding material 967 modifies or reduces the density effect depending on the nature of the cladding material.
包覆材料967的圖案結構可藉任一有關圖38之先前描述的方法而完成。部分厚度包覆材料的區域可藉附加遮罩及蝕刻步驟,或藉蝕刻部分厚度區域之型樣中全厚度包覆而予製造,接著完成包覆材料967的第二包覆以沈澱部分厚度層於整個基底966或透明基底966上,接著選擇地遮罩及蝕刻一次以上而產生零厚度區域970。The pattern structure of the cladding material 967 can be accomplished by any of the methods previously described with respect to FIG. The portion of the portion of the thickness of the cladding material may be fabricated by an additional masking and etching step, or by coating a full thickness of the portion of the etched portion of the thickness region, followed by completion of a second cladding of the cladding material 967 to precipitate a portion of the thickness layer. A zero thickness region 970 is created over the entire substrate 966 or transparent substrate 966, optionally masked and etched more than once.
其餘的包覆材料層可選擇地附加至定型的包覆材料967。範例包括但不限於經真空沈澱的金屬化、著色的染色的包覆或任一本文件之定義段中先前所表列者。範例:該層可直接應用、層壓、熱戳記、包覆或其他提供。該附加層的應用可提供一優點,改變部分厚度包覆材料969之區域及零厚度(缺少)包覆材料970之區域的出現。The remaining layer of cladding material is optionally attached to the shaped cladding material 967. Examples include, but are not limited to, vacuum precipitated metallization, colored dyed coatings, or any of the previously listed in the definition paragraphs of this document. Example: This layer can be applied directly, laminated, thermally stamped, coated or otherwise provided. The use of this additional layer can provide an advantage in changing the area of the portion of the thickness cladding material 969 and the presence of a region of zero thickness (lack of) cladding material 970.
圖41a、b描繪二部分波紋放大系統的二實施例,其可用做"鎖匙及金鑰"鑑別系統,其中微透鏡陣列為做為"開啟"圖示陣列項中資訊之金鑰的個別項。在圖41a中,選擇的透明基底984支撐以光傳輸材料988製造的微透鏡986,其可與用於形成該選擇的透明基底984之材料不同或相同。結合微透鏡986加上選擇的基底984之透鏡片1000的總厚度小於微透鏡986的焦距1004。Figures 41a, b depict two embodiments of a two-part corrugated magnification system that can be used as a "key and key" authentication system in which the microlens array is an individual item that acts as a key to "turn on" the information in the illustrated array item. In FIG. 41a, the selected transparent substrate 984 supports a microlens 986 fabricated from a light transmitting material 988 that may be different or the same as the material used to form the selected transparent substrate 984. The total thickness of the lens sheet 1000 in combination with the microlens 986 plus the selected substrate 984 is less than the focal length 1004 of the microlens 986.
透鏡片1000未永久附著圖示片1002,但為可用做圖示片1002之鑑別裝置的自由及個別項。當用做鑑別裝置時,透鏡片1000被導入接觸或接近圖示片1002的表面。該二片之間間隙992通常將包含空氣薄膜,或間隙992可選擇地填充水、甘油或其他流體,以提供透鏡片1000及圖示片1002之間的光學或機械耦合。The lens sheet 1000 does not permanently attach the graphic sheet 1002, but is a free and individual item that can be used as the identification device of the graphic sheet 1002. When used as an authentication device, the lens sheet 1000 is introduced into contact with or near the surface of the graphic sheet 1002. The gap 992 between the two sheets will typically comprise an air film, or the gap 992 can optionally be filled with water, glycerin or other fluid to provide optical or mechanical coupling between the lens sheet 1000 and the graphic sheet 1002.
結合選擇的透明基底990、圖示層994及圖示元件996(文中所示選擇地填充圖示填充材料997)之圖示片1002配置透鏡片1000最遠之表面上圖示層。圖示片1002加上透鏡片1000的總厚度經設計而實質上等於微透鏡986的焦距1004。當透鏡片1000實質上置於附近時,例如接觸結合或未結合流體的圖示片1002,微透鏡986的焦點998將置於圖示層994之內或附近。焦點998的最佳位置為圖示層994的略低或下表面。The illustrated layer 1002 on the farthest surface of the lens sheet 1000 is disposed in conjunction with the selected transparent substrate 990, the illustrated layer 994, and the graphic element 1002 of the illustrated element 996 (which is optionally filled with the illustrated filling material 997 as shown). The total thickness of the image sheet 1002 plus the lens sheet 1000 is designed to be substantially equal to the focal length 1004 of the microlens 986. When the lens sheet 1000 is placed substantially in proximity, such as contact with the graphic sheet 1002 with or without fluid, the focus 998 of the microlens 986 will be placed within or adjacent to the illustrated layer 994. The preferred location of focus 998 is the slightly lower or lower surface of layer 994.
依據圖41a之實施例所形成的系統可用做防偽、鑑別或安全裝置。例如,圖示片1002的圖示層994可於製造、原始創作、包裝或配送時附著、黏附或永久固定或併入於物件或文件。圖示片1002本身不需具有任何可視的區別特徵。實際上圖示元件996將極小,尺寸上從若干微米至數十微米的程度,且裸眼將有效地不可見。其餘的傳統印刷或成像可視需要而裝備或附著於圖示片1002。The system formed in accordance with the embodiment of Figure 41a can be used as an anti-counterfeiting, authentication or security device. For example, the illustrated layer 994 of the illustrated sheet 1002 can be attached, adhered, or permanently affixed or incorporated into an article or document during manufacture, original creation, packaging, or dispensing. The graphic sheet 1002 itself does not need to have any visible distinguishing features. In fact, the illustrated element 996 will be extremely small, ranging in size from a few microns to tens of microns, and the naked eye will be effectively invisible. The remaining conventional printing or imaging may be equipped or attached to the graphic sheet 1002 as needed.
該附加成像的範例可為人們用於識別的照片,使得圖示片完成做為該照片的背景。圖示片1002的鑑定可經由結合穩固附著的物件,及置放實質上與圖示片1002接觸之適當的縮放透鏡片1000,並於其平面內旋轉透鏡片1000直至該透鏡與圖示元件996充分校正而形成圖示元件996的合成影像為止。("適當縮放的"透鏡片為一透鏡片,其中聚焦元件的陣列具有旋轉對稱及實質上與圖示片1002上圖示元件996之陣列相符的重複期間,且圖示/透鏡重複率經設計而達選擇的光學效果[超深、深、移動、浮動、超浮動、飄浮、3-D,及其組合等])。An example of such additional imaging may be a photo that a person uses for identification such that the graphic piece is completed as a background for the photo. The identification of the illustrated sheet 1002 can be accomplished by incorporating a securely attached article, and placing a suitable zoom lens sheet 1000 that is substantially in contact with the illustrated sheet 1002, and rotating the lens sheet 1000 in its plane until the lens and graphic element 996 It is sufficiently corrected to form a composite image of the graphic element 996. (The "appropriately scaled" lens sheet is a lens sheet in which the array of focusing elements has a rotationally symmetric and substantially repeating period consistent with the array of elements 996 illustrated on the illustrated sheet 1002, and the illustration/lens repetition rate is designed And the selected optical effects [ultra-deep, deep, moving, floating, super-floating, floating, 3-D, and combinations thereof]).
圖41b描繪本發明之觀點的另一實施例。在本圖中,透鏡片1010是整體的,由其較上表面之包括微透鏡1008的單一材料組成,且材料1006的選擇的附加厚度提供光學間隔。若透鏡片1000未包括選擇的透明基底984,圖41a的透鏡片1000亦可以此方式形成。同樣地,如圖41a中所示,圖41b的透鏡片1010可使用透明基底及微透鏡層而形成。為求完整,顯示透鏡片1000及1010的另二結構-透鏡片1000或1010可具有所示的該二結構之一-整體的透鏡(圖41b)或基底加上透鏡(圖41a)。Figure 41b depicts another embodiment of the perspective of the present invention. In the present figure, lens sheet 1010 is unitary and consists of a single material that includes microlenses 1008 from the upper surface, and the selected additional thickness of material 1006 provides optical spacing. If the lens sheet 1000 does not include the selected transparent substrate 984, the lens sheet 1000 of Fig. 41a can also be formed in this manner. Similarly, as shown in FIG. 41a, the lens sheet 1010 of FIG. 41b can be formed using a transparent substrate and a microlens layer. For completeness, the other two structures of the lenticular sheets 1000 and 1010 - the lenticular sheet 1000 or 1010 - may have one of the two structures shown - an integral lens (Fig. 41b) or a substrate plus lens (Fig. 41a).
圖41b之實施例中透鏡片1010的功能與圖41a之透鏡片1000的功能相同,儘管由於圖示片1014相較於圖示片1002的差異,透鏡片1010的總厚度通常將大於微透鏡1008焦距1024的比例。圖示片1014結合具圖示元件1020的表面,其可選擇地以圖示填充材料997填充。為求完整,所顯示的圖示片1014為整體的,具有未隔離的圖示層及基底層,但另一方面圖示片1014可以圖示片1002的方式形成,具有基底及附著的圖示層。在相同的方式中,圖示片1002可依據圖示片1014的結構而形成為整體的片。The function of the lens sheet 1010 in the embodiment of Fig. 41b is the same as that of the lens sheet 1000 of Fig. 41a, although the total thickness of the lens sheet 1010 will generally be larger than the microlens 1008 due to the difference of the illustrated sheet 1014 compared to the illustrated sheet 1002. The ratio of the focal length of 1024. The graphic sheet 1014 incorporates a surface having the illustrated element 1020, which is optionally filled with the illustrated filling material 997. For completeness, the illustrated image sheet 1014 is monolithic, having an un-isolated graphic layer and a base layer, but on the other hand, the graphic sheet 1014 can be formed in the manner of a sheet 1002 having a base and attached icons. Floor. In the same manner, the graphic sheet 1002 can be formed as a unitary sheet in accordance with the structure of the illustrated sheet 1014.
圖示片1014與圖示片1002之間的功能差異為前者於最接近透鏡片1010的表面上具有其圖示元件,同時後者於最遠離透鏡片1000的表面上具有其圖示元件。此外,由於圖示片1014的圖示元件1020係位於其較上表面,置於圖示元件1020下方的材料1018便不需為透明的,不論圖示片1014為整體的或其具有圖示片1002的結構而具圖示層及基底。圖示片1002的基底990實質上不需為透明的,因為對透鏡986而言,光必須通過基底990而形成圖示元件996的影像。The functional difference between the illustrated sheet 1014 and the illustrated sheet 1002 is that the former has its illustrated elements on the surface closest to the lens sheet 1010, while the latter has its illustrated elements on the surface furthest from the lens sheet 1000. Moreover, since the illustrated component 1020 of the graphic sheet 1014 is located on its upper surface, the material 1018 disposed beneath the illustrated component 1020 need not be transparent, whether the illustrated wafer 1014 is integral or has a graphic sheet. The structure of 1002 has the illustrated layer and the substrate. The substrate 990 of the illustrated sheet 1002 need not be substantially transparent, as for the lens 986, light must pass through the substrate 990 to form an image of the illustrated element 996.
選擇的包覆材料1016可裝備於圖示片1014的圖示元件1020上。包覆材料1016可視需要藉不同於使用透鏡片1010之機構而提供圖示片的光學或非接觸鑑別。包覆層1016可包括其他光學特徵,例如全像攝影或繞射結構。圖示片1002及圖示片1014二者的圖示元件可採取任一形式,包括文中實施例的任一圖示元件。The selected cladding material 1016 can be mounted on the illustrated component 1020 of the illustrated sheet 1014. The cladding material 1016 can provide optical or non-contact identification of the illustrated sheet as needed, unlike mechanisms that use the lens sheet 1010. The cladding layer 1016 can include other optical features, such as a holographic or diffractive structure. The illustrated elements of both the illustrated slice 1002 and the illustrated slice 1014 can take any form, including any of the illustrated elements of the embodiments herein.
關於圖41a之實施例的狀況,圖41b之實施例的透鏡片1014並非永久附著於圖示片1014,而是可用做圖示表1014之鑑別裝置的自由及個別項。當做為鑑別裝置時,透鏡片1010被導入接觸或接近圖示片1014之表面。該二片之間的間隙1012通常將包含空氣薄膜,或間隙1012可選擇地以水、甘油或其他流體填充,以提供透鏡片1010與圖示片1014之間的光學或機械耦合。With respect to the situation of the embodiment of Fig. 41a, the lens sheet 1014 of the embodiment of Fig. 41b is not permanently attached to the illustrated sheet 1014, but can be used as a free and individual item of the identification device of the table 1014. When used as an authentication device, the lens sheet 1010 is introduced into contact with or near the surface of the graphic sheet 1014. The gap 1012 between the two sheets will typically comprise an air film, or the gap 1012 can optionally be filled with water, glycerin or other fluid to provide optical or mechanical coupling between the lens sheet 1010 and the graphic sheet 1014.
圖示片1014加上透鏡片1010的總厚度經設計而實質上等於微透鏡1008的焦距1024。當透鏡片1010實質上配置具或不具耦合流體而與圖示片1014接觸時,微透鏡1008的焦點1022將置於圖示元件1020內或附近。焦點1022的最佳位置係位於或略低於圖示元件1020的較短範圍。The total thickness of the illustrated wafer 1014 plus lens sheet 1010 is designed to be substantially equal to the focal length 1024 of the microlens 1008. When the lens sheet 1010 is substantially in contact with the illustrated sheet 1014 with or without a coupling fluid, the focus 1022 of the microlens 1008 will be placed in or near the illustrated element 1020. The optimal position of focus 1022 is at or slightly below the shorter range of illustrated element 1020.
依據圖41b之實施例而形成的系統可用做防偽及鑑別裝置。例如,圖示片1014的下表面可於製造、原始創作、包裝或配送時附著、黏附或永久固定或併入於物件或文件。圖示片1014本身不需具有任何可視的區別特徵。實際上圖示元件1020將極小,尺寸上從若干微米至數十微米的程度,且裸眼將有效地不可見。其餘的傳統印刷或成像可視需要而裝備或附著於圖示片1014。該附加成像的範例可為人們用於識別的照片,使得圖示片完成做為該照片的背景。圖示片1014的鑑定可經由結合穩固附著的物件,及置放實質上與圖示片1014接觸之適當的縮放透鏡片1010,並於其平面內旋轉透鏡片1010直至該透鏡與圖示元件1020充分校正而形成圖示元件1020的合成影像為止。A system formed in accordance with the embodiment of Figure 41b can be used as an anti-counterfeiting and authentication device. For example, the lower surface of the graphic sheet 1014 can be attached, adhered, or permanently affixed or incorporated into an article or document during manufacture, original creation, packaging, or dispensing. The graphic sheet 1014 itself does not need to have any visual distinguishing features. In fact, the illustrated element 1020 will be extremely small, ranging in size from a few microns to tens of microns, and the naked eye will be effectively invisible. The remaining conventional printing or imaging may be equipped or attached to the graphic sheet 1014 as needed. An example of such additional imaging may be a photo that a person uses for identification such that the graphic piece is completed as a background for the photo. The identification of the illustrated sheet 1014 can be accomplished by incorporating a securely attached article, and placing a suitable zoom lens sheet 1010 that is substantially in contact with the illustrated sheet 1014, and rotating the lens sheet 1010 in its plane until the lens and illustrated element 1020 The corrected image of the graphic element 1020 is formed sufficiently corrected.
圖示片(1002或1014)的結構或形式可結合形成不同合成影像之圖示元件(分別對應996或1020)的多路型樣,而可以不同透鏡片旋轉角度(例如以0度透鏡片旋轉角度產生最大放大合成影像的一圖示型樣,及以30度透鏡片旋轉角度產生最大放大合成影像的第二圖示型樣),不同透鏡重複期間,不同透鏡與圖示陣列幾何(例如具有六角形幾何的一陣列組,及具有方形幾何的第二陣列組)及其組合,予以讀取或鑑定。The structure or form of the graphic sheet (1002 or 1014) can be combined with the multiplex pattern forming the graphic elements of different synthetic images (corresponding to 996 or 1020 respectively), and can be rotated by different lens sheets (for example, rotating at 0 degree lens sheets). The angle produces a graphical representation of the largest magnified composite image, and a second graphical representation of the maximum magnified composite image at a 30 degree lens rotation angle), different lenses and illustrated array geometry during different lens repetitions (eg, having An array of hexagonal geometry, and a second array of square geometry, and combinations thereof, are read or identified.
不同透鏡期間鑑別方法的範例為一圖示片,其結合當經由具30微米之重複期間的透鏡片而合成放大時產生深影像的圖示元件型樣,及亦結合當經由具45微米之重複期間的透鏡片而合成放大時產生浮動影像的第二圖示元件型樣。第二圖示元件型樣可選擇地以不同於第一圖示元件型樣的旋轉角度予以鑑定。An example of a different lens period discrimination method is a graphic sheet that combines the pattern of the image elements that produce a deep image when synthesized and amplified by a lens sheet having a repeat period of 30 micrometers, and is also combined with a repetition of 45 micrometers. The second illustrated component pattern of the floating image is generated when the lens sheet is synthesized and enlarged. The second illustrated element pattern is optionally identifiable with a different angle of rotation than the first illustrated element pattern.
具多路圖示型樣的材料可結合可以第一金鑰(具第一選擇的重複期間之透鏡片)展現的一組資訊,及可各以其餘金鑰(各符合其個別圖示元件重複之縮放的透鏡片)展現的其餘組資訊。該多路圖示型樣亦可於需要具不同焦距之聚焦元件的不同圖示層中提供,而從不同圖示層形成可見合成光學影像。A material having a multi-way graphic pattern can be combined with a set of information that can be presented by a first key (a lens sheet with a first selected repeat period), and each of the remaining keys can be repeated The scaled lens piece) shows the remaining set of information. The multiplexed pattern can also be provided in different patterned layers that require focusing elements having different focal lengths to form visible synthetic optical images from different illustrated layers.
圖42的實施例稱為結合隱蔽資訊至隨後可經由使用隱蔽鑑別透鏡片1040而予"解碼"或展現之本發明的波紋放大系統1026之'濕式解碼器'方法及系統。在本圖中,放大系統1026包括微透鏡1028及圖示層1030,其結合圖示層1030之中或之上的隱蔽圖示型樣1034。圖示層1030亦可選擇地包括公然圖示型樣1032。如先前提及的,放大系統1026經設計而產生公然圖示型樣1032的公然可檢視合成影像1038。相對地,隱蔽圖示型樣1034的重複期間及/或旋轉對稱刻意地設計,以便於經由微透鏡1028之機構檢視時,不產生公然可檢視合成影像。The embodiment of FIG. 42 is referred to as a 'wet decoder' method and system that incorporates covert information into a ripple amplification system 1026 of the present invention that can then be "decoded" or exhibited via the use of covert identification lens sheet 1040. In the figure, the magnification system 1026 includes a microlens 1028 and a patterned layer 1030 that incorporates a concealed graphic pattern 1034 in or on the illustrated layer 1030. The illustrated layer 1030 can also optionally include a publicly illustrated pattern 1032. As previously mentioned, the magnification system 1026 is designed to produce a publicly viewable composite image 1038 of the publicly illustrated pattern 1032. In contrast, the repeating period and/or rotational symmetry of the covert graphic pattern 1034 is deliberately designed so that a publicly viewable composite image is not produced when viewed through the mechanism of the microlens 1028.
例如,隱蔽圖示型樣1034的重複期間可經設計而實質上與微透鏡1028的重複期間不同;隱蔽圖示型樣1034期間可經設計而為37微米,同時微透鏡1028期間可經設計而為32微米。圖示對透鏡的縮放比(約1.156)將製造具約205微米之期間的隱蔽圖示型樣1034的浮動合成影像。該尺寸之隱蔽合成影像的特徵為裸眼實質上不可見。(該隱蔽圖示期間可另外選擇而產生與約0.865之圖示對透鏡的縮放比相等期間的深合成影像。對特定微透鏡重複期間而言,隱蔽圖示之重複期間可經設計而產生具任一一致波紋放大效果的合成影像,包括但不限於超深、深、移動、浮動、超浮動、形態。)文中所呈現的特定尺寸僅代表可選擇之尺寸的連續區的單一範例。For example, the repeating period of the concealed graphic pattern 1034 can be designed to be substantially different from the repeating period of the microlens 1028; the concealed graphic pattern 1034 can be designed to be 37 microns while the microlens 1028 can be designed while It is 32 microns. The zoom ratio (about 1.156) shown for the lens will produce a floating composite image of the concealed graphical pattern 1034 with a period of about 205 microns. A feature of the concealed composite image of this size is that the naked eye is substantially invisible. (The concealed illustration period may be additionally selected to produce a deep synthetic image during a period equal to the scaling ratio of the illustrated image to the lens of about 0.865. For a particular microlens repeat period, the repeating period of the concealed illustration may be designed to produce A synthetic image of any uniform ripple amplification effect, including but not limited to ultra deep, deep, moving, floating, super floating, morphology.) The particular dimensions presented herein represent only a single example of a contiguous area of selectable size.
關於另一範例,隱蔽圖示型樣1034的旋轉對稱可經設計而實質上與微透鏡1028的旋轉對稱不同。在此範例中,吾人將假定微透鏡1028及隱蔽圖示型樣1034係配置於六角形陣列中,但隱蔽圖示型樣1034之陣列的方位係從微透鏡1028之陣列的方位旋轉30度。該二陣列的不重合亦將避免隱蔽圖示型樣1034之公然可檢視合成影像的形成。避免隱蔽圖示型樣1034合成影像之形成的又另一方法為配置微透鏡1028至一陣列幾何中,例如六角形,同時配置隱蔽圖示型樣1034至不同陣列幾何中,例如方形。Regarding another example, the rotational symmetry of the covert graphic 1034 can be designed to be substantially different from the rotational symmetry of the microlens 1028. In this example, we will assume that the microlenses 1028 and the concealed graphic pattern 1034 are arranged in a hexagonal array, but the orientation of the array of concealed graphic patterns 1034 is rotated 30 degrees from the orientation of the array of microlenses 1028. The misalignment of the two arrays will also avoid the formation of a blatantly viewable composite image of the concealed graphic pattern 1034. Yet another way to avoid the formation of the concealed graphic 1034 synthetic image is to configure the microlenses 1028 into an array of geometries, such as hexagons, while configuring the concealed graphic pattern 1034 into different array geometries, such as squares.
隱蔽圖示型樣1034可經由以附加、個別元件之隱蔽鑑別透鏡片1040形成合成影像而予展現,其中隱蔽鑑別透鏡片1040係以填充其間間隙之光學耦合材料1044導入放大系統1026之微透鏡1028附近或實質上與其接觸。該光學耦合材料較佳地為具有類似於形成隱蔽鑑別透鏡片之材料1052及形成放大系統透鏡1028之材料1050之折射率的液體,例如甘油或玉米糖漿。該耦合材料具有藉將透鏡1028浸入具有類似折射率之媒介物中而部分完全抵消其聚焦放大率的功能。其他材料可用於完成此功能,包括膠體(包括凝膠)、彈性體及壓力敏感膠黏劑。The concealed graphic pattern 1034 can be rendered by forming a composite image with the additional, individual component concealed identification lens sheet 1040, wherein the concealed identification lens sheet 1040 is introduced into the microlens 1028 of the amplification system 1026 with an optical coupling material 1044 filling the gap therebetween. Nearby or substantially in contact with it. The optical coupling material is preferably a liquid having a refractive index similar to that of the material 1052 forming the covert discriminating lens sheet and the material 1050 forming the magnifying system lens 1028, such as glycerin or corn syrup. The coupling material has the function of partially offsetting its focus magnification by immersing the lens 1028 in a medium having a similar refractive index. Other materials can be used to accomplish this, including colloids (including gels), elastomers, and pressure-sensitive adhesives.
隱蔽鑑別透鏡片1040之屬性,包括其陣列幾何、重複期間及微透鏡焦距,經設計而與隱蔽圖示型樣1034的陣列幾何與重複期間及至隱蔽鑑別透鏡片透鏡1042與圖示平面1030之總距離相符。The properties of the covert discriminating lens sheet 1040, including its array geometry, repeating period, and lenticular focal length, are designed and the array geometry and repeating period of the covert pattern 1034 and to the total of the covert discriminating lens sheet lens 1042 and the illustrated plane 1030. The distance matches.
實際上,例如甘油之少量流體被置於放大系統透鏡1028的表面,且隱蔽鑑別透鏡片1040的平坦表面被置放而與該流體接觸,並實質上被擠入而與透鏡1028接觸。隱蔽鑑別透鏡片1040接著於其平面中旋轉,而實質上校正微透鏡1042之陣列的方位與隱蔽圖示型樣1034之陣列的方位。關於所進行隱蔽圖示型樣1034的校正,合成影像1048變得充分放大而可以裸眼識別,接近於該二陣列具有實質上相同方位之位置的最大放大。In effect, a small amount of fluid, such as glycerin, is placed on the surface of the magnification system lens 1028, and the flat surface of the covert discriminating lens sheet 1040 is placed in contact with the fluid and substantially squeezed into contact with the lens 1028. The covert discriminating lens sheet 1040 then rotates in its plane to substantially correct the orientation of the array of microlenses 1042 and the orientation of the array of concealed graphic patterns 1034. With respect to the correction of the concealed graphic pattern 1034, the composite image 1048 is sufficiently magnified to be recognized by the naked eye, and is close to the maximum magnification of the two arrays having substantially the same orientation.
另一實施例為形成隱蔽鑑別透鏡片1040為壓力敏感標籤或膠布,其可應用於透鏡1028的表面。在本實施例中,光學耦合材料1044的功能係藉應用於隱蔽鑑別透鏡片1040之平坦表面的實質上透明的壓力敏感膠黏劑而完成。將隱蔽鑑別透鏡片1040校正為隱蔽圖示型樣1034之方位的方法是需要的,例如藉印刷校正型樣或以放大系統1026之邊緣為方向,其中隱蔽鑑別透鏡片1040的邊緣於應用時可相符。Another embodiment is to form the covert discriminating lens sheet 1040 as a pressure sensitive label or tape that can be applied to the surface of the lens 1028. In the present embodiment, the function of the optical coupling material 1044 is accomplished by applying a substantially transparent pressure sensitive adhesive that conceals the flat surface of the lens sheet 1040. A method of correcting the covert discriminating lens sheet 1040 to the orientation of the covert pictorial pattern 1034 is desirable, such as by printing a correction pattern or in the direction of the edge of the magnification system 1026, wherein the edge of the discriminating discriminating lens sheet 1040 can be applied Match.
'濕式解碼器'方法及系統的又另一替代結構為將隱蔽圖示型樣1034併入第二圖示層。該第二圖示層可接近透鏡1028或進一步來自透鏡1028而非第一圖示層1030。隱蔽鑑別透鏡片1040的焦距及厚度接著經設計,於以光學耦合材料1044而應用隱蔽鑑別透鏡片1040至透鏡1028時,使其焦點落入該第二圖示層。在本實施例中,只要第二圖示平面的位置使透鏡1028不能形成可識別之隱蔽圖示型樣1034的公然影像,隱蔽圖示型樣1034的陣列屬性可與公然圖示型樣的陣列屬性相同。Yet another alternative structure of the 'wet decoder' method and system is to incorporate the covert graphic 1034 into the second graphical layer. The second illustrated layer can be adjacent to the lens 1028 or further from the lens 1028 instead of the first illustrated layer 1030. The focal length and thickness of the covert discriminating lens sheet 1040 are then designed to focus on the second illustrated layer when the discriminating discriminating lens sheet 1040 to the lens 1028 is applied with the optical coupling material 1044. In the present embodiment, as long as the position of the second illustrated plane prevents the lens 1028 from forming a public image of the identifiable covert graphic 1034, the array attributes of the cover image 1034 can be aligned with the pattern of the publicly illustrated pattern. The properties are the same.
圖43的實施例稱為'乾式解碼器'方法及系統,其將隱蔽資訊併入隨後可經由使用隱蔽鑑別透鏡片1064而予"解碼"或展現的放大系統1054。在該圖中,放大系統1054包括微透鏡1056及圖示層1058,其結合圖示層1058之中或之上的隱蔽圖示型樣1060。圖示層1058亦可選擇地包括公然圖示型樣1059。如先前所提及,放大系統1056可選擇地經設計而產生公然圖示型樣1059的公然可檢視合成影像。相對地,隱蔽圖示型樣1060的重複期間及/或旋轉對稱刻意地設計,使得當經由微透鏡1056的機構檢視時,不致產生公然可檢視合成影像。The embodiment of FIG. 43 is referred to as a 'dry decoder' method and system that incorporates covert information into an amplification system 1054 that can then be "decoded" or presented via the use of covert identification lens patches 1064. In the figure, the magnification system 1054 includes a microlens 1056 and a patterned layer 1058 that incorporates a concealed graphic pattern 1060 in or on the illustrated layer 1058. The illustrated layer 1058 can also optionally include a publicly illustrated pattern 1059. As previously mentioned, the magnification system 1056 can optionally be designed to produce a publicly viewable composite image of the publicly illustrated pattern 1059. In contrast, the repeating period and/or rotational symmetry of the covert graphic 1060 is deliberately designed such that when viewed through the mechanism of the microlens 1056, a blatantly viewable composite image is not produced.
例如,隱蔽圖示型樣1060的重複期間可經設計而實質上與微透鏡1056之重複期間不同;隱蔽圖示型樣1060期間可經設計而為28.071微米,同時微透鏡1056期間可經設計而為28.000微米。圖示對透鏡的縮放比(約1.00255)將製造具約392微米之期間的(隱蔽圖示型樣1060的)浮動合成影像1063。該尺寸之隱蔽合成影像的特徵為裸眼實質上不可見。(該隱蔽圖示期間可另外選擇而產生與約0.99746之圖示對透鏡的縮放比相等期間的深合成影像。對特定微透鏡重複期間而言,隱蔽圖示之重複期間可經設計而產生具任一一致波紋放大效果的合成影像,包括但不限於超深、深、移動、浮動、超浮動、形態。)文中所呈現的特定尺寸僅代表可選擇之尺寸的連續區的單一範例。For example, the repeating period of the concealed graphic pattern 1060 can be designed to be substantially different from the repetition period of the microlens 1056; the concealed graphic pattern 1060 can be designed to be 28.071 microns while the microlens 1056 can be designed while It is 28.000 microns. The zoom ratio (about 1.00255) shown for the lens will produce a floating composite image 1063 (of the concealed graphic pattern 1060) having a period of about 392 microns. A feature of the concealed composite image of this size is that the naked eye is substantially invisible. (The concealed illustration period may alternatively be selected to produce a deep synthetic image during a period equal to the zoom ratio of the illustrated image to the lens of about 0.99746. For a particular microlens repeat period, the repeating period of the concealed illustration may be designed to produce A synthetic image of any uniform ripple amplification effect, including but not limited to ultra deep, deep, moving, floating, super floating, morphology.) The particular dimensions presented herein represent only a single example of a contiguous area of selectable size.
關於另一範例,隱蔽圖示型樣1060的旋轉對稱可經設計而實質上與微透鏡1056的旋轉對稱不同。在此範例中,吾人將假定微透鏡1056及隱蔽圖示型樣1060係配置於六角形陣列中,但隱蔽圖示型樣1060之陣列的方位係從微透鏡1056之陣列的方位旋轉30度。該二陣列的不重合亦將避免隱蔽圖示型樣1060之公然可檢視合成影像的形成。避免隱蔽圖示型樣1060合成影像之形成的又另一方法為配置微透鏡1056至一陣列幾何中,例如六角形,同時配置隱蔽圖示型樣1060至不同陣列幾何中,例如方形。Regarding another example, the rotational symmetry of the covert graphic 1060 can be designed to be substantially different from the rotational symmetry of the microlens 1056. In this example, we will assume that the microlens 1056 and the concealed graphic pattern 1060 are arranged in a hexagonal array, but the orientation of the array of concealed graphic patterns 1060 is rotated 30 degrees from the orientation of the array of microlenses 1056. The misalignment of the two arrays will also avoid the formation of a blatantly viewable composite image of the concealed graphic version 1060. Yet another method of avoiding the formation of the concealed graphic 1060 synthetic image is to configure the microlenses 1056 into an array of geometries, such as hexagons, while configuring the concealed graphic pattern 1060 into different array geometries, such as squares.
隱蔽圖示型樣1060可經由以附加、個別元件之機構的隱蔽鑑別透鏡片1064形成第二合成影像而製成可見,其中隱蔽鑑別透鏡片1064被導入放大系統之微透鏡1056附近或實質上與其接觸,並未使用填充其間間隙1065之光學耦合材料。間隙1065係以空氣、真空或瀰漫放大系統1054之周遭環境的任一其他氣體填充。The covert graphic pattern 1060 can be made visible by forming a second composite image by the covert identification lens sheet 1064 of the mechanism of the additional, individual elements, wherein the covert discrimination lens sheet 1064 is introduced into the vicinity of the microlens 1056 of the amplification system or substantially Contact, the optical coupling material filling the gap 1065 therebetween is not used. The gap 1065 is filled with any other gas in the environment surrounding the air, vacuum or diffuse amplification system 1054.
隱蔽鑑別透鏡片1064之屬性,包括其陣列幾何、重複期間及微透鏡焦距,經設計而於其投射至形成隱蔽鑑別透鏡片1064之材料1070中時,與隱蔽圖示型樣1063的陣列幾何與重複期間及至隱蔽鑑別透鏡片透鏡1066與隱蔽合成影像1063之位置的總距離相符。The properties of the covert discriminating lens sheet 1064, including its array geometry, repetition period, and lenticular focal length, are designed to be projected into the material 1070 forming the covert discriminating lens sheet 1064, and the array geometry of the concealed pictorial pattern 1063 The repeating period and the total distance from the position of the covert discriminating lens sheet lens 1066 to the concealed composite image 1063 are matched.
實際上,隱蔽鑑別透鏡片1064的平坦表面被置放而與放大透鏡1056接觸。隱蔽鑑別透鏡片1064接著於其平面中旋轉,而實質上校正微透鏡1066之陣列的方位與隱蔽圖示型樣1063之陣列的方位。關於所進行形成第二合成影像1068之隱蔽合成影像1063的校正,該第二合成影像1068變得充分放大而可以裸眼識別,接近於該二陣列具有實質上相同方位之位置的最大放大。In fact, the flat surface of the covert discriminating lens sheet 1064 is placed in contact with the magnifying lens 1056. The covert discriminating lens sheet 1064 then rotates in its plane to substantially correct the orientation of the array of microlenses 1066 and the orientation of the array of concealed graphic patterns 1063. With respect to the correction of the concealed composite image 1063 that forms the second composite image 1068, the second composite image 1068 is sufficiently magnified to be recognized by the naked eye, proximate to the maximum magnification of the two arrays having substantially the same orientation.
另一實施例為形成隱蔽鑑別透鏡片1064為壓力敏感標籤或膠布,其可應用於透鏡1056的表面。在本實施例中,極薄(實質上小於微透鏡1056的高度)實質上透明的壓力敏感膠黏劑(圖中未顯示)可應用於隱蔽鑑別透鏡片1064的整個平坦表面,或定型的壓力敏感膠黏劑(圖中未顯示)可應用於該表面。在第一狀況下,該極薄實質上透明的壓力敏感膠黏劑的應用-對於放大系統1056之包覆的隱蔽鑑別透鏡片,將使該膠黏劑接觸透鏡1056的頂端,並未填充間隙1065及掩蔽該透鏡側,因而避免使透鏡1056形成第一隱蔽合成影像1063的空氣間隙。在第二狀況下,隱蔽鑑別透鏡片1064在無膠黏劑的區域中將維持未填充的間隙1065。將隱蔽鑑別透鏡片1064校正為隱蔽圖示型樣1060之方位的方法是需要的,例如藉印刷校正型樣或以放大系統1056之邊緣為方向,其中隱蔽鑑別透鏡片1064的邊緣於應用時可相符。Another embodiment is to form the covert discriminating lens sheet 1064 as a pressure sensitive label or tape that can be applied to the surface of the lens 1056. In the present embodiment, a very thin (substantially smaller than the height of the microlens 1056) substantially transparent pressure sensitive adhesive (not shown) can be applied to conceal the entire flat surface of the disc lens 1064, or set pressure. A sensitive adhesive (not shown) can be applied to the surface. In the first case, the application of the extremely thin, substantially transparent pressure sensitive adhesive - for the covert discriminating lens sheet of the enveloping system 1056, will cause the adhesive to contact the top end of the lens 1056 without filling the gap 1065 and masking the lens side, thereby avoiding the lens 1056 from forming an air gap of the first concealed composite image 1063. In the second condition, the covert discriminating lens sheet 1064 will maintain the unfilled gap 1065 in the adhesive free region. A method of correcting the covert discriminating lens sheet 1064 to the orientation of the covert pictorial pattern 1060 is required, for example, by printing a correction pattern or in the direction of the edge of the magnification system 1056, wherein the edge of the covert discriminating lens sheet 1064 can be used when applied. Match.
'乾式解碼器'方法及系統的又另一替代結構為將隱蔽圖示型樣1060併入第二圖示層。該第二圖示層可接近透鏡1056或進一步來自透鏡1056而非第一圖示層1058,而處於任一啟動透鏡1056形成隱蔽圖示1060之真實或虛擬影像的位置。隱蔽鑑別透鏡片1064的焦距及厚度接著經設計,於隱蔽鑑別透鏡片1064被置於實質上接觸透鏡1056時,使其焦點落於透鏡1056形成隱蔽合成影像的位置。Yet another alternative structure of the 'dry decoder' method and system is to incorporate the covert graphic 1060 into the second graphical layer. The second graphic layer can be proximate to the lens 1056 or further from the lens 1056 rather than the first illustrated layer 1058, at any position where the activation lens 1056 forms a real or virtual image of the concealed graphic 1060. The focal length and thickness of the covert discriminating lens sheet 1064 are then designed such that when the covert discriminating lens sheet 1064 is placed substantially in contact with the lens 1056, its focus falls on the position at which the lens 1056 forms a concealed composite image.
圖44a、b中描繪展現本發明之放大系統中隱藏資訊的又另一方法。吾人已創造一名詞「水一致」(HydroUnison),表示使用本實施例之原理的波紋放大系統。在圖44a中,水一致波紋放大系統1078結合微透鏡1080的陣列、圖示層1082及其間的光學隔片1081,其係與微透鏡1080或圖示層1082相鄰,或二者皆然。圖示層1082結合圖示型樣1084。當處於空氣、另一氣體中或真空時,光學隔片1081的厚度實質上大於微透鏡1080的焦距1086。可以見到,微透鏡1080的空氣焦點1088遠離圖示型樣1084及圖示層1082。來自微透鏡1080之空氣中合成影像投射1090嚴重地模糊及失焦,不具可識別的影像。Yet another method of presenting hidden information in the magnification system of the present invention is depicted in Figures 44a, b. We have coined the term "HydroUnison" to mean a corrugated amplification system using the principles of this embodiment. In Fig. 44a, the water uniform corrugated amplification system 1078 incorporates an array of microlenses 1080, a patterned layer 1082, and an optical spacer 1081 therebetween, adjacent to the microlens 1080 or the illustrated layer 1082, or both. The illustrated layer 1082 is coupled to the graphical pattern 1084. The thickness of the optical spacer 1081 is substantially greater than the focal length 1086 of the microlens 1080 when in air, another gas, or under vacuum. It can be seen that the air focus 1088 of the microlens 1080 is remote from the illustrated pattern 1084 and the illustrated layer 1082. The synthetic image projection 1090 from the air of the microlens 1080 is severely blurred and out of focus, with no identifiable image.
圖44b描繪將微透鏡1080浸入例如水之適當流體1092中的效果。(浸入為一相對情況-只要流體1092置於大於透鏡1080之中心高度1091的層中微透鏡1080之上,透鏡便從光學的標準點"浸入"。)改變水一致波紋放大系統1078之外媒介物的折射率,可改變微透鏡1080的焦距。在此範例中,提升系統外部媒介物的折射率,增加了微透鏡1080的焦距。光學隔片1081的厚度經選擇而將浸入流體1092之微透鏡1080的焦點1088導入圖示層1082中或其附近。在該些狀況下,微透鏡1080可投射聚焦良好之圖示型樣1084的合成影像1095。Figure 44b depicts the effect of immersing microlens 1080 in a suitable fluid 1092, such as water. (Immersion is a relative case - as long as the fluid 1092 is placed above the microlens 1080 in the layer greater than the center height 1091 of the lens 1080, the lens is "immersed" from the optical standard point.) Changing the medium of the water uniform corrugated amplification system 1078 The refractive index of the object changes the focal length of the microlens 1080. In this example, increasing the refractive index of the external medium of the system increases the focal length of the microlens 1080. The thickness of the optical spacer 1081 is selected to direct the focus 1088 of the microlens 1080 immersed in the fluid 1092 into or near the illustrated layer 1082. Under these circumstances, the microlens 1080 can project a composite image 1095 of the well-focused graphical image 1084.
當以空氣中透鏡1080於乾式狀態檢視時,依據本實施例之水一致系統顯現為不具明顯的影像。當透鏡以具有實質上等於選擇的浸入流體1092之折射率的液體弄濕(浸入)時,合成影像突然出現。若合成影像為組合浮動/深影像或超深影像,該效果特別顯著。隨著該水一致系統乾燥,合成影像變成黯淡及消失。When viewed in the dry state with the in-air lens 1080, the water-consistent system according to the present embodiment appears to have no visible image. The synthetic image suddenly appears when the lens is wetted (immersed) with a liquid having a refractive index substantially equal to the selected immersion fluid 1092. This effect is particularly noticeable if the composite image is a combined floating/deep image or an ultra-deep image. As the water uniform system dries, the synthetic image becomes dull and disappears.
對流體1092的特定選擇而言,當浸入具選擇的折射率之流體1092時,經由製造光學隔片1081之厚度為約等於浸入流體1092之微透鏡1080的焦距1094,而完成設計水一致系統以產生該效果。方便的流體1092為水,具有約1.33的典型折射率。對選擇的浸入流體1092而言,儘管水一致波紋放大系統1078可為非"薄透鏡"光學系統,薄透鏡系統設計透鏡製造方程式可用於發現適當準確的光學隔片1081的設計厚度。For a particular selection of fluid 1092, when immersed in fluid 1092 having a selected index of refraction, the design water consistency system is completed by making the thickness of the optical spacer 1081 approximately equal to the focal length 1094 of the microlens 1080 immersed in the fluid 1092. Produce this effect. Convenient fluid 1092 is water with a typical refractive index of about 1.33. For the selected immersion fluid 1092, although the water uniform corrugated amplification system 1078 can be a non-"thin lens" optical system, the thin lens system design lens manufacturing equation can be used to find a design aperture of a suitably accurate optical spacer 1081.
透鏡製造方程式為:1/f=(n透鏡 -no )(1/R1 -1/R2 )其中:f=當浸入折射率no 之媒介物中時的透鏡焦距n透鏡 =透鏡材料的折射率no =浸入媒介物的折射率R1 =第一透鏡表面之曲率的半徑R2 =第二透鏡表面之曲率的半徑The lens manufacturing equation is: 1/f = (n lens - n o ) (1/R 1 - 1 / R 2 ) where: f = lens focal length n when immersed in the medium of refractive index n o lens = lens material Refractive index n o = refractive index of the immersion medium R 1 = radius of curvature of the first lens surface R 2 = radius of curvature of the second lens surface
由於透鏡1080的焦點為水一致波紋放大系統1078的內部,影響焦距之唯一曲率為第一曲率,R1 -第二曲率R2 可視為具無限半徑的平坦表面,降低1/R2 比例等於零。該透鏡製造方程式接著簡化為:1/f=(n透鏡 -no )或f=R1 /(n透鏡 -no )對空氣中透鏡而言,n透鏡 =1.487,及no =n空氣 =1.000:f空氣 =R1 /(1.487-1.000)=R1 /0.487=2.053 R1 對浸入水中透鏡而言,n透鏡 =1.487,及no =n水 =1.333:f水 =R1 /(1.487-1.333)=R1 /0.154=6.494 R1 所以發現浸入水中透鏡1080之焦距約大於透鏡1080的空氣中焦距,商為:f水 /f空氣 =(6.494 R1 )/(2.053 R1 )=3.163Since the focus of the lens 1080 is the interior of the water-consistent corrugated magnification system 1078, the only curvature affecting the focal length is the first curvature, and R 1 -the second curvature R 2 can be considered as a flat surface with an infinite radius, reducing the 1/R 2 ratio to be zero. The lens manufacturing equation is then simplified to: 1/f = (n lens - n o ) or f = R 1 / (n lens - n o ) for airborne lenses, n lens = 1.487, and n o = n air = 1.000: f air = R 1 /(1.487-1.000)=R 1 /0.487=2.053 R 1 in terms of a lens immersed in water, n-lens = 1.487, and n o = n water = 1.333: f water = R 1 / (1.487-1.333)=R 1 /0.154=6.494 R 1 Therefore, it is found that the focal length of the lens 1080 immersed in water is greater than the focal length in the air of the lens 1080, and the quotient is: f water / f air = (6.494 R 1 ) / (2.053 R 1 )=3.163
例如,若從具有1.487之折射率的材料所形成的特定微透鏡1080具有23微米的空氣中焦距1086,那麼當浸入水中時,微透鏡1080將具有約23×3.163=72.7微米。For example, if a particular microlens 1080 formed from a material having a refractive index of 1.487 has a focal length 1086 in air of 23 microns, the microlens 1080 will have a size of about 23 x 3.136 = 72.7 microns when immersed in water.
可使用具有類似於選擇的浸入流體1092之折射率的其他流體,以展現隱藏影像,具有部分基於如何密切符合浸入流體1092之折射率的特定流體的有效性。例如,乙醇具有約1.36的折射率。當浸入乙醇時,上述範例中透鏡的焦距將為88.2微米,所以若光學隔片1081經設計而具有約73微米的厚度,相應於具有水之折射率的選擇的浸入流體1092,合成影像1095將輕微失焦。Other fluids having a refractive index similar to that of the selected immersion fluid 1092 can be used to reveal a hidden image with effectiveness based in part on how closely conforming to the specific fluid of the immersion fluid 1092. For example, ethanol has a refractive index of about 1.36. When immersed in ethanol, the focal length of the lens in the above example will be 88.2 microns, so if the optical spacer 1081 is designed to have a thickness of about 73 microns, corresponding to the selected immersion fluid 1092 having a refractive index of water, the composite image 1095 will Slight out of focus.
圖44a、b的實施例可用於各類應用,包括但不限於物件的鑑別,其具有水一致系統膜層壓、貼紙、貼片、執行緒、封條、戳記或標籤,例如比賽門票、彩票、身份證、簽證、護照、駕照、政府文件、出生證明、流通票據、旅行支票、銀行支票、貨幣、賭博籌碼、製造的商品,及其他相關及類似物件。水一致系統亦可用於提供裝飾性、新穎及潮濕指示效用予物件、文件及製造的商品。The embodiment of Figures 44a, b can be used in a variety of applications including, but not limited to, the identification of articles having water consistent system film laminates, stickers, patches, threads, seals, stamps or labels, such as tournament tickets, lottery tickets, ID cards, visas, passports, driver's licenses, government documents, birth certificates, negotiable instruments, traveller's cheques, bank checks, currency, gambling chips, manufactured goods, and other related and similar items. The water consistency system can also be used to provide decorative, novel and wet indicating effects to articles, documents and manufactured goods.
先前文中所提及一致波紋放大系統的其他實施例亦為潮濕指示-將該些一致系統的透鏡浸入流體,通常將避免材料形成合成影像。當液體乾燥或移除時,該合成影像返回。Other embodiments of the consistent corrugated amplification system referred to in the foregoing are also wet indications - the lenses of the uniform systems are immersed in the fluid, typically avoiding the formation of a synthetic image of the material. The composite image is returned when the liquid is dried or removed.
圖44a、b的實施例可進一步延伸而提供多路影像水一致系統1096,其於水一致微透鏡1098浸入不同媒介物(1112、1120、1128)時,可呈現相同或不同顏色的二或更多不同的一致波紋放大合成影像。圖45a-c中所呈現之範例描繪水一致系統1096,其可產生三個不同合成影像(1114、1126、1134)。第一合成影像係於透鏡處於空氣真空或另一氣體的媒介物1112中時產生;第二合成影像係於透鏡浸入具約1.33程度之折射率的水1120或其他液體中時產生;及第三合成影像係於透鏡浸入具約1.418之折射率的媒介物1128(例如62體積百分比甘油及389體積百分比水的均勻混合物)中時產生。The embodiment of Figures 44a, b can be further extended to provide a multiplexed image water consistency system 1096 that can exhibit two or more of the same or different colors when the water-consistent microlens 1098 is immersed in different media (1112, 1120, 1128) A number of different uniform ripples magnify the composite image. The example presented in Figures 45a-c depicts a water consensus system 1096 that can produce three different synthetic images (1114, 1126, 1134). The first synthetic image is produced when the lens is in an air vacuum or another gas medium 1112; the second synthetic image is produced when the lens is immersed in water 1120 or other liquid having a refractive index of about 1.33; and The synthetic image is produced when the lens is immersed in a medium 1128 having a refractive index of about 1.418 (e.g., a uniform mixture of 62 volume percent glycerol and 389 volume percent water).
每一該些三個合成影像可為彼此相同顏色、型樣及一致效果的類型,或可為彼此不同顏色、型樣及一致效果。雖然一致合成影像之類型、顏色及型樣可與水一致系統所產生的一些或全部合成影像相同,但重要的是請注意,一致深度效果(超深、深、浮動、超浮動、飄浮)的量,即浮動影像的表面高度及深影像的深度與微透鏡1112的f-數量成比例。將微透鏡1098浸入具有不同折射率的媒介物中,改變了微透鏡1098的f-數量,並成比例地放大分別產生之合成影像中一致深度效果的量。Each of the three synthetic images may be of the same color, type, and uniform effect, or may be different colors, patterns, and uniform effects from each other. Although the type, color, and pattern of consistent synthetic images may be the same as some or all of the synthetic images produced by a water-consistent system, it is important to note that consistent depth effects (ultra-deep, deep, floating, super-floating, floating) The amount, that is, the surface height of the floating image and the depth of the deep image are proportional to the f-number of the microlens 1112. Immersion of the microlenses 1098 into a medium having a different refractive index changes the f-number of the microlenses 1098 and proportionally amplifies the amount of uniform depth effects in the resulting synthetic images.
水一致波紋放大系統1096結合微透鏡1098、隔離微透鏡1098與第一圖示層1102的第一光學隔片1100、具有第一圖示型樣1117的第一圖示層1102、隔離第一圖示層1102與第二圖示層1106的第二光學隔片1104、具有第二圖示型樣1119的第二圖示層1106、隔離第二圖示層1106與第三圖示層1110的第三光學隔片1108、及具有第三圖示型樣1111的第三圖示層1110。The water uniform corrugated amplification system 1096 combines the microlens 1098, the isolation microlens 1098 with the first optical spacer 1100 of the first graphic layer 1102, the first graphic layer 1102 having the first graphic pattern 1117, and the first image isolation. a second optical spacer 1104 of the display layer 1102 and the second graphic layer 1106, a second graphic layer 1106 having a second graphic pattern 1119, and a second insulating layer 1106 and a third graphic layer 1110. A three optical spacer 1108 and a third illustrated layer 1110 having a third graphic pattern 1111.
圖45a描繪示範多路影像水一致系統1096的功能。當微透鏡1098浸入具有實質上等於1.000折射率之媒介物(例如真空、空氣及大部分氣體)時,微透鏡1098具有配置其焦點1118於第一圖示層1102內或附近的焦距1116。圖示層1102可予省略,但若其呈現及若其具有與微透鏡1098正確幾何關係的適當圖示型樣1117(如曾提及之主題發明的相關各式實施例),那麼微透鏡1098將投射第一圖示型樣1117的合成影像1114。Figure 45a depicts the functionality of an exemplary multiplexed image water consistency system 1096. When the microlens 1098 is immersed in a medium (eg, vacuum, air, and most of the gas) having a refractive index substantially equal to 1.000, the microlens 1098 has a focal length 1116 that configures its focus 1118 within or near the first illustrated layer 1102. The illustrated layer 1102 can be omitted, but if it presents and if it has a suitable graphical representation 1117 of the correct geometric relationship with the microlens 1098 (as in the related embodiments of the subject invention as mentioned), then the microlens 1098 The composite image 1114 of the first graphic pattern 1117 will be projected.
圖45b顯示微透鏡1098浸入具有約1.33折射率的液體1120中,例如水。微透鏡1098的流體浸入焦距1122現在較微透鏡1098的空氣中焦距1116大三倍。水浸入焦點1124現在約為第二圖示層1106的深度,且微透鏡1098可形成第二圖示型樣1119的合成影像1126。Figure 45b shows microlens 1098 immersed in a liquid 1120 having a refractive index of about 1.33, such as water. The fluid immersion focal length 1122 of the microlens 1098 is now three times larger than the air focal length 1116 of the microlens 1098. The water immersion focus 1124 is now about the depth of the second graphic layer 1106, and the microlens 1098 can form a composite image 1126 of the second graphic pattern 1119.
圖45c中描繪當微透鏡1098浸入具有1.418折射率之流體1128時,範例多路影像水一致波紋放大系統1096的功能。由於浸入流體1128的折射率甚至較接近微透鏡1098的折射率,其焦距1130實質上更大-約較空氣中焦距1116大7.2倍。新焦點1132現在約為第三圖示層1110的深度,且微透鏡1098可形成第三圖示型樣1111的合成影像1134。The function of the exemplary multiplexed image water uniform corrugated amplification system 1096 is illustrated in Figure 45c when the microlens 1098 is immersed in a fluid 1128 having a refractive index of 1.418. Since the refractive index of the immersion fluid 1128 is even closer to the refractive index of the microlens 1098, its focal length 1130 is substantially greater - about 7.2 times greater than the focal length 1116 in air. The new focus 1132 is now about the depth of the third graphical layer 1110, and the microlens 1098 can form a composite image 1134 of the third graphical representation 1111.
圖45a-c之實施例的無窮變化清楚地可能處於主題發明的範圍內,包括可投射之合成影像的數量的選擇、合成影像的顏色及類型、特定圖示層的出現或不在、浸入流體折射率的選擇等。The infinite variations of the embodiments of Figures 45a-c are clearly possible within the scope of the subject invention, including the selection of the number of synthetic images that can be projected, the color and type of the composite image, the presence or absence of a particular graphic layer, immersion in fluid refraction. The choice of rate and so on.
圖45a-c之實施例的應用包括但不限於:獎勵及促銷項目、鑑別及安全材料、遊戲裝置、潮濕指標及區別不同液體的裝置。Applications of the embodiments of Figures 45a-c include, but are not limited to, rewards and promotional items, authentication and security materials, gaming devices, moisture indicators, and devices that distinguish between different liquids.
經由使用圖46中所描繪本發明之放大系統可獲得另一效果。該效果啟動觀看者觀看合成影像以便隨觀看者的相關方位角角度改變而改變。該改變的影像係於偏離垂直一選擇的量所替換之檢視角度的圓錐形內觀看。當觀看者觀察中空檢視圓錐形內一致圍繞波紋放大系統時,所見影像可依據環繞該中空圓錐形之觀看者的特定方位角角度而予設計。於圖46的頂端,觀看者從檢視點A觀察放大系統,且她從該檢視點看見大寫字母"A"的合成影像。若觀看者移至不同方位角檢視點,例如圖46底部所顯示的檢視點B,那麼她便可看見不同合成影像,例如大寫字母"B"的影像。Another effect can be obtained by using the magnification system of the present invention depicted in FIG. This effect activates the viewer to view the composite image to change as the viewer's associated azimuth angle changes. The altered image is viewed in a conical shape that deviates from the viewing angle that is replaced by a vertically selected amount. When the viewer observes that the hollow viewing cone conforms uniformly around the corrugated magnification system, the image seen can be designed based on the particular azimuthal angle of the viewer surrounding the hollow conical shape. At the top of Figure 46, the viewer views the magnification system from view point A, and she sees a composite image of the capital letter "A" from the view point. If the viewer moves to a different azimuth view point, such as view point B shown at the bottom of Figure 46, she can see different composite images, such as the uppercase letter "B".
圖46之左上及右下亦描繪完成該效果的方法。當觀看者從檢視點A觀察放大系統時,如該圖之左上所顯示的,該系統中微透鏡從圖示型樣的左側形成合成影像。當觀看者從檢視點B觀察材料時,如該圖之右下所顯示的,該微透鏡從圖示型樣的右側形成合成影像。由於如從多路檢視點所見,每一圖示型樣攜帶環繞多路合成影像的資訊,所以併入每一圖示型樣的特定影像元件通常將為每一圖示型樣獨特的。The method of accomplishing this effect is also depicted in the upper left and lower right of Fig. 46. When the viewer views the magnification system from view point A, as shown at the top left of the figure, the microlens in the system forms a composite image from the left side of the graphical representation. When the viewer views the material from the point of view B, as shown at the bottom right of the figure, the microlens forms a composite image from the right side of the graphic pattern. Since each graphic pattern carries information surrounding the composite image as seen from the multi-view point, the particular image elements incorporated into each graphic pattern will typically be unique for each graphic pattern.
圖47描繪併入代表圖示型樣的特定影像元件。在此圖中可以見到,將從方位角檢視點方向A的高度範圍見到圖示區A中影像元件。同樣地,將從檢視點方向B見到圖示區B,等等。請注意,在圖示型樣的左上(區F),並為圖示區中影像元件,所以如從方向F的檢視點所見,其將代表合成影像中空白區域。Figure 47 depicts a particular image element incorporating a representative graphical representation. As can be seen in this figure, the image elements in the area A of the illustration are seen from the height range of the azimuth view point direction A. Similarly, the illustrated area B will be seen from the inspection point direction B, and so on. Note that on the upper left side of the graphic (Zone F), and is the image element in the icon area, as seen from the view point in direction F, it will represent a blank area in the composite image.
本實施例具有使用的多重性。範例包括:顯現為不從不同方位角角度改變的合成影像,使其總是面對或"追蹤"觀看者;可呈現之形成移動圖畫或動畫的一連串相連影像;可提供之文字或圖形資訊的多路頁面,使得觀看者經由旋轉材料而"翻轉頁面"並從不同方位角位置檢視;對於從不同方向接近之駕駛者的街號或呈現不同資訊的交通控制符號;及許多其他應用。This embodiment has the multiplicity of use. Examples include: synthetic images that appear as not changing from different azimuth angles, such that they always face or "track" the viewer; a series of connected images that can be rendered to form a moving picture or animation; text or graphic information that can be provided Multiple pages allow viewers to "flip pages" and view from different azimuthal positions via rotating material; street numbers for drivers approaching from different directions or traffic control symbols that present different information; and many other applications.
圖48a-f描繪製造填充的圖示微結構的較佳方法。在圖48a中膜基底(較佳地為92標準規格聚酯膜)攜帶凝膠或液體聚合物1502(例如Lord Industries的U107)包覆。在圖48b中,凝膠或液體聚合物包覆1502被導入接觸圖示微結構工具1504,其典型地由鍍鎳電鑄而製造,並應用適當能量(例如紫外光或電子束輻射),使得凝膠或液體聚合物包覆1502聚合並保持圖示微結構工具1504的微結構形狀。圖48c中,當圖示微結構工具1504移除時,聚合包覆圖示層1510保持圖示微結構工具的負壓印,該些負壓印構成圖示微結構1508的圖示層1510。圖48d中,圖示層1510接著以圖示填充材料1512包覆,其填充圖示微結構1508。圖示填充材料1512經由沿箭頭1516之方向移動的刮墨刀1514的機構而自圖示層1510的頂表面移除(如圖所示)。如圖48f中所示,刮墨刀1514選擇地將圖示填充材料1512從圖示層的平坦上表面移除,同時將其留在圖示微結構1508之後。留在圖示微結構1508中的圖示填充材料1520接著藉適當能量源(例如紫外光或電子束輻射)的應用而選擇地聚合。Figures 48a-f depict a preferred method of making a filled pictorial microstructure. The film substrate (preferably 92 standard size polyester film) is coated with a gel or liquid polymer 1502 (e.g., U107 from Lord Industries) in Figure 48a. In Figure 48b, a gel or liquid polymer coating 1502 is introduced into contact with the illustrated microstructure tool 1504, which is typically fabricated from nickel electroformed and applied with appropriate energy (e.g., ultraviolet or electron beam radiation) such that The gel or liquid polymer coating 1502 polymerizes and maintains the microstructured shape of the illustrated microstructure tool 1504. In FIG. 48c, when the illustrated microstructured tool 1504 is removed, the polymeric overlay graphic layer 1510 maintains a negative embossing of the illustrated microstructured tool that constitutes the illustrated layer 1510 of the illustrated microstructure 1508. In Figure 48d, the illustrated layer 1510 is then overlaid with the illustrated fill material 1512, which fills the illustrated microstructure 1508. The illustrated fill material 1512 is removed from the top surface of the illustrated layer 1510 via a mechanism of the doctor blade 1514 that moves in the direction of arrow 1516 (as shown). As shown in Figure 48f, the doctor blade 1514 selectively removes the illustrated fill material 1512 from the flat upper surface of the illustrated layer while leaving it behind the illustrated microstructure 1508. The illustrated fill material 1520 remaining in the illustrated microstructure 1508 is then selectively polymerized by application of a suitable energy source, such as ultraviolet light or electron beam radiation.
若圖示填充材料1512係以溶劑為主,最後過程步驟可包括加熱以去除多餘的溶劑。If the filler material 1512 is illustrated as being solvent based, the final process step may include heating to remove excess solvent.
文中的系統及裝置具有許多使用及應用領域。範例包括:政府及防衛應用-不論聯邦、國家或外國(例如護照、身份證、駕照、簽證、出生證明、人口記錄、選舉人登記卡、選票、社會安全卡、債券、食物券、郵票及稅單);貨幣-不論聯邦、國家或外國(例如紙幣中安全執行緒、聚合物貨幣中特徵及紙幣上特徵);文件(例如所有權狀、契據、許可證、執照及證書);財務及流通票據(例如保付銀行支票、公司支票、個人支票、銀行收據、股票證書、旅行支票、匯票、信用卡、簽帳卡、ATM卡、慈善信用卡、預付電話卡及禮物卡);秘密資訊(例如電影劇本、法律文件智慧財產、醫療記錄/醫院記錄、處方簽/條簽及"秘密處方");產品及商標保護,包括紡織物&家庭護理(例如洗衣店洗潔劑、紡織調節劑、盤碟保護、家用清潔劑、表面包覆、紡織物柔軟劑、漂白劑及特殊紡織物處理);美容護理(例如護髮、髮色、護膚&清潔、化妝品、香氣、止汗劑&除臭劑、女性保護條簽、棉球及護墊);嬰兒及家人護理(例如嬰兒尿布、嬰兒及幼童擦巾、嬰兒圍裙、嬰兒床單&床席、紙巾、廁所衛生紙及面紙);健康護理(例如口腔護理、寵物健康及營養、處方用藥、不需處方用藥、藥物輸送及個人健康護理、處方維他命及運動與營養充;處方及非處方眼鏡;售予醫院的醫療裝置與裝備、醫療專業人員及躉售醫療批發商,即:繃帶、裝備、可移植裝置、外科補給品);食品及飲料包裝;乾貨包裝;電器、零件&成分;服飾及鞋類,包括運動服、鞋類、許可及非許可縮放、運動及休閒服飾、紡織物;生技製藥;航太組件及零件;汽車組件及零件;運動商品;菸品;軟體;光碟片及DVD;爆裂物;新穎物件(例如禮物紙及緞帶);書及雜誌;學校商品及辦公室用品;名片;運送文件及包裝;筆記本套;書套;書籤;比賽及車票;博奕應用(例如彩票、遊戲卡、娛樂場籌碼與牌戲用品、彩券銷售及總賭金);家庭裝備(例如毛巾、亞麻布製品及家具);地板及牆面塗料;珠寶&手錶;手提袋;藝術品、珍藏品及紀念品;玩具;展覽(例如產品採購地點及推銷呈現);產品標示、標籤及包裝(例如貼紙、吊牌、標籤、執行緒、開口條、外包裝、確保用於鑑別或增強之應用於商標產品或文件的防竄改影像、偽裝及資產追蹤)。The systems and devices herein have many uses and applications. Examples include: government and defense applications - whether federal, national or foreign (eg passport, ID card, driver's license, visa, birth certificate, demographic record, voter registration card, ballot paper, social security card, bond, food stamp, stamp and tax form) Currency; regardless of federal, national or foreign (eg security thread in banknotes, characteristics in polymer currency and characteristics on banknotes); documents (eg ownership, deed, permit, license and certificate); financial and negotiable instruments ( Such as guaranteed bank cheques, company cheques, personal cheques, bank receipts, stock certificates, travellers cheques, money orders, credit cards, charge cards, ATM cards, charitable credit cards, prepaid calling cards and gift cards); secret information (such as movie scripts, laws) Document intellectual property, medical records/hospital records, prescriptions/bars and "secret prescriptions"; product and trademark protection, including textiles & home care (eg laundry detergents, textile conditioners, dish protection, households) Cleansers, surface coatings, textile softeners, bleaches and special textiles); beauty care (eg hair care, hair color) Skin & Cleansing, Cosmetics, Aromas, Antiperspirants & Deodorants, Women's Protection Sticks, Cotton Balls and Pads; Baby & Family Care (eg baby diapers, baby and toddler wipes, baby aprons, baby sheets & Bed seats, paper towels, toilet paper and facial tissue); health care (eg oral care, pet health and nutrition, prescription medication, no prescription medication, drug delivery and personal health care, prescription vitamins and exercise and nutritional supplements; prescriptions and non- Prescription glasses; medical devices and equipment sold to hospitals, medical professionals and wholesale medical wholesalers, ie: bandages, equipment, implantable devices, surgical supplies); food and beverage packaging; dry packaging; electrical appliances, parts & ingredients Apparel and footwear, including sportswear, footwear, licensed and non-licensed zoom, sports and casual wear, textiles; biotech pharmaceuticals; aerospace components and parts; automotive components and parts; sports goods; smoking products; Discs and DVDs; Bursts; novelty items (such as gift papers and ribbons); books and magazines; school goods and office supplies; business cards; shipping documents and packaging Notebook sets; book covers; bookmarks; competitions and tickets; Boss applications (such as lottery, game cards, casino chips and card supplies, lottery sales and total bets); household equipment (such as towels, linen products and furniture) Flooring and wall coverings; jewellery &watches;handbags; artwork, collections and souvenirs; toys; exhibitions (eg product purchase locations and sales presentations); product labeling, labeling and packaging (eg stickers, tags, labels, execution) Threads, opening strips, outer packaging, tamper-proof images, camouflage and asset tracking used to identify or enhance trademarks or documents used for identification or enhancement.
上述實施例的適當材料包括廣泛的聚合物。丙烯酸、丙烯酸鹽聚酯、丙烯酸鹽氨基甲酸酯、聚丙烯、氨基甲酸酯及具有微透鏡及微結構圖示元件二者之適當光學及機械屬性的聚酯。選擇的基底膜的適當材料包括大部分市售聚合物膜,包括丙烯酸、玻璃紙、賽綸、尼龍、聚碳酸酯、聚酯、聚丙烯、聚乙烯及聚乙烯組合。微結構圖示填充材料可包括適於製造微結構圖示元件的任一上列材料,以及以溶劑為主的墨水及其他常見的顏料或染料展色劑。併入該些材料的染料或顏料將與該展色劑的化學構造相容。顏料必須具有實質上小於任一圖示元件之組件的最小尺寸。選擇的密封層材料可包括適於製造微結構圖示元件的任一上列材料,加上許多不同市售用於印刷與紙及膜轉換工業的塗料、墨水、表面塗漆、亮光漆、亮漆及透明塗漆。並無較佳的材料組合-材料的選擇取決於材料幾何的內容、系統的光學屬性及所需的光學效果。Suitable materials for the above examples include a wide range of polymers. Acrylic, acrylate polyester, acrylate urethane, polypropylene, urethane, and polyester having suitable optical and mechanical properties of both microlens and microstructured elements. Suitable materials for the selected base film include most commercially available polymeric films, including acrylic, cellophane, sei, nylon, polycarbonate, polyester, polypropylene, polyethylene, and polyethylene combinations. The microstructured filler material can include any of the above listed materials suitable for fabricating microstructured graphic elements, as well as solvent based inks and other common pigment or dye developers. The dye or pigment incorporated into the materials will be compatible with the chemical construction of the vehicle. The pigment must have a minimum dimension that is substantially smaller than the components of any of the illustrated components. The selected sealing layer material may comprise any of the above listed materials suitable for fabricating microstructured graphic elements, plus many different commercially available coatings, inks, surface finishes, varnishes, and bright colors for the printing and paper and film conversion industries. Paint and clear paint. There is no better material combination - the choice of material depends on the geometry of the material, the optical properties of the system, and the desired optical effect.
本發明的另一實施例稱為一致電影(Unsion Flicker),可選擇地從不同檢視點呈現不同合成影像。在一類電影合成影像(SI)中為靜態平面內影像,而非此點所討論之動作影像中動態(移動)平面內影像。Another embodiment of the present invention is referred to as an Unan Flicker, optionally presenting different composite images from different viewing points. In a type of film composite image (SI), it is a static in-plane image, rather than a dynamic (moving) in-plane image in the motion image discussed at this point.
一致電影可經設計而呈現一系列合成影像的多重性,提供短動畫的效果而呈現從檢視或"電影"出現或消失的合成影像(為本實施例提供動力),呈現一連串連續或例如不同文字頁面之不連續資訊頁面的合成影像,及呈現提供源自於檢視角度相依影像集之其他視覺效果的合成影像。A consistent movie can be designed to present the multiplicity of a series of synthetic images, providing a short animation effect to present a composite image that appears or disappears from a view or "movie" (powering this embodiment), presenting a series of consecutive or eg different texts The composite image of the discontinuous information page of the page, and the rendered composite image that provides other visual effects derived from the view angle dependent image set.
圖49經由63個所描繪的各式觀點及設計、表面與平面內影像之能見度控制或視場(FOV)控制的實施例,吾人稱為電影合成影像。平面內影像為一具有若干視覺邊界、型樣或視覺上實質置於基底之平面中之結構的影像,在該基底之上或之中載運該平面內影像。電影平面內影像之視場(FOV)的控制係藉平面內影像之邊界內所包含圖示的FOV控制型樣或陣列而完成。個別合成放大影像係經由聚焦元件之陣列的互動而製造,例如任一先前所描述的,及吾人稱為FOV控制合成影像的一或多個FOV控制圖示型樣或陣列。可形成該聚焦元件及圖示,並可具有上述聚焦元件及影像圖示的尺寸及特徵。該FOV控制合成影像提供藉移動檢視電影平面內影像的視場,例如與電影影像區域視覺相交之中或之外的FOV控制合成影像的視差、正視差或隱藏視差移動。Figure 49 is referred to as a film composite image by means of 63 depicted various views and designs, visibility control of the surface and in-plane images, or field of view (FOV) control. An in-plane image is an image of a structure having a plurality of visual boundaries, patterns, or visually substantially in a plane of the substrate on which the in-plane image is carried. The field of view (FOV) control of the in-plane image is accomplished by the illustrated FOV control pattern or array within the boundaries of the in-plane image. The individual synthetically magnified images are produced by interaction of an array of focusing elements, such as any of the previously described, and one or more FOV control graphic patterns or arrays that we call FOV controlled synthetic images. The focusing element and the illustration can be formed and can have the dimensions and features of the focusing element and image representation described above. The FOV control composite image provides a field of view for moving the image in the in-plane of the movie, such as parallax, positive parallax or hidden parallax movement of the FOV controlled synthetic image in or out of the visual intersection with the movie image region.
合成影像的視差移動源自於實體鏡的深度效果,包括例如該些先前所描述的深、超深、浮動、超浮動、飄浮、圍繞及3-D效果。隱藏視差合成影像移動為視差及正視差移動之混合的影像移動-隱藏視差合成影像將以相對於有效傾斜檢視軸線之非平行及非垂直角度移動,例如30度(其中平行定義為0度,垂直定義為90度)。回想起正視差移動,為通常平行於影像之平面的傾斜軸線的方向之移動。隱藏視差合成影像通常亦將呈現一些實體鏡的深度效果。上述形態影像亦可製造隱藏視差影像移動。The parallax movement of the composite image is derived from the depth effects of the solid mirror, including, for example, the previously described deep, ultra deep, floating, super floating, floating, surround, and 3-D effects. The hidden parallax composite image moves into a mixture of parallax and positive parallax movement. The hidden parallax composite image will move at non-parallel and non-perpendicular angles relative to the effective tilt view axis, for example 30 degrees (where parallel is defined as 0 degrees, vertical) Defined as 90 degrees). Recall that the positive parallax movement is a direction that is generally parallel to the direction of the tilt axis of the plane of the image. Hidden parallax composite images will also typically exhibit the depth effects of some solid mirrors. The above-described morphological image can also create hidden parallax image movement.
電影合成影像構成FOV控制型樣及邊界形狀。該FOV控制型樣用於控制角度之範圍的目的,在此之上邊界內的透鏡將視為"啟動"。為求簡化,吾人將考量結合不具任何其他一致效果之單一電影FOV控制型樣集的一致電影材料。當例如透鏡之一致電影聚焦元件聚焦於FOV控制型樣上時,FOV控制型樣的顏色顯現為填充整個透鏡(因而該透鏡"啟動"),且當該透鏡聚焦於該FOV控制型樣之外的點上時,該透鏡顯現為以背景的顏色填充(因而該透鏡"關閉")。電影影像之設計的最小單元因而為單一圖示區,且電影影像的該最小單元或電影畫素為單一一致電影透鏡或聚焦元件。The film composite image constitutes the FOV control pattern and the boundary shape. The FOV control pattern is used for the purpose of controlling the range of angles over which the lens within the boundary will be considered "starting". For the sake of simplicity, we will consider a consistent film material that combines a single film FOV control pattern set that does not have any other consistent effect. When a consistent film focusing element, such as a lens, is focused on the FOV control pattern, the color of the FOV control pattern appears to fill the entire lens (and thus the lens "activates"), and when the lens is focused on the FOV control pattern At the point of the point, the lens appears to be filled with the color of the background (and thus the lens is "closed"). The smallest unit of the design of the movie image is thus a single graphic area, and the smallest unit or movie pixel of the movie image is a single uniform film lens or focusing element.
電影影像可為任一尺寸,範圍從單一電影畫素到數兆電影畫素或更多。極小的電影影像,例如無法由裸眼區別的微小黑體字或隱蔽影像,可由電影畫素的小型樣製造。如先前所提及的(圖42的"濕式解碼器"方法及圖43的"乾式解碼器"方法),該電影影像可用做隱蔽的安全特徵,其需要高倍放大檢視,例如藉用高倍數放大鏡(20x或更大)、顯微鏡或輔助透鏡材料以提供合成放大影像。Movie images can be of any size, ranging from a single movie pixel to a multi-megapixel movie pixel or more. Very small movie images, such as tiny black-faced or hidden images that cannot be distinguished by the naked eye, can be made from small samples of movie pixels. As previously mentioned (the "wet decoder" method of FIG. 42 and the "dry decoder" method of FIG. 43), the movie image can be used as a concealed security feature that requires high magnification viewing, such as borrowing high magnification A magnifying glass (20x or larger), microscope or auxiliary lens material to provide a synthetic magnified image.
圖49a為一致電影膜2000之示範實施例的平面圖,其具有以格式化乳齒象頭2005之形式的電影平面內影像之設計的區域。在該區域的邊界內部為FOV控制圖示的陣列或型樣,其構成電影平面內影像,並符合文中先前所描述之形成FOV合成放大影像2007及2010之類型的聚焦元件(未顯示)的陣列。FOV控制合成影像2007及2010顯示為浮動(或超浮動)影像,但其亦可為深、超深、移動、形態、環繞、3-D或其他類先前描述的一致合成放大影像。電影影像區域2005及FOV控制合成影像2007的視覺相交2015製造以FOV控制合成影像2007之顏色填充的電影影像區域2005的表面。因而可見到電影影像區域2005,或顯現為從此檢視角度"啟動"。Figure 49a is a plan view of an exemplary embodiment of a consistent film film 2000 having an area of the design of a film in-plane image in the form of a formatted mast. Inside the boundary of the region is an array or pattern of FOV control diagrams that constitute an in-plane image and conform to an array of focusing elements (not shown) of the type described above for forming FOV synthesized magnified images 2007 and 2010. . FOV Controlled Composite Images 2007 and 2010 appear as floating (or super-floating) images, but they can also be deep, ultra deep, moving, morphological, wrap, 3-D or other previously described consistently synthesized magnified images. Visual Intersection of Movie Image Region 2005 and FOV Control Composite Image 2007 2015 The surface of the movie image region 2005 filled with the color of the composite image 2007 is controlled by FOV. Thus, the movie image area 2005 can be seen, or appear to "start" from this viewing angle.
圖49b為圖49a之格式化乳齒象頭2005之合成的電影平面內影像4019的放大平面圖。平面內影像4019具有邊界4013,其中置有複數影像圖示的型樣或陣列。在其平面內,複數影像圖示之合成的形式合成地採取格式化乳齒象頭的形狀及表面,但可形成任何其他的形狀或設計。圖49c為圖49b之平面內影像之區段4017的放大。圖49c描繪影像圖示陣列形成平面內影像4019的示範實施例。影像圖示陣列的特徵在於暗及亮圖示的區域。影像圖示陣列亦可由例如具有缺少影像圖示之平面內影像4019內影像圖示及區域的陣列形成。在一形式中,暗圖示均可為相同顏色,或另一方面為不同顏色的組合。在圖49的範例中,儘管暗區可具有其他形狀,但每一暗區通常具有梯形形狀。Figure 49b is an enlarged plan view of a cinema in-plane image 4019 of the composite mastodon head 2005 of Figure 49a. The in-plane image 4019 has a border 4013 in which a pattern or array of complex image representations is placed. In its plane, the composite form of the plurality of image representations synthetically takes the shape and surface of the mastographic head, but can be formed into any other shape or design. Figure 49c is an enlargement of section 4017 of the in-plane image of Figure 49b. Figure 49c depicts an exemplary embodiment of an image-illustrated array forming an in-plane image 4019. The image representation array is characterized by areas of dark and light illustration. The image representation array may also be formed, for example, by an array of image representations and regions within the in-plane image 4019 lacking an image representation. In one form, the dark icons can all be the same color, or on the other hand a combination of different colors. In the example of FIG. 49, although the dark regions may have other shapes, each of the dark regions generally has a trapezoidal shape.
FOV控制合成放大影像2007、2010藉聚焦元件之陣列的互動而製造,例如任一文中先前所描述的陣列,及形成合成的電影平面內影像4019之圖49b、c中所描繪的FOV控制圖示的陣列。在一示範實施例中,聚焦元件的陣列為循環的,旋轉地對稱具有先前所描述之類型(參照例如圖3a-i)的其平面內對稱軸之聚焦元件的平面陣列。FOV控制圖示之陣列亦為循環的形式,旋轉地對稱具有其平面內對稱軸的平面陣列。在圖49a及d的範例中,影像圖示聚焦元件的循環、旋轉地對稱平面陣列具有一旋轉對稱,其實質上相應於FOV控制圖示之陣列的旋轉對稱,其中在FOV控制圖示之循環平面陣列的對稱軸中,控制圖示之重複期間對於聚焦元件之重複期間的比例大於1,且聚焦元件之循環平面陣列的相應對稱軸實質上校正,因而製造FOV浮動控制合成放大影像2007、2010。如圖49a及d中所描繪的,由於圖49c的影像圖示實質上為梯形形狀,相應FOV浮動合成放大影像將實質上相同。The FOV control synthetically magnified image 2007, 2010 is fabricated by interaction of an array of focusing elements, such as the array previously described in any of the texts, and the FOV control diagram depicted in Figures 49b, c forming a composite in-plane image 4019. Array. In an exemplary embodiment, the array of focusing elements is cyclic, rotationally symmetric with a planar array of focusing elements of the in-plane symmetry axis of the type previously described (see, for example, Figures 3a-i). The array of FOV control diagrams is also in the form of a loop that is rotationally symmetric with a planar array of in-plane symmetry axes. In the examples of Figures 49a and d, the image illustrates a cyclic, rotationally symmetric planar array of focusing elements having a rotational symmetry substantially corresponding to the rotational symmetry of the array of FOV control diagrams, wherein the cycle of the FOV control diagram In the symmetry axis of the planar array, the ratio of the repetition period of the control pattern to the repetition period of the focusing element is greater than 1, and the corresponding symmetry axis of the circular plane array of the focusing element is substantially corrected, thereby fabricating the FOV floating control synthetically magnified image 2007, 2010 . As depicted in Figures 49a and d, since the image representation of Figure 49c is substantially trapezoidal in shape, the corresponding FOV floating synthetically magnified image will be substantially identical.
如上述所提及的,可產生其他FOV控制合成放大影像。例如,可藉改變FOV控制圖示之重複期間對於聚焦元件之重複期間的比例,例如小於1,而產生深FOV控制合成放大影像。As mentioned above, other FOV controlled synthetic magnified images can be generated. For example, a deep FOV control synthesized magnified image may be generated by varying the ratio of the repetition period of the FOV control map to the repeating period of the focusing element, for example, less than one.
圖49d以透視圖描繪圖49a的效果,包括觀察者2020的眼睛。在此檢視中,可見到一FOV控制浮動(或超浮動)合成放大影像2007插入觀察者2020的眼睛與電影影像區域2005之間的視線(或視覺相交)。FOV控制合成影像2007之視覺投射2025的外觀尺寸大於電影影像區域2005,所以FOV控制合成影像2007顯現為以形成電影影像2005之暗或彩色的圖示之顏色完全填充。Figure 49d depicts the effect of Figure 49a in a perspective view, including the eyes of the viewer 2020. In this view, it can be seen that a FOV control floating (or super floating) synthetically magnified image 2007 is inserted into the line of sight (or visual intersection) between the eye of the viewer 2020 and the movie image area 2005. The apparent size of the visual projection 2025 of the FOV control synthetic image 2007 is larger than the movie image area 2005, so the FOV control synthetic image 2007 appears to be completely filled with the color of the dark or colored image forming the movie image 2005.
由於電影影像區域2005的區域或邊界外部無FOV控制圖示,所以視覺上置於電影影像區域2005外部的FOV控制合成影像2007的部分將不可見。電影影像區域2005有效地為一視窗,其在本範例的限制下,決定可以見到之FOV控制合成影像2007的長度。Since there is no FOV control icon outside the region or boundary of the movie image region 2005, portions of the FOV control composite image 2007 that are visually placed outside the movie image region 2005 will not be visible. The movie image area 2005 is effectively a window which, under the constraints of this example, determines the length of the FOV control synthetic image 2007 that can be seen.
若FOV控制合成影像2007具有較電影影像區域2005小的視覺尺寸,那麼其將未填滿電影影像2005,使得整個電影平面內影像2005顯現為將未"啟動"。由於電影影像區域的FOV係由電影影像區域2005及FOV控制合成影像2007之視覺校正或相交的長度決定,所以將缺少一些部分。所表達的另一方式,可由觀察者2020見到之電影平面內影像2005的量,係由FOV控制合成影像2007視覺上與電影平面內影像2005相交或重疊的量決定。If the FOV Control Composite Image 2007 has a smaller visual size than the Movie Image Area 2005, it will not fill the Movie Image 2005, causing the entire In-Picture Image 2005 to appear to be "on". Since the FOV of the movie image area is determined by the visual correction of the movie image area 2005 and the FOV controlled synthetic image 2007 or the length of the intersection, some parts will be missing. Another way of expressing, the amount of in-film imagery 2005 that can be seen by the viewer 2020 is determined by the amount by which the FOV-controlled synthetic image 2007 visually intersects or overlaps with the in-film image 2005.
圖50a、b描繪從不同於圖49a及d之檢視點的一致電影膜2000的效果。圖50a為從不同於圖49a之檢視角度的一致電影膜的平面圖。從該角度,FOV控制合成影像2007的表面視覺位置被替換為圖49a中前一位置的視線左側。如圖50b中所示,FOV控制合成影像2007與2010均未視覺上重疊,而是從不同檢視點2030與電影影像區域2005校正。由於電影影像圖示型樣的出現係源自於FOV控制合成影像與該電影影像的視覺校正或重疊,所以當從不同檢視點檢視時,缺少視覺校正或重疊使得該電影影像顯現為被"關閉"。由於電影影像區域將不被見到以暗或彩色的圖示填充,所以無法從該檢視點見到該電影影像。圖50a、b中未校正被誇大,其描繪一範例,其中檢視角度使得圖49a、d之合成影像2007的邊界落於電影影像2005之邊界區域外部。該效果發生於聚焦元件的焦點落於亮彩色的圖示上時,或落於缺少圖49c中圖示的區域上時。Figures 50a, b depict the effect of a consistent film film 2000 from a different point of view than that of Figures 49a and d. Figure 50a is a plan view of a uniform film film from a viewing angle different from that of Figure 49a. From this point of view, the surface visual position of the FOV control composite image 2007 is replaced with the left side of the line of sight of the previous position in Fig. 49a. As shown in FIG. 50b, the FOV control composite images 2007 and 2010 are not visually overlapped, but are corrected from different view points 2030 and movie image regions 2005. Since the appearance of the movie image graphic pattern is derived from the visual correction or overlap of the FOV control synthetic image and the movie image, the lack of visual correction or overlap makes the movie image appear to be "closed" when viewed from different viewing points. ". Since the movie image area will not be seen to be filled with a dark or colored image, the movie image cannot be seen from the inspection point. The uncorrected in Figures 50a, b is exaggerated, which depicts an example in which the viewing angle is such that the boundary of the composite image 2007 of Figures 49a, d falls outside of the boundary region of the movie image 2005. This effect occurs when the focus of the focusing element falls on a brightly colored representation, or when it lacks the area illustrated in Figure 49c.
圖51a-d描繪用於控制一或多個一致電影合成影像的FOV並選擇地將其與另一一致合成影像結合的圖示設計方法。圖51a顯示呈現Zuni迷信熊影像之重複型樣的一致深度效果(例如上述深或浮動合成影像系統)的圖示型樣2045。圖51b顯示圖示2050的型樣,以提供Lascaux洞穴馬2052之電影影像的FOV控制。圖51c顯示圖示2055的型樣,以提供乳齒象2057之電影影像的FOV控制。Figures 51a-d depict a graphical design method for controlling an FOV of one or more consistent film composite images and selectively combining it with another consistent synthetic image. Figure 51a shows a pictorial representation 2045 showing a consistent depth effect (e.g., the deep or floating synthetic imaging system described above) that exhibits a repeating pattern of Zuni's superstitious bear images. Figure 51b shows a pattern of the representation 2050 to provide FOV control of the movie image of the Lascaux Cave Horse 2052. Figure 51c shows a pattern of the illustration 2055 to provide FOV control of the movie image of the mastodon 2057.
依據本揭露先前提及之方法,每一該些個別圖示型樣的縮放比經設計而獲得每一所需之效果,例如,,Zuni迷信熊圖示型樣陣列2045對於聚焦元件之相關陣列的縮放比,當結合具30微米重複期間之微透鏡陣列時,可經設計而為0.99849849(源自於約666倍的放大),以製造具20微米期間的深合成影像。電影Lascaux洞穴馬2052對FOV控制圖示2050的縮放比可經設計而製造具足夠大重複期間的超深FOV合成影像,使得合成放大FOV控制圖示之陣列的單一範例的視覺尺寸,將大於電影影像Lascaux洞穴馬2052平面內圖示型樣的尺寸,例如圖49a、d中所描繪的,其中FOV控制合成影像2007係以使其大於電影平面內影像乳齒象頭2005之型樣區域的合成放大呈現。例如,Lascaux洞穴馬比例可為源自於約3997倍放大的0.9997498148834,且乳齒象比例可為源自於約8993倍放大的0.9998888066148。In accordance with the previously mentioned method of the present disclosure, the scaling of each of the individual graphic patterns is designed to achieve each desired effect, for example, an associated array of Zuni superstitious bear graphic pattern arrays 2045 for focusing elements. The scaling ratio, when combined with a microlens array with a 30 micron repeat period, can be designed to be 0.99849849 (derived from about 666 times magnification) to produce a deep synthetic image with a 20 micron period. The zoom ratio of the movie Lascaux Cave Horse 2052 to the FOV Control Diagram 2050 can be designed to produce an ultra-deep FOV composite image with a sufficiently large repeat period so that the visual size of a single paradigm of the synthetically magnified FOV control graphic array will be larger than the movie The size of the graphic representation of the image of the Lascaux cave horse 2052, such as that depicted in Figures 49a, d, wherein the FOV control synthetic image 2007 is enlarged to a larger extent than the pattern area of the image mastodon 2005 in the in-plane image plane. Presented. For example, the ratio of the Lascaux cave horse may be 0.9997398148834 derived from about 3997 times magnification, and the mastod ratio may be 0.9998888066148 derived from about 8993 times magnification.
為求清晰,電影影像Lascaux洞穴馬2052及電影影像乳齒象2057的邊界於圖50b、c中以虛線顯示,但電影影像不具任何連續邊界。如圖49b、c中所描繪的,該虛線表示包含電影影像2052、2057之影像圖示的陣列的外殼。其長度分別由其FOV控制圖示陣列型樣2050及2055的長度所定義。該電影影像將僅於其FOV控制圖示之陣列存在處,及當存在具FOV控制合成影像之電影影像區域的視覺相交時方可見到。此原則適用於本圖之實施例的所有電影影像。For clarity, the boundaries of the movie image Lascaux Cave Horse 2052 and the cinema image mastodon 2057 are shown in dashed lines in Figures 50b, c, but the film image does not have any continuous boundaries. As depicted in Figures 49b, c, the dashed line represents the outer casing of the array containing the image representations of the movie images 2052, 2057. The length is defined by the length of its FOV control graphic array patterns 2050 and 2055, respectively. The movie image will only be visible where the array of FOV control icons is present and when there is a visual intersection of the movie image areas with FOV controlled synthetic images. This principle applies to all movie images of the embodiment of the figure.
電影影像的尺寸或放大係由其"足跡",或包含電影影像之FOV控制陣列型樣的長度所固定。此係電影平面內影像與其他類具有固定尺寸之合成影像-電影平面內影像之間的區別。電影FOV控制合成影像的放大可予改變,其係經由例如改變該FOV控制影像圖示/聚焦元件(例如微透鏡)縮放比,或經由有關微透鏡陣列之FOV控制影像圖示之陣列的角度不重合,但電影平面內影像的尺寸實質上將不改變。因而,FOV合成影像之放大的改變未改變電影平面內影像的形狀或長度,而是改變FOV合成影像之放大,改變了其視覺上與電影影像相交或重疊的程度(即填滿、過度填充或未填滿)。The size or magnification of a movie image is fixed by its "footprint" or the length of the FOV control array pattern containing the movie image. This is the difference between a movie in-plane image and other types of synthetic images with a fixed size - in-plane imagery. The magnification of the movie FOV controlled synthetic image may be changed by, for example, changing the FOV control image representation/focusing element (eg, microlens) scaling ratio, or via the angle of the array of FOV control image representations associated with the microlens array. Coincident, but the size of the image in the movie plane will not change substantially. Thus, the change in magnification of the FOV synthetic image does not change the shape or length of the image in the plane of the film, but rather changes the magnification of the FOV composite image, changing the extent to which it visually intersects or overlaps with the movie image (ie, fills, overfills, or Not filled).
圖51a-c的所有圖示資訊2045、2050、2055可結合而形成圖51d中所示之圖示2065的複合組合,並於圖52中放大。當電影平面內影像被"啟動"時,圖示資訊以附加方式2065而結合,使得電影影像2052及2057視覺上將模糊一致深度效果Zuni熊合成影像。此組合係經由使用該圖示集上"結合"函數而製造,將於下列詳細討論。All of the graphical information 2045, 2050, 2055 of Figures 51a-c can be combined to form a composite combination of the representation 2065 shown in Figure 51d, and enlarged in Figure 52. When the in-plane image is "activated", the graphical information is combined in an additional manner 2065 such that the movie images 2052 and 2057 visually blur the consistent depth effect Zuni bear synthetic image. This combination is made using the "combination" function on the set of illustrations and will be discussed in detail below.
圖51及52之合成圖示集2065的效果顯示於圖53a-j中。圖示影像區2072內合成圖示影像2075、2080、2085係經由合併或結合三不同圖示型樣2045、2050、2055而產生。圖53j顯示該三型樣於一致材料2070上位置2115結合。為說明之故,圖示型樣2045、2050、2055的個別貢獻以不同艙口型樣顯示於圖53a、d、g中,所以可理解他們對於總合成影像效果的貢獻。當然,如圖53j中所示,圖示影像的實際複合組合將不顯示任何區別。The effects of the composite graphical representation 2065 of Figures 51 and 52 are shown in Figures 53a-j. The composite image 2075, 2080, and 2085 in the illustrated image area 2072 is generated by combining or combining three different graphic patterns 2045, 2050, and 2055. Figure 53j shows the combination of the three types on the uniform material 2070 at position 2115. For the sake of explanation, the individual contributions of the graphic patterns 2045, 2050, 2055 are shown in Figures 53a, d, and g in different hatch patterns, so that their contribution to the overall synthetic image effect can be understood. Of course, as shown in Figure 53j, the actual composite combination of the illustrated images will not show any difference.
由於不同圖示型樣2045、2050、2055的重複期間通常將不同,圖53a、d、g中所示特定圖示影像區2072並不代表一致材料2070之所有位置之所有圖示的一致圖示影像型樣。該特定圖示型樣區應用至圖53b、e及h中所示一致材料2070之中心的點2115。合成圖示影像型樣的形式依據包含他們及一致材料2070上他們位置之圖示型樣的縮放因子,而可或不可與一致材料的其他位置重複。Since the repetition periods of the different graphic patterns 2045, 2050, 2055 will generally differ, the particular illustrated image area 2072 shown in Figures 53a, d, g does not represent a consistent illustration of all the illustrations of all locations of the uniform material 2070. Image type. This particular graphical pattern region is applied to point 2115 at the center of uniform material 2070 shown in Figures 53b, e, and h. The form of the composite graphical image is based on a scaling factor that includes the graphical representation of their position on the consistent material 2070, and may or may not be repeated with other locations of the consistent material.
由於可由每一聚焦元件聚焦之圖示平面區域的尺寸大於聚焦元件陣列或圖示陣列型樣的重複尺寸,所以圖示影像元件2075、2080及2085不必要完全置於單一圖示影像區2072之虛擬邊界2072的單一位置內。Since the size of the illustrated planar area that can be focused by each focusing element is greater than the repeating size of the array of focusing elements or the pattern of the illustrated array, the illustrated image elements 2075, 2080, and 2085 need not be completely placed in the single illustrated image area 2072. Within a single location of the virtual boundary 2072.
圖53a顯示三不同圖示影像2075、2080及2085,他們攜帶來自一致材料2070上點2115之個別圖示型樣2045、2050及2055(圖51a-c)的合成影像資訊。如圖53c中所示,圓形代表當從垂直右側的角度2125檢視一致材料2070時,例如一致微透鏡(圖中未顯示)的焦點2090。一致材料2070上點2115因而顯示當從檢視點2120觀看時電影乳齒象型樣的部分。如圖53b中所示之類似的方式,當從檢視點2120檢視時,一致材料2070中其他聚焦元件亦將聚焦於電影乳齒象圖示型樣影像2055上,因而使電影乳齒象合成影像2110可見。Figure 53a shows three different graphical images 2075, 2080, and 2085 that carry synthetic image information from individual graphic patterns 2045, 2050, and 2055 (Figures 51a-c) of point 2115 on uniform material 2070. As shown in Figure 53c, the circle represents the focus 2090 when the uniform material 2070 is viewed from the angle 2125 of the vertical right side, such as a uniform microlens (not shown). The point 2115 on the uniform material 2070 thus shows the portion of the film mastodon pattern when viewed from the view point 2120. In a similar manner as shown in Figure 53b, when viewed from view point 2120, other focusing elements in uniform material 2070 will also be focused on the pictorial image of the pictograph image, thereby making the mastographic image 2110 visible. .
圖53b亦顯示,在電影乳齒象合成影像2100之邊界外部區域中,將看見深Zuni熊合成影像型樣2095。從檢視點2120,一致材料2070因而針對Zuni熊的深合成影像型樣而呈現平面內電影乳齒象頭2110的合成影像。Figure 53b also shows that in the outer region of the boundary of the film mastodon image 2100, a deep Zuni bear synthetic image pattern 2095 will be seen. From view point 2120, the uniform material 2070 thus presents a composite image of the in-plane movie mastodon head 2110 for the deep synthetic image of the Zuni Bear.
當點2115的檢視點改變如圖53f中所示時,使得以垂直於其上表面的角度2130進行一致材料2070的檢視2122,經由一致材料2070所呈現合成影像的表面便改變。圖53d顯示,代表焦點2090現在已偏移至圖示區2072的中心,且其不再落在圖示影像2085上,而是在圖示影像2075、2080及2085之間的背景區域上。如圖53e中所示,一致材料2070上點2115處將看不到合成影像。一致材料2070上的其他點將顯示Zuni熊合成影像2095,但電影影像2110、2145將均無法從檢視點2122看見。本質上,電影合成影像2110及2145均被"關閉"及無法看見-僅可從該檢視點穿越一致材料2070的面而看見Zuni熊圖示合成影像型樣2095。When the point of view change at point 2115 is as shown in Figure 53f, such that inspection 2122 of uniform material 2070 is performed at an angle 2130 perpendicular to its upper surface, the surface of the composite image presented via uniform material 2070 changes. Figure 53d shows that the representative focus 2090 is now offset to the center of the illustrated area 2072, and it no longer falls on the illustrated image 2085, but on the background area between the illustrated images 2075, 2080, and 2085. As shown in Figure 53e, a synthetic image will not be visible at point 2115 on uniform material 2070. Other points on the uniform material 2070 will display the Zuni Bear Composite Image 2095, but the movie images 2110, 2145 will not be visible from the View Point 2122. Essentially, the movie composite images 2110 and 2145 are both "closed" and invisible - only the Zuni bear graphic synthetic image pattern 2095 can be seen from the view point across the face of the uniform material 2070.
當點2115的檢視點再次改變時,如圖53i中所示,使得一致材料2070以垂直左側的角度2135而檢視2124,代表焦點2090的位置便落於圖示影像2080上(顯示於圖53g中),其為電影Lascaux洞穴馬圖示型樣2050所提供圖示影像的元件或部分。圖53h顯示,結合經由或藉其他聚焦元件而從相同檢視點2124所檢視的他類似焦點,一致材料現在以Lascaux洞穴馬電影合成影像之邊界2140外側可見的深背景Zuni熊合成影像2095,顯示電影Lascaux洞穴馬型樣合成影像2145。When the inspection point of point 2115 changes again, as shown in Figure 53i, the uniform material 2070 is viewed 2124 at an angle 2135 on the vertical left side, and the position representing the focus 2090 falls on the illustrated image 2080 (shown in Figure 53g). ), which provides elements or portions of the illustrated image for the movie Lascaux Cave Horse Graphic Model 2050. Figure 53h shows that in conjunction with his similar focus as viewed from the same view point 2124 via or by other focusing elements, the consistent material is now displayed as a deep background Zuni bear synthetic image 2095 visible outside the border 2140 of the Lascaux cave horse film synthetic image. Lascaux cave horse-shaped synthetic image 2145.
圖53a-j因而描繪可變的合成影像效果,其可從合成圖示集2065(圖52)的不同檢視角度看見或呈現。在圖53a-j的範例中,經由平行於一致材料之垂直尺寸(如圖示)旋轉環繞軸線2073的檢視點,而獲得所有檢視角度。此僅為一範例,可由本技藝中技藝熟練人士以許多不同方式予以延伸。例如,圖示型樣可經設計而於經由環繞軸線2073旋轉以檢視一致材料時顯示合成影像集,並於一致材料環繞垂直於軸線2073之軸線旋轉時顯示不同合成影像集。本方法之無限範圍的變化清楚地處於本發明的範圍內。Figures 53a-j thus depict a variable synthetic image effect that can be seen or presented from different viewing angles of the composite graphic set 2065 (Figure 52). In the example of Figures 53a-j, all viewing angles are obtained by rotating the viewing point around axis 2073 parallel to the vertical dimension of the uniform material (as shown). This is merely an example and can be extended in many different ways by those skilled in the art. For example, the graphic pattern can be designed to display a composite image set as it rotates around the axis 2073 to view a consistent material, and display a different composite image set as the consistent material rotates about an axis perpendicular to the axis 2073. Variations of the infinite range of the method are clearly within the scope of the invention.
圖54-57為從不同角度或檢視點檢視一致材料時,提及有關結合圖示集以獲得不同合成影像視覺效果的圖示代表。如圖49-53所示,由於其未實際顯示典型的圖示影像之實際縮放及產生之典型的合成影像之實際縮放,所以該些圖為縮放的圖示代表。在該些圖中,每一標籤A的頂部影像為另一合成圖示集的圖示代表。超出縮放的該些影像的部分為電影影像圖示之陣列所形成之型樣2161的邊界。為了描繪方便,部分A中所顯示電影乳齒象圖示影像跨越少量的Zuni熊圖示影像。實際上,其將產生具粗糙影像解析度之極小的電影影像。Figures 54-57 illustrate graphical representations of the combination of graphic sets to obtain visual effects of different synthetic images when viewing consistent materials from different angles or viewing points. As shown in Figures 49-53, the figures are representative of the scaled representation since they do not actually show the actual scaling of the typical illustrated image and the actual scaling of the resulting composite image produced. In these figures, the top image of each label A is a graphical representation of another composite icon set. The portion of the image that exceeds the zoom is the boundary of the pattern 2161 formed by the array of movie image representations. For convenience of illustration, the image of the mastodon image shown in Part A spans a small number of Zuni bear graphic images. In fact, it will produce a very small movie image with a rough image resolution.
在實際應用中,電影平面內影像型樣2161可輕易地跨越數千圖示影像,但其無法以附圖清晰地描繪。而是電影影像的縮小版本及其相關圖示型樣顯示於該些圖的部分A中。該些圖的部分B及C描繪將經由結合具有部分A之設計方法的適當縮放的圖示型樣之一致材料製造的合成影像。部分A的Zuni熊影像被理解為經合成放大而形成部分B及C的深Zuni熊合成影像。該深Zuni熊影像係經製造圖示影像之陣列及聚焦元件之相關陣列,例如微透鏡,而合成形成及放大,以如先前所討論的形成一致深合成放大影像。雖然部分B及C的電影乳齒象型樣跨越深Zuni熊合成影像的許多重複,若顯示其實際相對縮放,便可跨越部分A之數百或數千的Zuni熊圖示影像。In practical applications, the in-plane image pattern 2161 can easily span thousands of graphical images, but it cannot be clearly depicted in the drawings. Rather, a reduced version of the movie image and its associated graphical representation are shown in Part A of the figures. Portions B and C of these figures depict synthetic images that will be made via a consistent material that incorporates a suitably scaled graphical pattern of design methods with Part A. The Zuni bear image of Part A is understood to be a deep Zuni bear synthetic image that is partially enlarged by synthesis to form portions B and C. The deep Zuni bear image is synthetically formed and enlarged by fabricating an array of illustrated images and associated arrays of focusing elements, such as microlenses, to form a uniform deep synthetic magnified image as previously discussed. Although some of the B and C movie mastodon patterns span many repetitions of the deep Zuni bear synthetic image, if the actual relative scaling is displayed, it can span hundreds or thousands of Zuni bear icon images of part A.
圖49-53呈現經由圖形附加而結合的合成圖示集。該圖形的布林函數可於電腦輔助設計程式中執行,例如AutoCAD。如圖54-61中所示,其他圖形的布林函數可用於製造合成圖示集。Figures 49-53 present a set of synthetic pictorials combined via graphical addition. The Boolean function of the graph can be executed in a computer-aided design program, such as AutoCAD. As shown in Figures 54-61, Boolean functions of other graphics can be used to make a composite icon set.
該些圖中顯示的合成圖示型樣僅為無限種可能組合的少數。除了圖54-61中所呈現的組合外,該些觀念及設計原理的大量延伸對於熟悉本技藝的工作人員而言將是顯而易見的。獲得該些合成圖示型樣的方法總結為依據下列系統的簡寫形式:B=Zuni熊圖示集(深)M=全乳齒象影像FM=電影乳齒象圖示集+=結合圖形的布林函數-=減去圖形的布林函數∩=相交圖形的布林函數The composite graphical representations shown in these figures are only a few of the infinite possible combinations. In addition to the combinations presented in Figures 54-61, a number of extensions of these concepts and design principles will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The methods for obtaining these synthetic graphic patterns are summarized as abbreviations according to the following systems: B=Zuni bear icon set (deep) M=full mastodon image FM=film mastodon image set +=Blint combined with graphics Function -= Boolean function minus graph = 布 = Boolean function of intersecting graph
為進行描述,吾人將假定Zuni熊圖示集經設計而產生深合成影像。圖54a顯示以下列方法製造的合成圖示集2160(B-M)+(FM-B),或置入文字:"從Zuni熊圖示集扣除全乳齒象影像,並以該合成圖示集結合從電影乳齒象圖示集扣除Zuni熊圖示集所製造的型樣"。For the purposes of this description, we will assume that the Zuni Bear icon set is designed to produce a deep synthetic image. Figure 54a shows a synthetic graphic set 2160 (B-M) + (FM-B) made by the following method, or placed in the text: "Deducting the whole deciduous image from the Zuni bear icon set, and using the synthetic graphic set In combination with the pattern created by the Zuni bear icon set, the print is extracted from the pictograph set.
如圖54b中所示,假定合成影像呈現黑色,且背景為白色,一致材料2162呈現藉圖示組合產生的合成影像效果,其將為具白乳齒象形平面內區域2170的全黑Zuni熊深合成放大影像型樣2165,其中當經由聚焦元件(未顯示)之相關陣列而從(例如)垂直於影像之平面及垂直左側的位置檢視時,將看不見Zuni熊深型樣。如圖54c中所示,當從垂直於影像之平面右側的位置檢視時,該材料將顯示具包含負(白)Zuni熊深型樣2180之黑乳齒象形平面內區域2175的全黑Zuni熊型樣2165。As shown in Fig. 54b, assuming that the synthetic image appears black and the background is white, the uniform material 2162 exhibits a synthetic image effect produced by the combination of the illustrations, which will be a full black Zuni bear deep synthesis with a white deciduous planar in-plane region 2170. The image pattern 2165 is magnified, wherein the Zuni bear deep pattern will not be visible when viewed from, for example, a plane perpendicular to the plane of the image and the vertical left side via an associated array of focusing elements (not shown). As shown in Figure 54c, when viewed from a position to the right of the plane perpendicular to the image, the material will display an all-black Zuni bear with a black deciduous in-plane region 2175 containing a negative (white) Zuni bear deep pattern 2180. Sample 2165.
圖55a顯示以下列方法製造的合成圖示集2185(B-M)+(M-B)或"從深Zuni熊圖示集扣除全乳齒象影像,並以該合成圖示集結合從全乳齒象影像扣除深Zuni熊圖示集所製造的型樣"。Figure 55a shows a synthetic graphic set 2185 (B-M) + (M-B) or "deducted from the deep Zuni bear icon set in the following manner, and combined with the full milk tooth from the synthetic graphic set. Image is deducted from the pattern created by the deep Zuni bear icon set."
結果一致材料2187合成影像顯示於圖55b、c中;具黑平面內乳齒象頭2195的全黑Zuni熊深型樣2190,其中見到負(白)Zuni熊深型樣2200。由於使用全乳齒象影像取代電影乳齒象圖示型樣,當從垂直檢視點、垂直左側檢視點(圖55b)或垂直右側檢視點(圖55c)觀看,材料的一般表面未改變。本質上,全乳齒象影像為從垂直及垂直左與右側之所有檢視點所見的平面內型樣(非電影平面內影像)。因而,該全乳齒象影像從所有檢視點顯現為"開啟"。由於Zuni熊合成影像2190及2200為深合成影像,其將呈現從不同檢視點的視差移動,同時平面內黑乳齒象頭合成影像2195將否。一個結果為隨著檢視點的改變,Zuni熊合成影像2190、2200將於平面內黑乳齒象頭合成影像2195的相對位置中偏移。當Zuni熊合成影像從平面內乳齒象頭2195的外部跨越進入時,Zuni熊合成影像將從黑2205改變為白2210。Results The consistent material 2187 synthetic image is shown in Figures 55b, c; the all-black Zuni bear deep pattern 2190 with the black-toothed mastodon head 2195, in which a negative (white) Zuni bear deep pattern 2200 was seen. Since the full mastodon image is used instead of the pictorial image, the general surface of the material is unchanged when viewed from the vertical view point, the vertical left view point (Fig. 55b) or the vertical right view point (Fig. 55c). Essentially, the full mastodon image is an in-plane pattern (non-cinematic in-plane image) seen from all of the vertical and vertical left and right viewing points. Thus, the full mammoth image appears as "on" from all inspection points. Since the Zuni bear synthetic images 2190 and 2200 are deep synthetic images, they will exhibit parallax shifts from different viewing points, while the in-plane black mastodon image composite image 2195 will be no. One result is that as the view point changes, the Zuni Bear Synthetic Image 2190, 2200 will shift in the relative position of the in-plane black mastocephalic synthetic image 2195. When the Zuni bear synthetic image straddles from the outside of the in-plane mastodon 2195, the Zuni bear synthetic image will change from black 2205 to white 2210.
有關本實施例的進一步範例,圖56a顯示以任一該方法所製造的合成圖示集2215(B-M)+((B+FM)-(B∩FM))或(B-M)+((B+FM)-(B-(B-FM)))。With respect to a further example of this embodiment, Figure 56a shows a synthetic graphic set 2215(B-M)+((B+FM)-(B∩FM)) or (B-M)+(() produced by any of the methods. B+FM)-(B-(B-FM))).
上述第一方法定義:"從深Zuni熊圖示集扣除全乳齒象影像,結合從深Zuni熊圖示集與電影乳齒象圖示集之組合扣除深Zuni熊圖示集與電影乳齒象圖示集之相交所製造的型樣"。The first method described above defines: "Deducting the whole milk image from the deep Zuni bear icon set, combined with the combination of the deep Zuni bear icon set and the film mastodon image set to deduct the deep Zuni bear icon set and the movie mastodon icon. The pattern created by the intersection of the collection."
第二方法不需執行相交函數便獲得相同結果。The second method does not need to perform the intersection function to achieve the same result.
結果合成影像顯示於圖56b及c中。當從垂直於一致材料2217之平面或垂直左側的角度檢視時,看見全黑Zuni熊深合成影像型樣2220(圖56b)。當經由微透鏡(未顯示)的相關陣列並從垂直右側的角度檢視時,看見黑平面內乳齒象頭2225,其內看見負(白)Zuni熊深型樣2230。如先前有關圖55之合成影像的說明,其中當深Zuni熊合成影像從平面內乳齒象頭2225的外部跨越進入時,深Zuni熊合成影像將從黑2235改變為白2240。The resulting composite image is shown in Figures 56b and c. When viewed from an angle perpendicular to the plane or vertical left side of the uniform material 2217, the all black Zuni bear deep synthetic image pattern 2220 is seen (Fig. 56b). When viewed through an associated array of microlenses (not shown) and viewed from a vertical right angle, a black-toothed mastodon head 2225 is seen in which a negative (white) Zuni bear deep pattern 2230 is seen. As previously described with respect to the synthetic image of FIG. 55, when the deep Zuni bear synthetic image straddles from the outside of the in-plane masttooth head 2225, the deep Zuni bear synthetic image will change from black 2235 to white 2240.
圖57a-c中呈現本實施例之方法的另一範例。圖57a顯示以下列方法製造的合成圖示集2245(B+FM)或"深Zuni熊圖示集結合電影乳齒象圖示集"。Another example of the method of the present embodiment is presented in Figures 57a-c. Figure 57a shows a synthetic graphic set 2245 (B+FM) or a "deep Zuni bear graphic set combined with a pictograph set" made in the following manner.
結果合成影像顯示於圖57b及c中。當經由微透鏡的相關陣列並從垂直於一致材料2250之平面或垂直左側的角度檢視時,看見全黑深Zuni熊型樣2255(圖57b)。當從垂直右側的角度檢視時,看見黑平面內乳齒象頭2260,其具有保持環繞的全黑深Zuni熊型樣2255。The resulting composite image is shown in Figures 57b and c. The full black deep Zuni bear pattern 2255 is seen when viewed through the associated array of microlenses and from an angle perpendicular to the plane or vertical left side of the uniform material 2250 (Fig. 57b). When viewed from the angle of the vertical right side, the mastodon head 2260 in the black plane is seen, which has a full black deep Zuni bear pattern 2255 that remains rounded.
為了說明之故,圖51-57的範例描繪深合成放大影像及一或多個平面內合成影像。顯而易見的是一致材料可呈現任一效果組合,且每一效果彼此獨立。一致材料可呈現任一類型之合成影像的多重性,包括但不限於深、超深、浮動、超浮動、飄浮、形態、3-D、移動、環繞及電影。範例包括但不限於:單一電影影像;具第二電影影像的非電影平面內影像;以相同或不同方向移動之相同或不同縮放的二移動影像;具平面內電影影像及浮動影像的超深影像;具電影影像的飄浮影像等。For purposes of illustration, the examples of Figures 51-57 depict a deep synthetic magnified image and one or more in-plane synthetic images. It will be apparent that a consistent material can present any combination of effects, and each effect is independent of one another. Consistent materials can exhibit the multiplicity of any type of synthetic image, including but not limited to deep, ultra deep, floating, super floating, floating, morphological, 3-D, mobile, surround, and film. Examples include, but are not limited to, a single movie image; a non-cinear in-plane image with a second movie image; two moving images of the same or different zooming in the same or different directions; an ultra-deep image with in-plane movie images and floating images ; floating images with movie images, etc.
此外,依據文中所提及的方法,平面內一致合成影像的FOV可以一或多個附加的一致合成放大影像加以控制。圖49-57顯示浮動合成放大影像如何而可用於提供平面內電影影像的FOV控制。該些方法可延伸而提供除了電影平面內影像以外其他類型合成影像的FOV控制。為展現該些方法的普遍性,圖58-61描繪深合成影像型樣之FOV控制的移動合成影像的應用,及移動合成影像的深合成影像FOV控制。Furthermore, in accordance with the methods mentioned herein, FOVs that consistently synthesize images in the plane can be controlled by one or more additional consistently synthesized magnified images. Figure 49-57 shows how floating synthetically magnified images can be used to provide FOV control of in-plane movie images. These methods can be extended to provide FOV control of other types of synthetic images other than in-plane images. To demonstrate the ubiquity of these methods, Figures 58-61 depict the application of a FOV-controlled mobile composite image of a deep synthetic image pattern, and a deep synthetic image FOV control of a moving composite image.
圖58呈現二重疊圖示集或陣列2265、三角形移動圖示集2270及深Zuni熊圖示集2275。移動圖示集2270與深圖示集2275的縮放略有不同,且已於實質上與深圖示集2275之軸線校正的一致微透鏡陣列結合時,賦予該移動圖示集偏斜角度,而獲得選擇的放大。Figure 58 presents a two-overlapping graphic set or array 2265, a triangular moving graphic set 2270, and a deep Zuni bear graphic set 2275. The movement icon set 2270 is slightly different from the depth map set 2275, and has been assigned a skew angle when substantially combined with the aligned microlens array corrected by the axis of the deep graphic set 2275, and Get the magnification of the selection.
圖59a中放大顯示二重疊圖示集2265的中央部分,更清楚地顯示移動圖示集2270與深圖示集2275之間重疊的不同型樣。圖59b呈現合成圖示集2280,其為執行圖示集2270及2275上圖形的布林相交函數的結果。可清楚地看見結果圖示的改變極大。The central portion of the two overlapping graphic set 2265 is shown enlarged in Fig. 59a, showing more clearly the different patterns of overlap between the moving graphic set 2270 and the deep graphic set 2275. Figure 59b presents a composite graphical set 2280 that is the result of performing a Boolean intersection function of the graphs on the sets 2270 and 2275. It can be clearly seen that the change in the graphical representation of the results is enormous.
圖60描繪先前於圖58中所顯示圖示集之較大區域上相交的圖示型樣之非均勻性。由於二原始型樣的不同縮放及原始移動型樣的偏斜角度,可見到合成圖示型樣2280的尺寸及密度引人注意地改變。Figure 60 depicts the non-uniformity of the graphical representation of the intersections on the larger regions of the previously illustrated set of illustrations shown in Figure 58. Due to the different scaling of the original pattern and the skew angle of the original moving pattern, it can be seen that the size and density of the synthetic graphic pattern 2280 are noticeably changed.
當使用合成圖示集2280的放大區域製造一致材料2285時,結果合成影像效果顯示於圖61a-f中。圖61-a、c及e顯示,隨著一致材料環繞通過圖中間從頭到尾之垂直軸線而日益增加地旋轉,三角形移動FOV影像2295及深Zuni熊影像2290的互動2300。圖61b、d及f顯示分別相應於圖61a、c及e之一致移動材料的表面。(為求清晰,該些圖未呈現按透視法縮短或透視之旋轉的一致材料2285)。When the uniform material 2285 is fabricated using the enlarged area of the composite graphic set 2280, the resultant synthetic image effect is shown in Figures 61a-f. Figures 61-a, c and e show that the triangle moves the interaction 2300 of the FOV image 2295 and the deep Zuni bear image 2290 as the uniform material rotates increasingly around the vertical axis from head to tail through the middle of the figure. Figures 61b, d and f show the surfaces of the uniformly moving materials corresponding to Figures 61a, c and e, respectively. (For clarity, the figures do not present a consistent material 2285 that is shortened or perspectively rotated by perspective).
在圖61a-f中,深圖示集2275及移動圖示集2270歷經圖形的布林相交函數。相交函數產生一型樣,其僅保持呈現二型樣之原始型樣的該些部分-換言之,該二原始型樣的重疊區域。相交的合成圖示型樣2280(圖60)所產生的合成影像因而具有一FOV,其由該二合成影像之重疊所控制。圖61a-f呈現一範例,其中三角形移動合成影像2295的放大大於深Zuni熊合成影像2290的放大。In Figures 61a-f, the deep graphical set 2275 and the mobile graphical set 2270 are subjected to a Boolean intersection function of the graph. The intersection function produces a pattern that only retains the portions of the original pattern that present the two types - in other words, the overlapping regions of the two original patterns. The resultant image produced by the intersecting composite graphic pattern 2280 (Fig. 60) thus has an FOV that is controlled by the overlap of the two synthetic images. 61a-f present an example in which the enlargement of the triangular moving synthetic image 2295 is greater than the magnification of the deep Zuni bear synthetic image 2290.
每一合成影像的FOV受其他而調變,但每一合成影像的其他屬性則彼此獨立。因而圖61a中三角形移動合成影像2295顯現為以正視差方式隨著一致材料2285環繞垂直軸線(圖61c)旋轉而向下移動,並隨著一致材料2285進一步環繞該垂直軸線旋轉而進一步向下(圖61e)。亦應注意的是,由於垂直90度移動合成影像旋轉,所以三角形移動合成影像2295的旋轉方位與其圖示2270的旋轉方位不同。The FOV of each composite image is modulated by others, but the other properties of each composite image are independent of each other. Thus, the triangular moving synthetic image 2295 in Fig. 61a appears to move downward in a positive parallax manner as the uniform material 2285 rotates about the vertical axis (Fig. 61c) and further downwards as the uniform material 2285 is further rotated about the vertical axis ( Figure 61e). It should also be noted that the rotational orientation of the triangular motion composite image 2295 is different from the rotational orientation of the graphic 2270 due to the vertical 90 degree movement of the composite image rotation.
同時,深Zuni熊合成影像2290顯現為隨著一致材料2285環繞垂直軸線旋轉而以視差向右移動(從圖61a至圖61c,最後到圖61e)。任一合成影像之唯一可見到的地方,相應於落在三角形移動合成影像2295之內部的深Zuni熊合成影像2300,而處於其視覺相交或重疊區。圖61a之合成影像互動的視覺表面顯示於圖61b中,其中僅可見的合成影像為三角形移動合成影像2295之長度內為界的深Zuni熊2300。隨著一致材料2285環繞垂直軸線而旋轉(圖61d),三角形移動合成影像2295有效地製造對於深Zuni熊2300之能見度的滑動視窗。同時,深Zuni熊2300顯現為隨著一致材料2285旋轉而以其本身適當視差向右移動。At the same time, the deep Zuni bear synthetic image 2290 appears to move to the right with parallax as the uniform material 2285 rotates about the vertical axis (from Fig. 61a to Fig. 61c, finally to Fig. 61e). The only visible portion of any of the composite images corresponds to the deep Zuni bear synthetic image 2300 that falls within the triangle moving synthetic image 2295, and is in its visual intersection or overlap region. The visual surface of the composite image interaction of Figure 61a is shown in Figure 61b, wherein only the visible composite image is the deep Zuni bear 2300 bounded within the length of the triangular motion composite image 2295. As the uniform material 2285 rotates about the vertical axis (Fig. 61d), the triangular motion composite image 2295 effectively creates a sliding window for visibility of the deep Zuni Bear 2300. At the same time, the deep Zuni bear 2300 appears to move to the right with its proper parallax as the uniform material 2285 rotates.
如圖61f中所示,一致材料2285環繞垂直軸線的進一步旋轉,使三角形移動合成影像2295進一步向下移動,及深Zuni熊2300進一步向右移動。使一致材料2285環繞例如水平軸線之不同軸線而傾斜或旋轉,將使二互動合成影像2290及2295以其本身特有方式移動,但總是滿足總型樣之FOV係由二影像的屬性控制之要求。As shown in Figure 61f, the further rotation of the conforming material 2285 about the vertical axis causes the triangular moving composite image 2295 to move further downward and the deep Zuni bear 2300 to move further to the right. Tilting or rotating the uniform material 2285 about different axes, such as the horizontal axis, will cause the two interactive composite images 2290 and 2295 to move in their own unique manner, but always meet the requirements of the overall image of the FOV system controlled by the properties of the two images. .
因而其展現移動合成影像之能見度的FOV或型樣可由深合成影像控制(移動合成影像的唯一可見部分為視覺上與深合成影像相交或重疊處),及深合成影像之能見度的FOV或型樣可由移動合成影像控制(深合成影像的唯一可見處相應於與移動合成影像相交或重疊處)。Thus, the FOV or pattern that exhibits the visibility of the moving composite image can be controlled by deep synthetic images (the only visible portion of the moving composite image is the intersection or overlap of the visually synthesized image with the deep synthetic image), and the FOV or pattern of the visibility of the deep synthetic image. It can be controlled by a moving composite image (the only visible portion of the deep composite image corresponds to the intersection or overlap with the moving composite image).
若使用較大FOV控制合成影像,便可以電影似的方式啟動及關閉移動合成影像。該FOV控制合成影像可為移動、深、浮動、飄浮或其他一致影像類型。If a larger FOV is used to control the composite image, the moving composite image can be activated and deactivated in a movie-like manner. The FOV control composite image can be moving, deep, floating, floating or other consistent image types.
該些方法可通用於所有類型之合成影像的FOV控制,並可應用於二個以上影像。These methods are common to FOV control of all types of synthetic images and can be applied to more than two images.
另一參數的特徵在於FOV控制合成影像為其開/關轉換屬性。由於該些型樣具有明顯的邊緣,浮動FOV控制合成影像2007(圖49、50)及移動FOV控制合成影像2295(圖61)具有"硬"開/關轉換。當圖49及50中所示位置之間浮動FOV控制合成影像2007為不完全時,型樣的邊緣將落於電影乳齒象邊界2005的內部,留下可見的部分乳齒象。此可為一些應用中的所需效果,但其亦可能製造具有"軟"開/關轉換的FOV控制合成影像,其中受控制之合成影像的密度淡出,取代隨FOV控制合成影像之"硬"邊緣通過而突然終止。Another parameter is characterized in that the FOV controls the composite image as its on/off transition property. Since the patterns have distinct edges, the floating FOV control composite image 2007 (Fig. 49, 50) and the moving FOV control composite image 2295 (Fig. 61) have a "hard" on/off transition. When the floating FOV control synthetic image 2007 between the positions shown in Figures 49 and 50 is incomplete, the edges of the pattern will fall inside the film mastodon boundary 2005, leaving a visible partial mastodontic image. This may be the desired effect in some applications, but it is also possible to create a FOV-controlled composite image with a "soft" on/off transition in which the density of the controlled synthetic image fades out, replacing the "hard" synthesis of the image with FOV control. The edge passes and suddenly terminates.
獲得"軟"開/關轉換的一種方法為使用FOV控制合成影像之邊緣上的灰階效果。如同文中先前所提及的,合成影像灰階效果可以許多方式完成。圖62a-b及63呈現獲得FOV控制合成影像中"軟"開/關轉換之灰階方法的應用範例。圖示影像2305為具深度迴旋邊緣2310的方形型樣。若製造圖示影像的陣列,其中每一圖示影像與圖示影像2305相同,且每一均同樣地置於其圖示區內(參照例如圖53中圖示區2072),那麼結果合成影像的外表(由結合圖示影像之陣列的一致材料所形成)將與圖示影像2305相同。該合成影像將具有深度迴旋硬邊緣,恰如所合成的圖示影像。One way to achieve a "soft" on/off transition is to use FOV to control the grayscale effect on the edges of the composite image. As mentioned earlier in the text, synthetic image grayscale effects can be accomplished in a number of ways. Figures 62a-b and 63 present an application example of a gray scale method for obtaining a "soft" on/off transition in a FOV controlled synthetic image. The illustrated image 2305 is a square pattern with a deep convoluted edge 2310. If an array of illustrated images is produced, each of the illustrated images is identical to the illustrated image 2305, and each is equally placed within its graphical region (see, for example, region 2072 in Figure 53), then the resulting composite image The appearance (formed by a consistent material in combination with the array of illustrated images) will be identical to the illustrated image 2305. The composite image will have a deep whirling hard edge, just like the resulting image.
然而,若圖示影像係置於其圖示區內不同位置,使得圖示的迴旋邊緣從一個替換為另一個,結果合成影像2315的邊界(未繪出而縮放有關圖示影像2310)可呈現逐漸密度轉換,從最大內部2320密度,經由重疊區2325至轉換區2325外部的最小密度2340。However, if the illustrated image is placed at a different location within its graphical region, the illustrated wraparound edge is replaced from one to the other, and the resulting composite image 2315 boundary (not drawn and scaled for the illustrated image 2310) can be rendered. The gradual density conversion, from the maximum internal 2320 density, via the overlap region 2325 to the minimum density 2340 outside the transition region 2325.
圖63描繪合成影像2315的灰階外表,其中合成影像的密度依據每一區域中重疊的圖示影像數量而改變。實際上,光學像差、衍射及其他效果將傾向於進一步使跨越轉換區的梯度平滑。Figure 63 depicts the grayscale appearance of the composite image 2315, wherein the density of the composite image varies depending on the number of imaged images that overlap in each region. In fact, optical aberrations, diffraction, and other effects will tend to further smooth the gradient across the transition region.
若合成影像2315用做FOV控制合成影像,且若合成影像2315的尺寸大於其所控制的合成影像,那麼所控制合成影像的開/關轉換將是軟的,因為所控制合成影像的密度將隨著合成影像2315之轉換邊緣區通過而淡出。If the composite image 2315 is used as a FOV control composite image, and if the size of the composite image 2315 is larger than the composite image it controls, the on/off conversion of the controlled composite image will be soft because the density of the controlled composite image will follow The transition edge region of the synthetic image 2315 passes through and fades out.
電影合成影像型樣典型地具有一長度-表示FOV控制合成影像不存在之長度之外,替代呈現之邊界。當電影合成影像處於其"關閉"狀態時,因為光線散射經由或環繞聚焦光學,電影合成影像的輕微鬼影保持可見。當電影合成影像結合整體深、超深、浮動、超浮動、飄浮或移動合成影像時,第二合成影像所提供散射光線的呈現,大大地降低"關閉"電影鬼影的能見度。The film composite image pattern typically has a length - indicating that the FOV control synthetic image does not exist beyond the length of the rendered boundary. When the film composite image is in its "off" state, the slight ghosting of the film composite image remains visible because the light scatters through or around the focusing optics. When a film composite image is combined with an overall deep, ultra-deep, floating, super-floating, floating or moving composite image, the presentation of the scattered light provided by the second composite image greatly reduces the visibility of the "closed" movie ghost.
在結合隔離的電影合成影像的一致材料中,"關閉"電影鬼影的能見度可經由導入提供與電影鬼影之相同程度密度的背景色調之圖示型樣而予抑制。該圖示型樣可經設計,藉刻意不協調該型樣的期間與聚焦元件陣列的期間,而不形成一致的合成影像。電影鬼影抑制圖示型樣可為隨機、虛擬隨機、循環、聚焦元件期間的不合理多路、Penrose鋪磚或其他適當幾何,以避免合成影像的形成。In a consistent material that combines isolated movie-composite images, the visibility of "closed" movie ghosts can be suppressed by introducing graphical representations of background tones that provide the same degree of density as movie ghosts. The graphic pattern can be designed to deliberately disregard the period of the pattern and the period of the array of focusing elements without forming a uniform composite image. The movie ghost suppression graphic can be random, virtually random, cyclic, unreasonable multiplex during focusing of components, Penrose tile or other suitable geometry to avoid the formation of synthetic images.
大圖示影像內類似隨機型樣的結合通常因為不同理由而需要。有時在凹版印刷-刮墨步驟期間不保持其填充的較大空隙以及較小空隙的狀況下,便使用形成圖示的空隙及填充方法。經由將隨機、虛擬隨機、循環或其他非合成影像形成型樣中柱狀、脊狀或其他適當形狀併入較大空隙,可獲得改進之圖示填充材料的保持,使其有效地作用如同其較小。The combination of similar random patterns within large graphic images is often required for different reasons. The voids and filling methods that are illustrated are sometimes used in situations where larger voids and smaller voids are not maintained during the gravure-scraping step. By incorporating a columnar, ridged, or other suitable shape into a larger void in a random, virtually random, cyclic, or other non-synthetic image forming pattern, improved retention of the illustrated filler material can be achieved, effectively acting as Smaller.
儘管已顯示及描述示範實施例,對於本技藝中一般技術人士將顯而易見的是,可進行所描述之本發明的大量改變、修改或替代。所有該改變、修改或替代因而可於本發明的範圍內看見。While the exemplary embodiments have been shown and described, it will be understood that All such changes, modifications, or substitutions are thus apparent within the scope of the invention.
1、2、3、9、48、52、62、192、215、234、240、262、266、274、280、292、302、308、316、374、400、413、456、463、484、486、488、986、1056、1080...透鏡1, 2, 3, 9, 48, 52, 62, 192, 215, 234, 240, 262, 266, 274, 280, 292, 302, 308, 316, 374, 400, 413, 456, 463, 484, 486, 488, 986, 1056, 1080. . . lens
4、108、112、129、137、162、164、172、184、313、315、317、323、325、327、329、330、331、332、410、462、474、610、611、910、912、996、1020...圖示元件4, 108, 112, 129, 137, 162, 164, 172, 184, 313, 315, 317, 323, 325, 327, 329, 330, 331, 332, 410, 462, 474, 610, 611, 910, 912, 996, 1020. . . Graphical component
5、200、398、408、420、442、458、1081...光學隔片5, 200, 398, 408, 420, 442, 458, 1081. . . Optical spacer
6、321、340、388...密封層6, 321, 340, 388. . . Sealing layer
7...總厚度7. . . Total thickness
8、510、775、820、834、842、866、896、930、966、990...基底8, 510, 775, 820, 834, 842, 866, 896, 930, 966, 990. . . Base
10、106、123、134、146、174、206、228、248、258、268、270、282、286、294、304、318、322、424、428、496、500、504、522、613...影像10, 106, 123, 134, 146, 174, 206, 228, 248, 258, 268, 270, 282, 286, 294, 304, 318, 322, 424, 428, 496, 500, 504, 522, 613. . . image
11...重複期間11. . . Repeat period
12...微光學系統12. . . Micro-optical system
12...一致移動材料12. . . Consistent moving material
14、28、34、38、89、90、91、102...合成放大影像14, 28, 34, 38, 89, 90, 91, 102. . . Synthesized enlarged image
16...水平軸16. . . horizontal axis
18...擺動或轉動18. . . Swing or turn
20...正視差移動20. . . Positive parallax movement
22、24...點輪廓22, 24. . . Point outline
26...一致深材料26. . . Consistent deep material
30、2020...觀察者30, 2020. . . Observer
32...一致浮動材料32. . . Consistent floating material
36...一致飄浮材料36. . . Uniform floating material
37...方位角方位參考37. . . Azimuth orientation reference
38...一致飄浮影像38. . . Uniform floating image
40...六角形陣列型樣40. . . Hexagonal array pattern
40、42、44...陣列型樣虛線40, 42, 44. . . Array pattern dotted line
42...方形陣列42. . . Square array
44...等邊三角形陣列44. . . Equilateral triangle array
46...圓形底座幾何46. . . Circular base geometry
46、60、210、1008、1028、1042、1066、1098、1112...微透鏡46, 60, 210, 1008, 1028, 1042, 1066, 1098, 1112. . . Microlens
48、50...圓形48, 50. . . Round
52...不完全六角形52. . . Incomplete hexagon
54...不完全正方形54. . . Incomplete square
58...不完全三角形58. . . Incomplete triangle
60...六角形底座幾何60. . . Hexagon base geometry
62...正方形62. . . square
64...三角形64. . . triangle
66...虛線66. . . dotted line
68、70、72、74、76、78、436...區68, 70, 72, 74, 76, 78, 436. . . Area
80...透鏡陣列80. . . Lens array
82...規則的週期陣列間隔82. . . Regular periodic array spacing
84...圖示元件陣列84. . . Illustrated component array
86...陣列軸線方位角86. . . Array axis azimuth
88、307、348、360、362、1006、1018、1050、1052、1070...材料88, 307, 348, 360, 362, 1006, 1018, 1050, 1052, 1070. . . material
92、94...圖示元件型樣92, 94. . . Graphical component
96、100...放大插頁96, 100. . . Magnify the insert
98...合成放大OPM影像98. . . Synthesized magnified OPM image
98...圓形圖示元件98. . . Circular graphic element
102...星形圖示元件102. . . Star graphic element
104、2140、4013...邊界104, 2140, 4013. . . boundary
107...右側107. . . Right
110...支撐材料110. . . Support material
113...微結構113. . . microstructure
113...空隙113. . . Void
114、822-832、844-856...微結構圖示元件114, 822-832, 844-856. . . Microstructured component
115...固體區115. . . Solid area
116、872、876、904、920...正圖示元件116, 872, 876, 904, 920. . . Positive component
118...透明的背景118. . . Transparent background
120...彩色的、染色的或著色的背景120. . . Colored, stained or colored background
122、874、924、928...負圖示元件122, 874, 924, 928. . . Negative graphic component
124...短焦點透鏡124. . . Short focus lens
126、130、168、198、309...光學隔離板126, 130, 168, 198, 309. . . Optical isolation board
128、132、152、156、182、194、208、242、246、264、276、278、402、422、442、471、1030...圖示平面128, 132, 152, 156, 182, 194, 208, 242, 246, 264, 276, 278, 402, 422, 442, 471, 1030. . . Graphic plane
136...長焦點透鏡136. . . Long focus lens
140...升高透鏡140. . . Raising the lens
144...透鏡支撐台144. . . Lens support table
148...非升高透鏡148. . . Non-elevating lens
150...光學隔離150. . . Optical isolation
152、170、182、208、276、278、296、298、300、310、314、376、442、460、492、821、836、837、868、898、932、994、1030、1058、1082、1102、1510...圖示層152, 170, 182, 208, 276, 278, 296, 298, 300, 310, 314, 376, 442, 460, 492, 821, 836, 837, 868, 898, 932, 994, 1030, 1058, 1082 1102, 1510. . . Graphic layer
154...圖示隔離板154. . . Graphic isolation board
158、160...距離158, 160. . . distance
166...聚焦反射鏡166. . . Focusing mirror
167...金屬化的反射鏡167. . . Metalized mirror
176...不透明的上層176. . . Opaque upper layer
178...孔徑178. . . Aperture
180...光學隔離板元件180. . . Optical isolation board component
188...全折射材料188. . . Full refractive material
190、610、611、616、618、640、642、650、652、660、662、696、704、716、2075、2080、2085、2305、2310...圖示影像190, 610, 611, 616, 618, 640, 642, 650, 652, 660, 662, 696, 704, 716, 2075, 2080, 2085, 2305, 2310. . . Graphic image
195...選擇地密封層195. . . Selective sealing layer
196...總折射系統厚度196. . . Total refractive system thickness
199...混合折射/反射材料199. . . Mixed refractive/reflective material
202...反射層202. . . Reflective layer
212...總系統厚度212. . . Total system thickness
214、232、230...折射系統214, 232, 230. . . Refraction system
215、240...正透鏡215, 240. . . Positive lens
216、232...頂層216, 232. . . Top
218、236、820、834、866、896、930、984...選擇的基底218, 236, 820, 834, 866, 896, 930, 984. . . Selected substrate
218、236...選擇的膜基底218, 236. . . Selected membrane substrate
220、232、238...可剝落層220, 232, 238. . . Peelable layer
220、238...負透鏡結構220,238. . . Negative lens structure
222...散射光222. . . Scattered light
224、226、252、254、936、938、956...區224, 226, 252, 254, 936, 938, 956. . . Area
252、254...竄改252, 254. . . Tampering
256...剝落256. . . Peeling off
256...剝落層256. . . Exfoliation layer
260、290、306...雙面材料260, 290, 306. . . Double-sided material
268、270、274、280、282、284、286、288、294、304、318、322...成像268, 270, 274, 280, 282, 284, 286, 288, 294, 304, 318, 322. . . Imaging
272...雙面實施例272. . . Double-sided embodiment
277、298...圖示層隔片277,298. . . Graphic layer spacer
287、289...系統287, 289. . . system
306、348、364...系統材料306, 348, 364. . . System material
311...透明的微結構圖示層311. . . Transparent microstructure layer
313、315、317...浮雕表面313, 315, 317. . . Embossed surface
319...虛線319. . . dotted line
320、324...光線散射320, 324. . . Light scattering
323、325、327...著色的或染色的材料323, 325, 327. . . Colored or dyed material
323、325、327...填充材料323, 325, 327. . . Filler
325...厚度變化325. . . Thickness change
326、333...實施例326, 333. . . Example
328...高折射率材料328. . . High refractive index material
329、331...高折射率包覆的圖示元件329, 331. . . High refractive index coated component
334...相位介面334. . . Phase interface
335...透明的浮雕微結構圖示335. . . Transparent relief micro-structure icon
336...量336. . . the amount
337、339、341、342、344、882、972、978...平面圖337, 339, 341, 342, 344, 882, 972, 978. . . Floor plan
338...選擇的膠黏劑338. . . Selected adhesive
347、375、520...印刷347, 375, 520. . . print
350、838、839...層壓膠黏劑350, 838, 839. . . Laminating adhesive
352、372、375、377、380、382、384、386、390、392、394、396、404、406、414、416、518...印刷元件352, 372, 375, 377, 380, 382, 384, 386, 390, 392, 394, 396, 404, 406, 414, 416, 518. . . Printing component
354、510...纖維基底354, 510. . . Fiber substrate
358、368...非纖維基底358, 368. . . Non-fibrous substrate
366...膠黏劑元件366. . . Adhesive component
370...選擇的印刷元件370. . . Selected printing element
373、775、820、834、842、866、896、930、966...透明基底373, 775, 820, 834, 842, 866, 896, 930, 966. . . Transparent substrate
374、400...透鏡區374, 400. . . Lens area
378...非光學基底378. . . Non-optical substrate
402、2050、2055、2065、2270...圖示402, 2050, 2055, 2065, 2270. . . Icon
412、570、632、634、636、640、650、660、2072...圖示區412, 570, 632, 634, 636, 640, 650, 660, 2072. . . Graphic area
418、438、792...球面透鏡418, 438, 792. . . Spherical lens
438...非球面透鏡438. . . Aspheric lens
426、430、446、450、470、475、478、482、498、502、506、802、998、1022、1088、1118、1132...焦點426, 430, 446, 450, 470, 475, 478, 482, 498, 502, 506, 802, 998, 1022, 1088, 1118, 1132. . . focus
432、954、960、1516...箭頭432, 954, 960, 1516. . . arrow
434、454...對焦區434, 454. . . Focus area
444...垂直檢視角度444. . . Vertical viewing angle
448...傾斜檢視角度448. . . Tilt view angle
452...平坦視場452. . . Flat field of view
461...薄圖示元件461. . . Thin graphic component
464...垂直方向464. . . Vertical direction
466...垂直影像焦點466. . . Vertical image focus
468...傾斜角度影像468. . . Tilt angle image
471、472...厚圖示平面471, 472. . . Thick graphic plane
476...垂直影像476. . . Vertical image
480...傾斜影像480. . . Tilt image
492...厚圖示層492. . . Thick graphic layer
493、495、498、1004、1024、1086、1116、1130...焦距493, 495, 498, 1004, 1024, 1086, 1116, 1130. . . focal length
494...厚圖示元件494. . . Thick graphic element
496...中心496. . . center
508...執行緒508. . . Thread
510...纖維文件基底510. . . Fiber file substrate
512...內部區512. . . Internal area
514...視窗化區514. . . Windowed area
516...包覆的密封層516. . . Coated sealing layer
516...密封或掩蔽層516. . . Sealing or masking layer
517...膠黏劑層517. . . Adhesive layer
521...上表面521. . . Upper surface
522...影像效果522. . . Image effect
524...寬度524. . . width
570、572、574、576、578、596、598、698、700、702、706、708、710、714、718、2075、2080、2085...圖示影像元件570, 572, 574, 576, 578, 596, 598, 698, 700, 702, 706, 708, 710, 714, 718, 2075, 2080, 2085. . . Graphic image component
580、584、586、600、602、604、612、626、670、672、686、690、694、1048、1095、1114、1126、1134、1126、2315...合成影像580, 584, 586, 600, 602, 604, 612, 626, 670, 672, 686, 690, 694, 1048, 1095, 1114, 1126, 1134, 1126, 2315. . . Synthetic image
582、606、608...重疊區582, 606, 608. . . Overlapping area
588、605...非重疊區588, 605. . . Non-overlapping area
594...六角形圖示型樣594. . . Hexagonal graphic
596、598、1084、1117、2045、2050、2055...圖示型樣596, 598, 1084, 1117, 2045, 2050, 2055. . . Graphic type
609...六角形圖示區609. . . Hexagonal graphic area
620、622、626...合成的合成影像620, 622, 626. . . Synthetic synthetic image
624...內部624. . . internal
628...顏色密度邊緣628. . . Color density edge
630...顏色密度內部630. . . Color density interior
632...三角形632. . . triangle
640...單一圖示區640. . . Single graphic area
644、654、664...前景訊框644, 654, 664. . . Foreground frame
646、656、667...角落元件646, 656, 667. . . Corner component
648、658、668...背景訊框648, 658, 668. . . Background frame
646、667...疊錐形間隙型樣646, 667. . . Stacked cone gap pattern
656...角落型樣656. . . Corner pattern
672、674...中空管672, 674. . . Hollow tube
674...最近端674. . . Nearest end
674...中空管影像674. . . Hollow tube image
676...角落676. . . corner
676...最近面676. . . Recent face
678...最遠端678. . . Farthest
678...最遠面678. . . Farthest
680、738...單一影像放映機680, 738. . . Single image projector
682、686...圓錐形682, 686. . . Conical
684、688、692...深度平面684, 688, 692. . . Depth plane
684、688、692...影像平面684, 688, 692. . . Image plane
684、690、692...超深影像平面684, 690, 692. . . Ultra deep image plane
684...最淺深度平面684. . . Shallow depth plane
684、688、692...合成影像平面684, 688, 692. . . Composite image plane
686、690、694...UNISON字686, 690, 694. . . UNISON word
686、690、694...UNISON影像686, 690, 694. . . UNISON image
688...中間深度平面688. . . Intermediate depth plane
692...最深深度平面692. . . Deepest depth plane
730...單一圖示影像730. . . Single graphic image
732...結合的圖示元件732. . . Combined graphic component
740...平面740. . . flat
742...Brassempouy小姐(藝品)742. . . Miss Brassempouy (artwork)
742...物件742. . . object
742...全合成影像742. . . Fully synthetic image
744...深合成影像空間744. . . Deep synthetic image space
746...浮動合成影像空間746. . . Floating synthetic image space
748、752-762...深影像平面748, 752-762. . . Deep image plane
750、764-774...浮動影像平面750, 764-774. . . Floating image plane
756-774...選擇的深度平面756-774. . . Selected depth plane
777...包覆的圖示層777. . . Coated layer
780、788、922...中央區780, 788, 922. . . Central District
782、790...焦點屬性782, 790. . . Focus attribute
784...六角形底座多帶狀透鏡784. . . Hexagonal base multi-strip lens
786、794...聚合物基底786, 794. . . Polymer substrate
796...側面區796. . . Side area
798...垂直模糊798. . . Vertical blur
800...外部區800. . . External area
804...圖示平面區804. . . Graphic area
806...角落區806. . . Corner area
808...散射808. . . scattering
779、822...非對稱空隙型樣779, 822. . . Asymmetric void pattern
781、823...對稱空隙型樣781, 823. . . Symmetrical void pattern
783、824...光線陷阱型樣783, 824. . . Light trap pattern
785、825...全像攝影表面凸版印刷型樣785, 825. . . Full-image photographic surface relief printing
787、826...通用繞射表面凸版印刷型樣787, 826. . . Universal diffraction surface relief printing pattern
789、827...二元結構型樣789, 827. . . Binary structure
791、828...一般階梯形凸版印刷型樣791, 828. . . General stepped letterpress type
793、952、962...指向性包覆材料793, 952, 962. . . Directional coating material
793、840、934、1016...包覆層793, 840, 934, 1016. . . Coating
795、829...隨機粗糙及虛擬隨機粗糙型樣795, 829. . . Random rough and virtual random rough pattern
797、830...名義平坦表面型樣797, 830. . . Nominal flat surface pattern
799、831...凹面型樣799, 831. . . Concave shape
801、832...凸面型樣801, 832. . . Convex shape
838、840、841、870...包覆材料層838, 840, 841, 870. . . Coating material layer
843...層壓基底843. . . Laminated substrate
844-864...微結構圖示影像元件844-864. . . Microstructured image component
870、1016...選擇的包覆材料870, 1016. . . Selected cladding material
871...凹處或空隙871. . . Recess or void
872...正圖示影像元件872. . . Graphic element
872...正圖示區872. . . Positive graphic area
874...負圖示影像元件874. . . Negative graphic image component
875...凹處875. . . Recess
876...填充的正圖示876. . . Filled positive icon
878、902、948、997、1512、1520...圖示填充材料878, 902, 948, 997, 1512, 1520. . . Filled material
880...填充的負圖示880. . . Filled negative icon
880、892...填充的負圖示元件880, 892. . . Filled negative graphic component
884、888...周圍的背景外表884, 888. . . Surrounding background
884...周圍背景區域884. . . Surrounding background area
886...物件型樣886. . . Object type
886、890...填充的正圖示元件886, 890. . . Filled positive component
893...高集中893. . . High concentration
894...不足894. . . insufficient
900、934、967、968、969、970、1016...包覆材料900, 934, 967, 968, 969, 970, 1016. . . Coated material
908...物件型樣微結構908. . . Object type microstructure
916...第一圖示填充材料916. . . First illustrated filling material
918...第二圖示填充材料918. . . Second illustrated filling material
920...填充的區域920. . . Filled area
926、928、1508...圖示微結構926, 928, 1508. . . Graphical microstructure
926...正微結構圖示元件926. . . Positive microstructured component
928...負微結構圖示元件928. . . Negative microstructured component
931...抑制的形狀931. . . Suppressed shape
931...抑制的區域931. . . Suppressed area
935...呈現935. . . Present
936、938、946、950、951、956、958、964...托架936, 938, 946, 950, 951, 956, 958, 964. . . bracket
939...平坦部分939. . . Flat part
940...熱膠黏劑層940. . . Thermal adhesive layer
942...熱戳記箔包覆942. . . Thermal stamp foil wrap
942...箔層942. . . Foil layer
944...易碎漆器層944. . . Fragile lacquer layer
946...單件946. . . a piece
950、951...組合950, 951. . . combination
967...定型的包覆材料967. . . Shaped cladding material
968、982...全厚度包覆材料968, 982. . . Full thickness coating material
969...部分厚度包覆材料969. . . Partial thickness coating material
970...零厚度包覆材料970. . . Zero thickness cladding material
976...背景976. . . background
980...部分或零厚度包覆材料980. . . Partial or zero thickness cladding material
984、990...選擇的透明基底984, 990. . . Selected transparent substrate
988...光傳輸材料988. . . Optical transmission material
992、1012、1065...間隙992, 1012, 1065. . . gap
1000、1010...透鏡片1000, 1010. . . Lens sheet
1002、1014...圖示片1002, 1014. . . Graphic film
1026...波紋放大系統1026. . . Ripple amplification system
1028...放大系統透鏡1028. . . Amplifying system lens
1032、1034、1059、1060...隱蔽圖示型樣1032, 1034, 1059, 1060. . . Concealed graphic
1038...公然可檢視合成影像1038. . . Openly viewable synthetic images
1040、1064...隱蔽鑑別透鏡片1040, 1064. . . Hidden discriminating lens
1042、1066...隱蔽鑑別透鏡片透鏡1042, 1066. . . Hidden discriminating lens
1044...光學耦合材料1044. . . Optical coupling material
1054、1056...放大系統1054, 1056. . . Amplification system
1056...放大透鏡1056. . . Magnifying lens
1058、1102...第一圖示層1058, 1102. . . First graphic layer
1063...浮動合成影像1063. . . Floating synthetic image
1063...隱蔽合成影像1063. . . Concealed synthetic image
1063...第一隱蔽合成影像1063. . . First concealed synthetic image
1068...第二合成影像1068. . . Second synthetic image
1078、1096...水一致波紋放大系統1078, 1096. . . Water uniform corrugated amplification system
1088...空氣焦點1088. . . Air focus
1090...空氣中合成影像投射1090. . . Synthetic image projection in the air
1091...中心高度1091. . . Center height
1092、1128...流體1092, 1128. . . fluid
1092...選擇的浸入流體1092. . . Selected immersion fluid
1096...多路影像水一致系統1096. . . Multi-channel image water consistency system
1098...水一致微透鏡1098. . . Water uniform microlens
1100...第一光學隔片1100. . . First optical spacer
1102、1117...第一圖示型樣1102, 1117. . . First graphic pattern
1104...第二光學隔片1104. . . Second optical spacer
1106...第二圖示層1106. . . Second graphic layer
1108...第三光學隔片1108. . . Third optical spacer
1110...第三圖示層1110. . . Third graphic layer
1111...第三圖示型樣1111. . . Third graphic pattern
1112、1120、1128...媒介物1112, 1120, 1128. . . vehicle
1116...空氣中焦距1116. . . Focal length in air
1119...第二圖示型樣1119. . . Second graphic pattern
1120...水1120. . . water
1120...液體1120. . . liquid
1122...流體浸入焦距1122. . . Fluid immersion focal length
1124...水浸入焦點1124. . . Water immersion in focus
1510...聚合包覆圖示層1510. . . Polymer coating layer
1502...凝膠或液體聚合物1502. . . Gel or liquid polymer
1502...凝膠或液體聚合物包覆1502. . . Gel or liquid polymer coating
1504...圖示微結構工具1504. . . Graphical microstructure tool
1514...刮墨刀1514. . . Squeegee
2000...一致電影膜2000. . . Uniform film
2005...格式化乳齒象頭2005. . . Formatted mastodon
2005、2052、2057、2110、2145...電影影像2005, 2052, 2057, 2110, 2145. . . Movie image
2005...電影影像區域2005. . . Movie image area
2005...電影平面內影像2005. . . In-plane image
2005...電影平面內影像乳齒象頭2005. . . In-plane imagery mastodon
2005...電影乳齒象邊界2005. . . Movie mastodon border
2007...視場控制合成影像2007. . . Field of view control synthetic image
2007...浮動FOV控制合成影像2007. . . Floating FOV control synthetic image
2007、2010...視場合成放大影像2007, 2010. . . Field of view synthetically magnified image
2015...視覺相交2015. . . Visual intersection
2025...視覺投射2025. . . Visual projection
2030、2120、2122、2124...檢視點2030, 2120, 2122, 2124. . . View point
2045...Zuni迷信熊圖示型樣陣列2045. . . Zuni superstitious bear graphic pattern array
2045、2050、2055...圖示資訊2045, 2050, 2055. . . Graphic information
2050...視場控制圖示2050. . . Field of view control icon
2050、2055...視場控制圖示陣列型樣2050, 2055. . . Field of view control graphic array pattern
2050...電影Lascaux洞穴馬圖示型樣2050. . . Movie Lascaux cave horse graphic
2052...Lascaux洞穴馬2052. . . Lascaux Cave Horse
2052...電影影像Lascaux洞穴馬2052. . . Movie image Lascaux cave horse
2055...電影乳齒象圖示型樣影像2055. . . Movie mastodon graphic image
2057...乳齒象2057. . . Mastic tooth
2057...電影影像乳齒象2057. . . Movie image mastodon
2065...附加方式2065. . . Additional method
2065、2160、2215、2245、2280...合成圖示集2065, 2160, 2215, 2245, 2280. . . Synthetic graphic set
2070、2162、2187、2217、2250、2285...一致材料2070, 2162, 2187, 2217, 2250, 2285. . . Consistent material
2072...圖示影像區2072. . . Graphic area
2072...虛擬邊界2072. . . Virtual boundary
2073...軸線2073. . . Axis
2075、2080、2085...合成圖示影像2075, 2080, 2085. . . Composite graphic image
2090...代表焦點2090. . . Representative focus
2095...深Zuni熊合成影像型樣2095. . . Deep Zuni Bear Synthetic Image Pattern
2095...深背景Zuni熊合成影像2095. . . Deep background Zuni bear synthetic image
2100、2110...電影乳齒象合成影像2100, 2110. . . Movie mastodon composite image
2110...平面內電影乳齒象頭2110. . . In-plane movie mastodon
2110、2145...電影合成影像2110, 2145. . . Film composite image
2115...位置2115. . . position
2115...點2115. . . point
2125、2130、2135...角度2125, 2130, 2135. . . angle
2145...電影Lascaux洞穴馬型樣合成影像2145. . . Movie Lascaux cave horse type synthetic image
2161...型樣2161. . . Pattern
2161...電影平面內影像型樣2161. . . In-plane image type
2165...全黑Zuni熊深合成放大影像型樣2165. . . All black Zuni bear deep synthetic enlarged image type
2165...全黑Zuni熊型樣2165. . . All black Zuni bear style
2170...白乳齒象形平面內區域2170. . . White deciduous pictographic in-plane area
2175...黑乳齒象形平面內區域2175. . . Black deciduous pictographic in-plane area
2180、2200、2230...負(白)Zuni熊深型樣2180, 2200, 2230. . . Negative (white) Zuni bear deep type
2190...全黑Zuni熊深型樣2190. . . All black Zuni bear deep type
2190、2200...Zuni熊合成影像2190, 2200. . . Zuni bear synthetic image
2195、2225、2260...黑平面內乳齒象頭2195, 2225, 2260. . . Black-toothed mastodon
2195...平面內黑乳齒象頭合成影像2195. . . Synthetic image of black mastodon in the plane
2195...平面內乳齒象頭2195. . . In-plane mastodon
2205...黑Zuni熊合成影像2205. . . Black Zuni bear synthetic image
2210...白Zuni熊合成影像2210. . . White Zuni Bear Synthetic Image
2220...全黑Zuni熊深合成影像型樣2220. . . All black Zuni bear deep synthetic image type
2235...黑深Zuni熊合成影像2235. . . Black and deep Zuni bear synthetic image
2240...白深Zuni熊合成影像2240. . . White deep Zuni bear synthetic image
2255...全黑深Zuni熊型樣2255. . . All black deep Zuni bear pattern
2265...重疊圖示集或陣列2265. . . Overlapping graphic set or array
2270...三角形移動圖示集2270. . . Triangle movement icon set
2275...深Zuni熊圖示集2275. . . Deep Zuni Bear Icon Set
2275...深圖示集2275. . . Deep graphic set
2280...合成圖示型樣2280. . . Synthetic graphic pattern
2290...深Zuni熊影像2290. . . Deep Zuni bear image
2290、2300...深Zuni熊合成影像2290, 2300. . . Deep Zuni bear synthetic image
2295...三角形移動FOV影像2295. . . Triangle moving FOV image
2295...三角形移動合成影像2295. . . Triangle moving synthetic image
2295...移動FOV控制合成影像2295. . . Moving FOV control synthetic image
2300...互動2300. . . interactive
2300...深Zuni熊2300. . . Deep Zuni Bear
2310...深度迴旋邊緣2310. . . Deep swirling edge
2320...最大內部2320. . . Maximum internal
2325...重疊區2325. . . Overlapping area
2325...轉換區2325. . . Conversion area
2340...最小密度2340. . . Minimum density
4017...區段4017. . . Section
4019...合成的電影平面內影像4019. . . Synthetic film in-plane image
參照附圖,可較佳地理解本發明的許多觀點。為清楚地描繪本發明的原理,附圖中組件不需縮放而係強調。再者,附圖中,遍及多圖的相同參考編號配賦相應零件。Many aspects of the invention are best understood by reference to the drawings. To clearly illustrate the principles of the invention, the components in the figures are not necessarily to be scaled. Further, in the drawings, the same reference numerals are assigned to the corresponding parts throughout the drawings.
圖1a 為微光學系統的截面圖,例示本發明的一實施例,提供該系統之影像的正視差移動。1a is a cross-sectional view of a micro-optic system illustrating an embodiment of the present invention providing positive parallax movement of an image of the system.
圖1b 為圖1a之實施例的等尺寸且把一部份切掉的圖。Figure 1b is an illustration of the embodiment of Figure 1a of equal size and with a portion cut away.
圖2a 描繪圖1a-b之實施例的正視差合成影像移動效果。Figure 2a depicts the positive parallax synthetic image shifting effect of the embodiment of Figures 1a-b.
圖2b-c描繪本系統之深及浮動的視覺效果。Figures 2b-c depict the deep and floating visual effects of the system.
圖2d-f描繪本系統之飄浮的旋轉所獲得的視覺效果。Figures 2d-f depict the visual effects obtained by the floating rotation of the system.
圖3a-i為平面圖,顯示各式實施例及本系統之透鏡的對稱二維陣列之不同型樣的滿足因子。Figures 3a-i are plan views showing the satisfaction factors for different types of symmetric two-dimensional arrays of various embodiments and lenses of the present system.
圖4描繪圖示元件期間/透鏡期間比之變化所產生之深、一致、浮動及飄浮實施例效果的不同組合。4 depicts different combinations of effects of deep, consistent, floating, and floating embodiments resulting from variations in the period of the element/lens.
圖5a-c為平面圖,描繪圖示影像之合成放大如何可由本系統之透鏡陣列與圖示陣列軸現之間相對角度所控制。Figures 5a-c are plan views depicting how the composite magnification of the illustrated image can be controlled by the relative angle between the lens array of the present system and the illustrated array axis.
圖6a-c為平面圖,描繪完成本系統之合成放大影像的變形效果。Figures 6a-c are plan views depicting the effects of the deformation of the synthetically magnified image of the system.
圖7a-c為截面圖,顯示本系統之圖示層的各式實施例。Figures 7a-c are cross-sectional views showing various embodiments of the illustrated layers of the present system.
圖8a-b為平面圖,描繪'正'及'負'圖示元件實施例。Figures 8a-b are plan views depicting 'positive' and 'negative' graphical element embodiments.
圖9為一截面圖,描繪用於製造具不同屬性之合成放大影像的區域之多層材料的實施例。Figure 9 is a cross-sectional view depicting an embodiment of a multilayer material for fabricating regions of synthetically magnified images having different properties.
圖10為一截面圖,描繪用於製造具不同屬性之合成放大影像的區域之多層材料的實施例。Figure 10 is a cross-sectional view depicting an embodiment of a multilayer material for fabricating regions of synthetically magnified images having different properties.
圖11a-b為截面圖,顯示本系統的反射光學及針孔光學實施例。Figures 11a-b are cross-sectional views showing the reflective optics and pinhole optics embodiments of the present system.
圖12a-b為截面圖,比較全折射材料實施例的結構與混合折射/反射材料實施例的結構。Figures 12a-b are cross-sectional views comparing the structure of an embodiment of a fully refractive material with the structure of a hybrid refractive/reflective material embodiment.
圖13為一截面圖,顯示'剝去以展現'竄改指示材料實施例。Figure 13 is a cross-sectional view showing an embodiment of 'stripping to show' tamper indicating material.
圖14為一截面圖,描繪'剝去以改變'竄改指示材料實施例。Figure 14 is a cross-sectional view depicting an embodiment of 'peeling to change' tamper indicating material.
圖15a-d為截面圖,顯示雙面系統的各式實施例。Figures 15a-d are cross-sectional views showing various embodiments of a double sided system.
圖16a-f為截面圖,及描繪藉本系統而製造灰階或色調圖示元件型樣及後續合成放大影像之三種不同方法的相應平面圖。16a-f are cross-sectional views, and corresponding plan views depicting three different methods of fabricating a grayscale or hue graphic component pattern and subsequent synthesizing an enlarged image by the present system.
圖17a-d為截面圖,顯示結合印刷資訊之本系統的使用。Figures 17a-d are cross-sectional views showing the use of the system in conjunction with printed information.
圖18a-f為截面圖,描繪本系統對於或併入各式基底及與印刷資訊結合的應用。18a-f are cross-sectional views depicting the application of the system to or incorporation of various substrates and in conjunction with printed information.
圖19a-b為截面圖,當各併入本系統時,比較球面透鏡之視場與平坦視場之非球狀透鏡的視場。19a-b are cross-sectional views comparing the field of view of a spherical lens with the field of view of a non-spherical lens of a flat field of view when each incorporated into the system.
圖20a-c為截面圖,描繪使用本系統中厚圖示層所產生之效用的兩優點。20a-c are cross-sectional views depicting two advantages of the utility of using a thick patterned layer in the present system.
圖21a、b為平面圖,顯示本系統以貨幣做為"視窗化"安全執行緒的應用。Figures 21a, b are plan views showing the application of the system as a "windowed" security thread.
圖22描繪"視窗化"安全執行緒相關影像之本系統的正視差移動實施例。Figure 22 depicts an embodiment of a positive parallax shift of the present system of "windowed" security thread related images.
圖23描繪本系統的半調色合成影像。Figure 23 depicts a halftone composite image of the present system.
圖24a描繪使用本系統以製造結合的合成影像,其在尺寸上小於個別合成影像的最小特徵。Figure 24a depicts the use of the present system to produce a combined synthetic image that is smaller in size than the smallest feature of an individual synthetic image.
圖24b描繪使用本系統以製造圖示影像元件之間間隙的窄型樣。Figure 24b depicts the use of the present system to create a narrow pattern of gaps between the illustrated image elements.
圖25描繪將隱蔽、隱藏資訊併入本系統的圖示影像。Figure 25 depicts a pictorial image incorporating hidden, hidden information into the system.
圖26描繪以本系統製造完全三維影像。Figure 26 depicts the fabrication of a full three dimensional image with the present system.
圖27a-b 描繪用於設計圖26之三維實施例的圖示影像的方法。27a-b depict a method for designing a pictorial image of the three dimensional embodiment of Fig. 26.
圖28描繪圖27之方法所產生的圖示影像。Figure 28 depicts a pictorial image produced by the method of Figure 27.
圖29描繪圖27之方法如何可應用於複雜的三維合成影像。Figure 29 depicts how the method of Figure 27 can be applied to complex three-dimensional synthetic images.
圖30描繪具28微米之有效直徑的示範六角形底座多帶狀透鏡的中央區焦點屬性。Figure 30 depicts the central region focus properties of an exemplary hexagonal base multi-strip lens with an effective diameter of 28 microns.
圖31描繪具28微米之直徑的球面透鏡的中央區焦點屬性。Figure 31 depicts the central zone focus properties of a spherical lens having a diameter of 28 microns.
圖32描繪圖30之六角形透鏡的側面區的性能。Figure 32 depicts the performance of the side regions of the hexagonal lens of Figure 30.
圖33描繪圖31之球面透鏡的外部區的性能。Figure 33 depicts the performance of the outer region of the spherical lens of Figure 31.
圖34a、b 描繪微結構圖示元件的另一實施例。Figures 34a, b depict another embodiment of a microstructured graphic element.
圖35a、b 描繪圖34a、b之微結構圖示元件進一步包括包覆材料。Figures 35a, b depict the microstructured illustrated elements of Figures 34a, b further comprising a cladding material.
圖36a、b 描繪圖34a、b之微結構圖示元件進一步包括層壓包覆材料。Figures 36a, b depict the microstructured illustrated elements of Figures 34a, b further comprising a laminate cladding material.
圖37a-c 描繪正及負圖示元件。Figures 37a-c depict positive and negative graphic elements.
圖38a-c 描繪填充的及包覆的微結構圖示元件的組合。Figures 38a-c depict a combination of filled and coated microstructured graphical elements.
圖39a-c 描繪定型的包覆材料對於圖34a、b之微結構圖示元件的應用及組合。Figures 39a-c depict the application and combination of a shaped cladding material to the microstructured components of Figures 34a, b.
圖40a-c 描繪定型的包覆材料之使用以製造圖示影像元件。Figures 40a-c depict the use of a shaped cladding material to make the illustrated image elements.
圖41a、b描繪文中所揭露之微光學系統的"鎖匙及金鑰"實施例。Figures 41a, b depict a "key and key" embodiment of the micro-optic system disclosed herein.
圖42描繪圖41之"鎖匙及金鑰"實施例的另一實施例。Figure 42 depicts another embodiment of the "key and key" embodiment of Figure 41.
圖43描繪圖41之"鎖匙及金鑰"實施例的進一步實施例。Figure 43 depicts a further embodiment of the "key and key" embodiment of Figure 41.
圖44a、b描繪文中所揭露之微光學系統的可浸入實施例。Figures 44a, b depict an immersible embodiment of the micro-optic system disclosed herein.
圖45a、b、c描繪圖44a、b之可浸入實施例的另一實施例。Figures 45a, b, c depict another embodiment of the immersible embodiment of Figures 44a, b.
圖46描繪依據方位角檢視角度之微光學系統的實施例。Figure 46 depicts an embodiment of a micro-optic system based on azimuth viewing angles.
圖47描繪圖46之微光學系統的另一實施例。Figure 47 depicts another embodiment of the micro-optic system of Figure 46.
圖48a-f描繪用於微光學系統之實施例的填充的微結構之圖示元件的製造方法。Figures 48a-f depict a method of fabricating the illustrated elements of a filled microstructure for an embodiment of a micro-optic system.
圖49a為一俯視平面圖,例示微光學系統的又另一實施例,其中一合成影像調變或控制該系統所產生之另一合成影像的視場。Figure 49a is a top plan view illustrating yet another embodiment of a micro-optic system in which a composite image modulates or controls the field of view of another composite image produced by the system.
圖49b、c為圖49a之實施例的平面內影像區域的放大平面圖。Figures 49b, c are enlarged plan views of the in-plane image area of the embodiment of Figure 49a.
圖49d為圖49a之實施例的透視圖。Figure 49d is a perspective view of the embodiment of Figure 49a.
圖50a為從不同檢視角度之圖49a之實施例的俯視平面圖。Figure 50a is a top plan view of the embodiment of Figure 49a from a different viewing angle.
圖50b為從不同檢視角度之圖49d之實施例的透視圖。Figure 50b is a perspective view of the embodiment of Figure 49d from a different viewing angle.
圖51a-d描繪影像圖示設計方法,以控制圖49a-d之實施例的一或多個合成影像的視場,並將其與另一合成影像選擇地結合。Figures 51a-d depict an image representation design method for controlling the field of view of one or more synthetic images of the embodiment of Figures 49a-d and selectively combining it with another synthetic image.
圖52為圖51a-d之實施例的影像圖示之示範複合組合的放大圖。Figure 52 is an enlarged view of an exemplary composite combination of the image representations of the embodiment of Figures 51a-d.
圖53a-j描繪三種不同的影像圖示陣列之每一圖示的示範結合,以製造三種不同的合成影像。Figures 53a-j depict an exemplary combination of each of the three different image representation arrays to produce three different composite images.
圖54a-c描繪製造與Zuni熊之深合成影像結合之乳齒象頭的平面內合成影像的實施例。Figures 54a-c depict an embodiment of an in-plane synthetic image of a mastodon lens head that is fabricated in conjunction with a deep synthetic image of a Zuni bear.
圖55a-c描繪圖54a-c之實施例的替代版本。Figures 55a-c depict an alternate version of the embodiment of Figures 54a-c.
圖56a-c描繪圖54a-c之實施例的另一替代版本。Figures 56a-c depict another alternate version of the embodiment of Figures 54a-c.
圖57a-c描繪圖54a-c之實施例的又另一替代版本。Figures 57a-c depict yet another alternative version of the embodiment of Figures 54a-c.
圖58描繪製造與深Zuni熊影像結合之移動三角形影像的圖示型樣的實施例。Figure 58 depicts an embodiment of a pictorial representation of a moving triangle image that is combined with a deep Zuni bear image.
圖59a-b描繪圖58的放大段。Figures 59a-b depict an enlarged segment of Figure 58.
圖60描繪圖58之相交圖示型樣的非均勻性。Figure 60 depicts the non-uniformity of the intersecting graphical representation of Figure 58.
圖61a-f描繪對於圖58之圖示型樣的結合之圖形的布林相交函數的應用。Figures 61a-f depict the application of the Boolean intersection function for the combined graph of the graphical representation of Figure 58.
圖62a-b描繪灰階方法的應用,以獲得圖49-61之實施例的檢視視場(FOV)控制合成影像中軟開/關轉換。Figures 62a-b depict the application of the grayscale method to obtain a soft on/off transition in a view field (FOV) controlled composite image of the embodiment of Figures 49-61.
圖63描繪相對於圖62的另一灰階方法,其中合成影像之密度依據每一區域中重疊之圖示影像的數量而改變。Figure 63 depicts another grayscale method relative to Figure 62, wherein the density of the composite image varies depending on the number of overlapping image images in each region.
1...微透鏡1. . . Microlens
2...透鏡直徑2. . . Lens diameter
3...透鏡3. . . lens
4...圖示元件4. . . Graphical component
5...光學隔片5. . . Optical spacer
6...密封層6. . . Sealing layer
7...總厚度7. . . Total thickness
8...基底8. . . Base
10...影像10. . . image
11...重複期間11. . . Repeat period
12...微光學系統12. . . Micro-optical system
Claims (40)
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US81729706P | 2006-06-28 | 2006-06-28 |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW200902339A TW200902339A (en) | 2009-01-16 |
TWI527714B true TWI527714B (en) | 2016-04-01 |
Family
ID=44764260
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW096123997A TWI527714B (en) | 2006-06-28 | 2007-07-02 | Micro-optic security and image presentation system |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
TW (1) | TWI527714B (en) |
Families Citing this family (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN103270539B (en) | 2010-12-22 | 2016-12-21 | 尤尼卡技术股份有限公司 | For the certification method and apparatus of the file of light-induced variable colour system system labelling |
IT201900021285A1 (en) * | 2019-11-15 | 2021-05-15 | Francesco Casorati | METHOD FOR THE TREATMENT OF A LENS ACCORDING TO THE PRINCIPLES OF AYURVEDIC MEDICINE AND LENS OBTAINED |
TWI757048B (en) * | 2020-01-20 | 2022-03-01 | 新加坡商視覺技術創投私人有限公司 | 3D raster and 3D display device |
CN112130235B (en) * | 2020-09-24 | 2022-05-27 | 北京北方华创微电子装备有限公司 | Combined micro-lens array structure and processing method thereof |
US20230186801A1 (en) * | 2021-12-10 | 2023-06-15 | International Business Machines Corporation | Display of security information based on splitting into images viewable at a certain reading distance |
-
2007
- 2007-07-02 TW TW096123997A patent/TWI527714B/en active
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
TW200902339A (en) | 2009-01-16 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
KR101376434B1 (en) | Micro-optic security and image presentation system | |
JP5496123B2 (en) | Micro optical security and image display system | |
KR101265368B1 (en) | Image presentation and micro-optic security system | |
TWI527714B (en) | Micro-optic security and image presentation system | |
AU2013204869A1 (en) | Micro-optic security and image presentation system |